diff options
60 files changed, 16080 insertions, 155 deletions
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 7baee47b0a1..78557a5e876 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -317,3 +317,6 @@ lib-src/seccomp-filter.bpf lib-src/seccomp-filter.pfc lib-src/seccomp-filter-exec.bpf lib-src/seccomp-filter-exec.pfc + +# gsettings schema +/etc/*.gschema.valid diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index e6c337385a7..202665ea9d0 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -212,6 +212,9 @@ icondir=$(datarootdir)/icons # The source directory for the icon files. iconsrcdir=$(srcdir)/etc/images/icons +# Where to install the gsettings schema file. +gsettingsschemadir = @gsettingsschemadir@ + # ==================== Emacs-specific directories ==================== # These variables hold the values Emacs will actually use. They are @@ -306,6 +309,8 @@ LN_S_FILEONLY = @LN_S_FILEONLY@ # We use gzip to compress installed .el and some .txt files. GZIP_PROG = @GZIP_PROG@ +GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS = glib-compile-schemas + # ============================= Targets ============================== # Program name transformation. @@ -345,7 +350,9 @@ BIN_DESTDIR='${ns_appbindir}/' ELN_DESTDIR = ${ns_applibdir}/ endif -all: ${SUBDIR} info +gsettings_SCHEMAS = etc/org.gnu.emacs.defaults.gschema.xml + +all: ${SUBDIR} info $(gsettings_SCHEMAS:.xml=.valid) .PHONY: all ${SUBDIR} blessmail epaths-force epaths-force-w32 epaths-force-ns-self-contained etc-emacsver @@ -501,7 +508,7 @@ $(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.ac $(srcdir)/m4/*.m4 ## don't have to duplicate the list of utilities to install in ## this Makefile as well. -install: all install-arch-indep install-etcdoc install-arch-dep install-$(NTDIR) blessmail install-eln +install: all install-arch-indep install-etcdoc install-arch-dep install-$(NTDIR) blessmail install-eln install-gsettings-schemas @true ## Ensure that $subdir contains a subdirs.el file. @@ -821,7 +828,7 @@ install-strip: ### create (but not the noninstalled files such as 'make all' would create). ### ### Don't delete the lisp and etc directories if they're in the source tree. -uninstall: uninstall-$(NTDIR) uninstall-doc +uninstall: uninstall-$(NTDIR) uninstall-doc uninstall-gsettings-schemas rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/emacs-module.h" $(MAKE) -C lib-src uninstall -unset CDPATH; \ @@ -917,7 +924,7 @@ clean_dirs = $(mostlyclean_dirs) nextstep admin/charsets admin/unidata $(foreach dir,$(clean_dirs),$(eval $(call submake_template,$(dir),clean))) -clean: $(clean_dirs:=_clean) +clean: $(clean_dirs:=_clean) clean-gsettings-schemas -rm -f ./*.tmp etc/*.tmp* -rm -rf info-dir.* -rm -rf native-lisp @@ -1237,3 +1244,10 @@ gitmerge: ${GITMERGE_EMACS} -batch --no-site-file --no-site-lisp \ -l ${srcdir}/admin/gitmerge.el \ --eval '(setq gitmerge-minimum-missing ${GITMERGE_NMIN})' -f gitmerge + +@GSETTINGS_RULES@ + +install-gsettings-schemas: +uninstall-gsettings-schemas: +clean-gsettings-schemas: +$(gsettings_SCHEMAS:.xml=.valid): diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 0debc852141..9a74c52c68a 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -470,6 +470,7 @@ AC_ARG_WITH([ns],[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ns], [use Nextstep (macOS Cocoa or GNUstep) windowing system. On by default on macOS.])],[],[with_ns=maybe]) OPTION_DEFAULT_OFF([w32], [use native MS Windows GUI in a Cygwin build]) +OPTION_DEFAULT_OFF([pgtk], [use pure GTK build without reliance on X libs (Wayland support) (requires cairo) - Experimental]) OPTION_DEFAULT_ON([gpm],[don't use -lgpm for mouse support on a GNU/Linux console]) OPTION_DEFAULT_ON([dbus],[don't compile with D-Bus support]) @@ -1840,8 +1841,14 @@ AC_SUBST(AUTO_DEPEND) ## window-system-specific substs. window_system=none + +if test "${with_pgtk}" = "yes"; then + window_system=pgtk +fi + + AC_PATH_X -if test "$no_x" != yes; then +if test "$no_x" != yes && test "${with_pgtk}" != "yes"; then window_system=x11 fi @@ -2304,6 +2311,11 @@ dnl use the toolkit if we have gtk, or X11R5 or newer. w32 ) term_header=w32term.h ;; + pgtk ) + term_header=pgtkterm.h + with_gtk3=yes + USE_X_TOOLKIT=none + ;; haiku ) term_header=haikuterm.h ;; @@ -2639,7 +2651,8 @@ fi ### Use -lrsvg-2 if available, unless '--with-rsvg=no' is specified. HAVE_RSVG=no if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" \ - || test "${opsys}" = "mingw32" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + || test "${opsys}" = "mingw32" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" \ + || test "${window_system}" = "pgtk"; then if test "${with_rsvg}" != "no"; then RSVG_REQUIRED=2.14.0 RSVG_MODULE="librsvg-2.0 >= $RSVG_REQUIRED" @@ -2705,7 +2718,7 @@ fi HAVE_IMAGEMAGICK=no if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes" || \ - test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" || test "${window_system}" = "pgtk"; then if test "${with_imagemagick}" != "no"; then if test -n "$BREW"; then # Homebrew doesn't link ImageMagick 6 by default, so make sure @@ -2788,6 +2801,9 @@ if test "${opsys}" != "mingw32"; then AC_DEFINE([GLIB_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS], [1], [Define to 1 to disable Glib deprecation warnings.]) fi + if test "$window_system" = pgtk; then + GLIB_GSETTINGS + fi else check_gtk2=yes gtk3_pkg_errors="$GTK_PKG_ERRORS " @@ -2929,6 +2945,17 @@ AC_SUBST(XWIDGETS_OBJ) CFLAGS=$OLD_CFLAGS LIBS=$OLD_LIBS +PGTK_OBJ= +PGTK_LIBS= +if test "$window_system" = "pgtk"; then + PGTK_OBJ="pgtkfns.o pgtkterm.o pgtkselect.o pgtkmenu.o pgtkim.o xsettings.o" + PGTK_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS" + HAVE_PGTK=yes + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PGTK], 1, [Define to 1 if you have pure Gtk+-3.]) +fi +AC_SUBST(PGTK_OBJ) +AC_SUBST(PGTK_LIBS) + dnl D-Bus has been tested under GNU/Linux only. Must be adapted for dnl other platforms. HAVE_DBUS=no @@ -2958,7 +2985,7 @@ AC_SUBST(DBUS_OBJ) dnl GSettings has been tested under GNU/Linux only. HAVE_GSETTINGS=no -if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" && test "${with_gsettings}" = "yes"; then +if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" -o "${window_system}" = "pgtk" && test "${with_gsettings}" = "yes"; then EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([GSETTINGS], [gio-2.0 >= 2.26]) if test "$HAVE_GSETTINGS" = "yes"; then old_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS @@ -2992,7 +3019,7 @@ fi dnl GConf has been tested under GNU/Linux only. dnl The version is really arbitrary, it is about the same age as Gtk+ 2.6. HAVE_GCONF=no -if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" && test "${with_gconf}" != "no"; then +if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" -o "${window_system}" = "pgtk" && test "${with_gconf}" != "no"; then EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([GCONF], [gconf-2.0 >= 2.13]) if test "$HAVE_GCONF" = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GCONF, 1, [Define to 1 if using GConf.]) @@ -3583,10 +3610,34 @@ if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes"; then fi fi else # "${HAVE_X11}" != "yes" - HAVE_XFT=no - HAVE_FREETYPE=no - HAVE_LIBOTF=no - HAVE_M17N_FLT=no + if test $window_system = pgtk; then + EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([FONTCONFIG], [fontconfig >= 2.2.0]) + EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([FREETYPE], [freetype2]) + if test "$HAVE_FONTCONFIG" != yes -o "$HAVE_FREETYPE" != yes; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(fontconfig and freetype is required.) + fi + HAVE_LIBOTF=no + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREETYPE, 1, + [Define to 1 if using the freetype and fontconfig libraries.]) + if test "${with_libotf}" != "no"; then + EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([LIBOTF], [libotf]) + if test "$HAVE_LIBOTF" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBOTF, 1, [Define to 1 if using libotf.]) + AC_CHECK_LIB(otf, OTF_get_variation_glyphs, + HAVE_OTF_GET_VARIATION_GLYPHS=yes, + HAVE_OTF_GET_VARIATION_GLYPHS=no) + if test "${HAVE_OTF_GET_VARIATION_GLYPHS}" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OTF_GET_VARIATION_GLYPHS, 1, + [Define to 1 if libotf has OTF_get_variation_glyphs.]) + fi + fi + fi + else + HAVE_XFT=no + HAVE_FREETYPE=no + HAVE_LIBOTF=no + HAVE_M17N_FLT=no + fi fi # "${HAVE_X11}" != "yes" HAVE_HARFBUZZ=no @@ -3598,6 +3649,7 @@ else harfbuzz_required_ver=0.9.42 fi if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" && test "${HAVE_FREETYPE}" = "yes" \ + || test "$window_system" = "pgtk" \ || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes"; then if test "${with_harfbuzz}" != "no"; then EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([HARFBUZZ], [harfbuzz >= $harfbuzz_required_ver]) @@ -3677,6 +3729,25 @@ AC_SUBST(LIBOTF_LIBS) AC_SUBST(M17N_FLT_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(M17N_FLT_LIBS) +HAVE_CAIRO=no +if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" -o "$window_system" = pgtk; then + if test "${with_cairo}" != "no"; then + CAIRO_REQUIRED=1.12.0 + CAIRO_MODULE="cairo >= $CAIRO_REQUIRED" + EMACS_CHECK_MODULES(CAIRO, $CAIRO_MODULE) + if test $HAVE_CAIRO = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(USE_CAIRO, 1, [Define to 1 if using cairo.]) + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([cairo requested but not found.]) + fi + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $CAIRO_CFLAGS" + LIBS="$LIBS $CAIRO_LIBS" + AC_SUBST(CAIRO_CFLAGS) + AC_SUBST(CAIRO_LIBS) + fi +fi + if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes"; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xlib-xcb.h, AC_CHECK_LIB(xcb, xcb_translate_coordinates, HAVE_XCB=yes)) @@ -3785,7 +3856,8 @@ AC_SUBST(LIBXPM) HAVE_JPEG=no LIBJPEG= if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes" \ - || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" \ + || test "$window_system" = "pgtk"; then if test "${with_jpeg}" != "no"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for jpeglib 6b or later], [emacs_cv_jpeglib], @@ -4103,7 +4175,8 @@ if test "${with_png}" != no; then if test "$opsys" = mingw32; then AC_CHECK_HEADER([png.h], [HAVE_PNG=yes]) elif test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes" \ - || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" \ + || test "$window_system" = "pgtk"; then EMACS_CHECK_MODULES([PNG], [libpng >= 1.0.0]) if test $HAVE_PNG = yes; then LIBPNG=$PNG_LIBS @@ -4178,7 +4251,8 @@ if test "${opsys}" = "mingw32"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIFF, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the tiff library (-ltiff).]) fi elif test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes" \ - || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" \ + || test "$window_system" = "pgtk"; then if test "${with_tiff}" != "no"; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(tiffio.h, [tifflibs="-lz -lm" @@ -4208,7 +4282,7 @@ if test "${opsys}" = "mingw32"; then fi elif test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes" && test "${with_gif}" != "no" \ || test "${HAVE_W32}" = "yes" || test "${HAVE_NS}" = "yes" \ - || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes"; then + || test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" || test "$window_system" = "pgtk"; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(gif_lib.h, # EGifPutExtensionLast only exists from version libungif-4.1.0b1. # Earlier versions can crash Emacs, but version 5.0 removes EGifPutExtensionLast. @@ -5713,6 +5787,7 @@ AC_SUBST(prefix) AC_SUBST(exec_prefix) AC_SUBST(bindir) AC_SUBST(datadir) +AC_SUBST(gsettingsschemadir) AC_SUBST(sharedstatedir) AC_SUBST(libexecdir) AC_SUBST(mandir) @@ -5775,6 +5850,9 @@ if test "${HAVE_X_WINDOWS}" = "yes" ; then FONT_OBJ="$FONT_OBJ ftfont.o" fi fi +if test "${window_system}" = "pgtk"; then + FONT_OBJ="ftfont.o ftcrfont.o" +fi if test "${HAVE_BE_APP}" = "yes" ; then if test "${HAVE_FREETYPE}" = "yes" || \ @@ -6176,7 +6254,7 @@ optsep= emacs_config_features= for opt in ACL BE_APP CAIRO DBUS FREETYPE GCONF GIF GLIB GMP GNUTLS GPM GSETTINGS \ HARFBUZZ IMAGEMAGICK JPEG JSON LCMS2 LIBOTF LIBSELINUX LIBSYSTEMD LIBXML2 \ - M17N_FLT MODULES NATIVE_COMP NOTIFY NS OLDXMENU PDUMPER PNG RSVG SECCOMP \ + M17N_FLT MODULES NATIVE_COMP NOTIFY NS OLDXMENU PDUMPER PGTK PNG RSVG SECCOMP \ SOUND SQLITE3 THREADS TIFF TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS \ UNEXEC WEBP X11 XAW3D XDBE XFT XIM XINPUT2 XPM XWIDGETS X_TOOLKIT \ ZLIB; do diff --git a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi index 86c04c84a2a..b1e471f6d63 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi @@ -756,6 +756,10 @@ On MS-Windows, if you set this variable, Emacs will load and initialize the network library at startup, instead of waiting until the first time it is required. +@item WAYLAND_DISPLAY +Pgtk Emacs (built with @option{--with-pgtk}) can run on Wayland natively. +@env{WAYLAND_DISPLAY} specifies the connection to the compositor. + @item emacs_dir On MS-Windows, @env{emacs_dir} is a special environment variable, which indicates the full path of the directory in which Emacs is installed. diff --git a/doc/lispref/display.texi b/doc/lispref/display.texi index 1460e070a0a..98a15404f91 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/display.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/display.texi @@ -2791,8 +2791,8 @@ apply to. Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}: The kind of window system the terminal uses---either @code{graphic} (any graphics-capable display), @code{x}, @code{pc} (for the MS-DOS console), @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT/2K/XP), @code{haiku} (for -Haiku), or @code{tty} (a non-graphics-capable display). -@xref{Window Systems, window-system}. +Haiku), @code{pgtk} (for GTK), or @code{tty} (a non-graphics-capable +display). @xref{Window Systems, window-system}. @item class What kinds of colors the terminal supports---either @code{color}, diff --git a/doc/lispref/frames.texi b/doc/lispref/frames.texi index 00332fed0bf..712c842a048 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/frames.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/frames.texi @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ The terminal and keyboard coding systems used on the terminal. @item The kind of display associated with the terminal. This is the symbol returned by the function @code{terminal-live-p} (i.e., @code{x}, -@code{t}, @code{w32}, @code{ns}, @code{pc}, or @code{haiku}). +@code{t}, @code{w32}, @code{ns}, @code{pc}, @code{haiku}, or @code{pgtk}). @xref{Frames}. @item diff --git a/etc/org.gnu.emacs.defaults.gschema.xml b/etc/org.gnu.emacs.defaults.gschema.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c700ac0b65 --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/org.gnu.emacs.defaults.gschema.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. --> +<schemalist> + + <schema id="org.gnu.emacs.defaults"> + + <key name='alpha' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='auto-raise-lower' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='auto-lower' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='auto-raise' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='background' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='background-mode' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='bitmap-icon' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='border-color' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='border-width' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='buffer-predicate' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='cursor-blink' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='cursor-type' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='cursor-color' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='font' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='font-backend' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='foreground' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='fullscreen' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='horizontal-scroll-bars' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='icon-name' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='inhibit-double-buffering' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='internal-border' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='internal-border-width' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='left-fringe' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='line-spacing' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='menu-bar' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='minibuffer' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='name' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='pointer-color' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='reverse-video' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='right-fringe' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='screen-gamma' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bar' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bar-background' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bar-foreground' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bar-height' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bar-width' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='scroll-bars' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='title' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='tool-bar' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='vertical-scroll-bars' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + <key name='wait-for-w-m' type='s'><default>''</default></key> + + </schema> + +</schemalist> diff --git a/lib-src/emacsclient.c b/lib-src/emacsclient.c index ea9f72dfae0..7769e015edc 100644 --- a/lib-src/emacsclient.c +++ b/lib-src/emacsclient.c @@ -607,7 +607,12 @@ decode_options (int argc, char **argv) alt_display = "be"; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + display = egetenv ("WAYLAND_DISPLAY"); + alt_display = egetenv ("DISPLAY"); +#else display = egetenv ("DISPLAY"); +#endif } if (!display) diff --git a/lisp/cus-edit.el b/lisp/cus-edit.el index b7c53a4dfed..ae71140e262 100644 --- a/lisp/cus-edit.el +++ b/lisp/cus-edit.el @@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ and `face'." ;;; The `custom' Widget. (defface custom-button - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) ; Like default mode line + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) ; Like default mode line :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "lightgrey" :foreground "black")) "Face for custom buffer buttons if `custom-raised-buttons' is non-nil." @@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ and `face'." :group 'custom-faces) (defface custom-button-mouse - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "grey90" :foreground "black") (t @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ and `face'." (if custom-raised-buttons 'custom-button-mouse 'highlight)) (defface custom-button-pressed - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) :box (:line-width 2 :style pressed-button) :background "lightgrey" :foreground "black") (t :inverse-video t)) @@ -3458,6 +3458,10 @@ MS Windows.") :sibling-args (:help-echo "\ GNUstep or Macintosh OS Cocoa interface.") ns) + (const :format "PGTK " + :sibling-args (:help-echo "\ +Pure-GTK interface.") + ns) (const :format "DOS " :sibling-args (:help-echo "\ Plain MS-DOS.") diff --git a/lisp/faces.el b/lisp/faces.el index 9caba3a11be..97579877efa 100644 --- a/lisp/faces.el +++ b/lisp/faces.el @@ -1172,13 +1172,13 @@ an integer value." (:height 'integerp) (:stipple - (and (memq (window-system frame) '(x ns)) ; No stipple on w32 or haiku + (and (memq (window-system frame) '(x ns pgtk)) ; No stipple on w32 or haiku (mapcar #'list (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (dir) (and (file-readable-p dir) (file-directory-p dir) - (directory-files dir))) + (directory-files dir 'full))) x-bitmap-file-path))))) (:inherit (cons '("none" . nil) @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ If FRAME is nil, the current FRAME is used." match (cond ((eq req 'type) (or (memq (window-system frame) options) (and (memq 'graphic options) - (memq (window-system frame) '(x w32 ns))) + (memq (window-system frame) '(x w32 ns pgtk))) ;; FIXME: This should be revisited to use ;; display-graphic-p, provided that the ;; color selection depends on the number @@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ Note: Other faces cannot inherit from the cursor face." '((default :box (:line-width 1 :style released-button) :foreground "black") - (((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) + (((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) :background "grey75") (((type x) (class mono)) :background "grey")) diff --git a/lisp/frame.el b/lisp/frame.el index dc7c628e81e..13929047d08 100644 --- a/lisp/frame.el +++ b/lisp/frame.el @@ -1637,6 +1637,7 @@ live frame and defaults to the selected one." (declare-function x-frame-geometry "xfns.c" (&optional frame)) (declare-function w32-frame-geometry "w32fns.c" (&optional frame)) (declare-function ns-frame-geometry "nsfns.m" (&optional frame)) +(declare-function pgtk-frame-geometry "pgtkfns.c" (&optional frame)) (declare-function haiku-frame-geometry "haikufns.c" (&optional frame)) (defun frame-geometry (&optional frame) @@ -1687,6 +1688,8 @@ and width values are in pixels. (w32-frame-geometry frame)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-frame-geometry frame)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-frame-geometry frame)) ((eq frame-type 'haiku) (haiku-frame-geometry frame)) (t @@ -1813,6 +1816,7 @@ of frames like calls to map a frame or change its visibility." (declare-function x-frame-edges "xfns.c" (&optional frame type)) (declare-function w32-frame-edges "w32fns.c" (&optional frame type)) (declare-function ns-frame-edges "nsfns.m" (&optional frame type)) +(declare-function pgtk-frame-edges "pgtkfns.c" (&optional frame type)) (declare-function haiku-frame-edges "haikufns.c" (&optional frame type)) (defun frame-edges (&optional frame type) @@ -1837,6 +1841,8 @@ FRAME." (w32-frame-edges frame type)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-frame-edges frame type)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-frame-edges frame type)) ((eq frame-type 'haiku) (haiku-frame-edges frame type)) (t @@ -1845,6 +1851,7 @@ FRAME." (declare-function w32-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "w32fns.c") (declare-function x-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "xfns.c") (declare-function ns-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "nsfns.m") +(declare-function pgtk-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "pgtkfns.c") (declare-function haiku-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "haikufns.c") (defun mouse-absolute-pixel-position () @@ -1860,11 +1867,14 @@ position (0, 0) of the selected frame's terminal." (w32-mouse-absolute-pixel-position)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-mouse-absolute-pixel-position)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-mouse-absolute-pixel-position)) ((eq frame-type 'haiku) (haiku-mouse-absolute-pixel-position)) (t (cons 0 0))))) +(declare-function pgtk-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "pgtkfns.c" (x y)) (declare-function ns-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "nsfns.m" (x y)) (declare-function w32-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "w32fns.c" (x y)) (declare-function x-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position "xfns.c" (x y)) @@ -1876,6 +1886,8 @@ The coordinates X and Y are interpreted in pixels relative to a position (0, 0) of the selected frame's terminal." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display))) (cond + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position x y)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position x y)) ((eq frame-type 'x) @@ -1976,6 +1988,7 @@ workarea attribute." (declare-function x-frame-list-z-order "xfns.c" (&optional display)) (declare-function w32-frame-list-z-order "w32fns.c" (&optional display)) (declare-function ns-frame-list-z-order "nsfns.m" (&optional display)) +(declare-function pgtk-frame-list-z-order "pgtkfns.c" (&optional display)) (declare-function haiku-frame-list-z-order "haikufns.c" (&optional display)) (defun frame-list-z-order (&optional display) @@ -1997,12 +2010,15 @@ Return nil if DISPLAY contains no Emacs frame." (w32-frame-list-z-order display)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-frame-list-z-order display)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-frame-list-z-order display)) ((eq frame-type 'haiku) (haiku-frame-list-z-order display))))) (declare-function x-frame-restack "xfns.c" (frame1 frame2 &optional above)) (declare-function w32-frame-restack "w32fns.c" (frame1 frame2 &optional above)) (declare-function ns-frame-restack "nsfns.m" (frame1 frame2 &optional above)) +(declare-function pgtk-frame-restack "pgtkfns.c" (frame1 frame2 &optional above)) (defun frame-restack (frame1 frame2 &optional above) "Restack FRAME1 below FRAME2. @@ -2032,7 +2048,9 @@ Some window managers may refuse to restack windows." ((eq frame-type 'w32) (w32-frame-restack frame1 frame2 above)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) - (ns-frame-restack frame1 frame2 above)))) + (ns-frame-restack frame1 frame2 above)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-frame-restack frame1 frame2 above)))) (error "Cannot restack frames"))) (defun frame-size-changed-p (&optional frame) @@ -2079,8 +2097,8 @@ frame's display)." ((eq frame-type 'w32) (with-no-warnings (> w32-num-mouse-buttons 0))) - ((memq frame-type '(x ns haiku)) - t) ;; We assume X, NeXTstep and Haiku *always* have a pointing device + ((memq frame-type '(x ns haiku pgtk)) + t) ;; We assume X, NeXTstep, GTK, and Haiku *always* have a pointing device (t (or (and (featurep 'xt-mouse) xterm-mouse-mode) @@ -2105,7 +2123,7 @@ frames and several different fonts at once. This is true for displays that use a window system such as X, and false for text-only terminals. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display)." - (not (null (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns haiku))))) + (not (null (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns pgtk haiku))))) (defun display-images-p (&optional display) "Return non-nil if DISPLAY can display images. @@ -2133,7 +2151,7 @@ frame's display)." ;; a Windows DOS Box. (with-no-warnings (not (null dos-windows-version)))) - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns pgtk)) t) (t nil)))) @@ -2143,7 +2161,7 @@ frame's display)." This means that, for example, DISPLAY can differentiate between the keybinding RET and [return]." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) - (or (memq frame-type '(x w32 ns pc)) + (or (memq frame-type '(x w32 ns pc pgtk)) ;; MS-DOS and MS-Windows terminals have built-in support for ;; function (symbol) keys (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt))))) @@ -2156,7 +2174,7 @@ DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-screens display)) (t 1)))) @@ -2176,7 +2194,7 @@ with DISPLAY. To get information for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-pixel-height display)) (t (frame-height (if (framep display) display (selected-frame))))))) @@ -2196,7 +2214,7 @@ with DISPLAY. To get information for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-pixel-width display)) (t (frame-width (if (framep display) display (selected-frame))))))) @@ -2234,7 +2252,7 @@ For graphical terminals, note that on \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'." - (and (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns haiku)) + (and (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (or (cddr (assoc (or display (frame-parameter nil 'display)) display-mm-dimensions-alist)) (cddr (assoc t display-mm-dimensions-alist)) @@ -2255,7 +2273,7 @@ For graphical terminals, note that on \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'." - (and (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns haiku)) + (and (memq (framep-on-display display) '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (or (cadr (assoc (or display (frame-parameter nil 'display)) display-mm-dimensions-alist)) (cadr (assoc t display-mm-dimensions-alist)) @@ -2273,7 +2291,7 @@ DISPLAY can be a display name or a frame. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-backing-store display)) (t 'not-useful)))) @@ -2286,7 +2304,7 @@ DISPLAY can be a display name or a frame. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-save-under display)) (t 'not-useful)))) @@ -2299,7 +2317,7 @@ DISPLAY can be a display name or a frame. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-planes display)) ((eq frame-type 'pc) 4) @@ -2314,7 +2332,7 @@ DISPLAY can be a display name or a frame. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-color-cells display)) ((eq frame-type 'pc) 16) @@ -2331,7 +2349,7 @@ DISPLAY can be a display name or a frame. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (let ((frame-type (framep-on-display display))) (cond - ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku)) + ((memq frame-type '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk)) (x-display-visual-class display)) ((and (memq frame-type '(pc t)) (tty-display-color-p display)) @@ -2345,6 +2363,8 @@ If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display." (&optional display)) (declare-function ns-display-monitor-attributes-list "nsfns.m" (&optional terminal)) +(declare-function pgtk-display-monitor-attributes-list "pgtkfns.c" + (&optional terminal)) (defun display-monitor-attributes-list (&optional display) "Return a list of physical monitor attributes on DISPLAY. @@ -2362,6 +2382,7 @@ of attribute keys and values as follows: mm-size -- Width and height in millimeters in the form of (WIDTH HEIGHT) frames -- List of frames dominated by the physical monitor + scale-factor (*) -- Scale factor (float) name (*) -- Name of the physical monitor as a string source (*) -- Source of multi-monitor information as a string @@ -2393,6 +2414,8 @@ monitors." (w32-display-monitor-attributes-list display)) ((eq frame-type 'ns) (ns-display-monitor-attributes-list display)) + ((eq frame-type 'pgtk) + (pgtk-display-monitor-attributes-list display)) (t (let ((geometry (list 0 0 (display-pixel-width display) (display-pixel-height display)))) diff --git a/lisp/international/mule-cmds.el b/lisp/international/mule-cmds.el index b84d9e0823d..7f9b14bdfd9 100644 --- a/lisp/international/mule-cmds.el +++ b/lisp/international/mule-cmds.el @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ (bindings--define-key map [separator-3] menu-bar-separator) (bindings--define-key map [set-terminal-coding-system] '(menu-item "For Terminal" set-terminal-coding-system - :enable (null (memq initial-window-system '(x w32 ns haiku))) + :enable (null (memq initial-window-system '(x w32 ns haiku pgtk))) :help "How to encode terminal output")) (bindings--define-key map [set-keyboard-coding-system] '(menu-item "For Keyboard" set-keyboard-coding-system diff --git a/lisp/loadup.el b/lisp/loadup.el index 71d6a501b94..b87c0550fc5 100644 --- a/lisp/loadup.el +++ b/lisp/loadup.el @@ -340,6 +340,13 @@ (load "international/mule-util") (load "international/ucs-normalize") (load "term/ns-win")))) +(if (featurep 'pgtk) + (progn + (load "term/common-win") + ;; Don't load ucs-normalize.el unless uni-*.el files were + ;; already produced, because it needs uni-*.el files that might + ;; not be built early enough during bootstrap. + (load "term/pgtk-win"))) (if (fboundp 'x-create-frame) ;; Do it after loading term/foo-win.el since the value of the ;; mouse-wheel-*-event vars depends on those files being loaded or not. diff --git a/lisp/menu-bar.el b/lisp/menu-bar.el index 8c04e35a51f..bd110226618 100644 --- a/lisp/menu-bar.el +++ b/lisp/menu-bar.el @@ -2539,6 +2539,7 @@ See `menu-bar-mode' for more information." (declare-function x-menu-bar-open "term/x-win" (&optional frame)) (declare-function w32-menu-bar-open "term/w32-win" (&optional frame)) +(declare-function pgtk-menu-bar-open "term/pgtk-win" (&optional frame)) (declare-function haiku-menu-bar-open "haikumenu.c" (&optional frame)) (defun lookup-key-ignore-too-long (map key) @@ -2678,6 +2679,7 @@ If FRAME is nil or not given, use the selected frame." ((eq type 'x) (x-menu-bar-open frame)) ((eq type 'w32) (w32-menu-bar-open frame)) ((eq type 'haiku) (haiku-menu-bar-open frame)) + ((eq type 'pgtk) (pgtk-menu-bar-open frame)) ((and (null tty-menu-open-use-tmm) (not (zerop (or (frame-parameter nil 'menu-bar-lines) 0)))) ;; Make sure the menu bar is up to date. One situation where diff --git a/lisp/mwheel.el b/lisp/mwheel.el index 9d303b7ee35..fbe8daa77f8 100644 --- a/lisp/mwheel.el +++ b/lisp/mwheel.el @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ (defcustom mouse-wheel-down-event (if (or (featurep 'w32-win) (featurep 'ns-win) - (featurep 'haiku-win)) + (featurep 'haiku-win) (featurep 'pgtk-win)) 'wheel-up 'mouse-4) "Event used for scrolling down." @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ (defcustom mouse-wheel-up-event (if (or (featurep 'w32-win) (featurep 'ns-win) - (featurep 'haiku-win)) + (featurep 'haiku-win) (featurep 'pgtk-win)) 'wheel-down 'mouse-5) "Event used for scrolling up." @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Also see `mouse-wheel-tilt-scroll'." (defvar mouse-wheel-left-event (if (or (featurep 'w32-win) (featurep 'ns-win) - (featurep 'haiku-win)) + (featurep 'haiku-win) (featurep 'pgtk-win)) 'wheel-left 'mouse-6) "Event used for scrolling left.") @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Also see `mouse-wheel-tilt-scroll'." (defvar mouse-wheel-right-event (if (or (featurep 'w32-win) (featurep 'ns-win) - (featurep 'haiku-win)) + (featurep 'haiku-win) (featurep 'pgtk-win)) 'wheel-right 'mouse-7) "Event used for scrolling right.") diff --git a/lisp/net/browse-url.el b/lisp/net/browse-url.el index 2be9c7c025c..0273478cacf 100644 --- a/lisp/net/browse-url.el +++ b/lisp/net/browse-url.el @@ -824,8 +824,17 @@ If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass ;; When connected to various displays, be careful to use the display of ;; the currently selected frame, rather than the original start display, ;; which may not even exist any more. - (if (stringp (frame-parameter nil 'display)) - (setenv "DISPLAY" (frame-parameter nil 'display))) + (let ((dpy (frame-parameter nil 'display)) + classname) + (if (stringp dpy) + (cond + ((featurep 'pgtk) + (setq classname (pgtk-backend-display-class)) + (if (equal classname "GdkWaylandDisplay") + (setenv "WAYLAND_DISPLAY" dpy) + (setenv "DISPLAY" dpy))) + (t + (setenv "DISPLAY" dpy))))) (if (functionp function) (apply function url args) (error "No suitable browser for URL %s" url)))) diff --git a/lisp/net/eww.el b/lisp/net/eww.el index e86d21f889c..0c66cf3a0d7 100644 --- a/lisp/net/eww.el +++ b/lisp/net/eww.el @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ parameter, and should return the (possibly) transformed URL." :version "29.1") (defface eww-form-submit - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) ; Like default mode line + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) ; Like default mode line :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "#808080" :foreground "black")) "Face for eww buffer buttons." @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ parameter, and should return the (possibly) transformed URL." :group 'eww) (defface eww-form-file - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) ; Like default mode line + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) ; Like default mode line :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "#808080" :foreground "black")) "Face for eww buffer buttons." @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ parameter, and should return the (possibly) transformed URL." :group 'eww) (defface eww-form-checkbox - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) ; Like default mode line + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) ; Like default mode line :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "lightgrey" :foreground "black")) "Face for eww buffer buttons." @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ parameter, and should return the (possibly) transformed URL." :group 'eww) (defface eww-form-select - '((((type x w32 ns haiku) (class color)) ; Like default mode line + '((((type x w32 ns haiku pgtk) (class color)) ; Like default mode line :box (:line-width 2 :style released-button) :background "lightgrey" :foreground "black")) "Face for eww buffer buttons." diff --git a/lisp/select.el b/lisp/select.el index 43424d94b39..5e7f4a696a3 100644 --- a/lisp/select.el +++ b/lisp/select.el @@ -140,24 +140,27 @@ MS-Windows does not have a \"primary\" selection." (defcustom x-select-request-type nil "Data type request for X selection. The value is one of the following data types, a list of them, or nil: - `COMPOUND_TEXT', `UTF8_STRING', `STRING', `TEXT' + `COMPOUND_TEXT', `UTF8_STRING', `STRING', `TEXT', `text/plain\\;charset=utf-8' If the value is one of the above symbols, try only the specified type. If the value is a list of them, try each of them in the specified order until succeed. -The value nil is the same as the list (UTF8_STRING COMPOUND_TEXT STRING)." +The value nil is the same as the list (UTF8_STRING COMPOUND_TEXT STRING +text/plain\\;charset=utf-8)." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) (const COMPOUND_TEXT) (const UTF8_STRING) (const STRING) (const TEXT) + (const text/plain\;charset=utf-8) (set :tag "List of values" (const COMPOUND_TEXT) (const UTF8_STRING) (const STRING) - (const TEXT))) + (const TEXT) + (const text/plain\;charset=utf-8))) :group 'killing) (defun gui--selection-value-internal (type) @@ -165,9 +168,9 @@ The value nil is the same as the list (UTF8_STRING COMPOUND_TEXT STRING)." Call `gui-get-selection' with an appropriate DATA-TYPE argument decided by `x-select-request-type'. The return value is already decoded. If `gui-get-selection' signals an error, return nil." - (let ((request-type (if (eq window-system 'x) + (let ((request-type (if (memq window-system '(x pgtk)) (or x-select-request-type - '(UTF8_STRING COMPOUND_TEXT STRING)) + '(UTF8_STRING COMPOUND_TEXT STRING text/plain\;charset=utf-8)) 'STRING)) text) (with-demoted-errors "gui-get-selection: %S" @@ -312,6 +315,7 @@ the formats available in the clipboard if TYPE is `CLIPBOARD'." selection-coding-system (pcase data-type ('UTF8_STRING 'utf-8) + ('text/plain\;charset=utf-8 'utf-8) ('COMPOUND_TEXT 'compound-text-with-extensions) ('C_STRING nil) ('STRING 'iso-8859-1))))) diff --git a/lisp/server.el b/lisp/server.el index 2f003a380a1..d510df1208a 100644 --- a/lisp/server.el +++ b/lisp/server.el @@ -900,12 +900,17 @@ This handles splitting the command if it would be bigger than ) (cond (w - (server--create-frame - nowait proc - `((display . ,display) - ,@(if parent-id - `((parent-id . ,(string-to-number parent-id)))) - ,@parameters))) + (condition-case nil + (server--create-frame + nowait proc + `((display . ,display) + ,@(if parent-id + `((parent-id . ,(string-to-number parent-id)))) + ,@parameters)) + (error + (server-log "Window system unsupported" proc) + (server-send-string proc "-window-system-unsupported \n") + nil))) (t (server-log "Window system unsupported" proc) diff --git a/lisp/simple.el b/lisp/simple.el index 84928caa310..26c3ff575e2 100644 --- a/lisp/simple.el +++ b/lisp/simple.el @@ -9616,7 +9616,7 @@ call `normal-erase-is-backspace-mode' (which see) instead." (if (if (eq normal-erase-is-backspace 'maybe) (and (not noninteractive) (or (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) - (memq window-system '(w32 ns)) + (memq window-system '(w32 ns pgtk)) (and (eq window-system 'x) (fboundp 'x-backspace-delete-keys-p) (x-backspace-delete-keys-p)) diff --git a/lisp/startup.el b/lisp/startup.el index a46a3a0233d..b79467339b2 100644 --- a/lisp/startup.el +++ b/lisp/startup.el @@ -2020,6 +2020,8 @@ we put it on this frame." ;; frame visible. (if (eq (window-system) 'w32) (sit-for 0 t)) + (if (eq (window-system) 'pgtk) + (sit-for 0.1 t)) (dolist (frame (append (frame-list) (list (selected-frame)))) (if (and (frame-visible-p frame) (not (window-minibuffer-p (frame-selected-window frame)))) diff --git a/lisp/term/pgtk-win.el b/lisp/term/pgtk-win.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..689a5e595a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lisp/term/pgtk-win.el @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +;;; xterm.el --- define function key sequences and standard colors for xterm -*- lexical-binding: t -*- + +;; Copyright (C) 1995, 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Author: FSF +;; Keywords: terminals + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +;; (at your option) any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +;;; Commentary: + +;;; Code: +(eval-when-compile (require 'cl-lib)) +(or (featurep 'pgtk) + (error "%s: Loading pgtk-win.el but not compiled for pure Gtk+-3." + invocation-name)) + +;; Documentation-purposes only: actually loaded in loadup.el. +(require 'term/common-win) +(require 'frame) +(require 'mouse) +(require 'scroll-bar) +(require 'faces) +(require 'menu-bar) +(require 'fontset) +(require 'dnd) + +(defgroup pgtk nil + "Pure-GTK specific features." + :group 'environment) + +;;;; Command line argument handling. + +(defvar x-invocation-args) +;; Set in term/common-win.el; currently unused by Gtk's x-open-connection. +(defvar x-command-line-resources) + +;; pgtkterm.c. +(defvar pgtk-input-file) + +(declare-function pgtk-use-im-context "pgtkim.c") +(defvar pgtk-use-im-context-on-new-connection) + +(defun pgtk-handle-nxopen (_switch &optional temp) + (setq unread-command-events (append unread-command-events + (if temp '(pgtk-open-temp-file) + '(pgtk-open-file))) + pgtk-input-file (append pgtk-input-file (list (pop x-invocation-args))))) + +(defun pgtk-handle-nxopentemp (switch) + (pgtk-handle-nxopen switch t)) + +(defun pgtk-ignore-1-arg (_switch) + (setq x-invocation-args (cdr x-invocation-args))) + +;;;; File handling. + +(declare-function pgtk-hide-emacs "pgtkfns.c" (on)) + + +(defun pgtk-drag-n-drop (event &optional new-frame force-text) + "Edit the files listed in the drag-n-drop EVENT. +Switch to a buffer editing the last file dropped." + (interactive "e") + (let* ((window (posn-window (event-start event))) + (arg (car (cdr (cdr event)))) + (type (car arg)) + (data (car (cdr arg))) + (url-or-string (cond ((eq type 'file) + (concat "file:" data)) + (t data)))) + (set-frame-selected-window nil window) + (when new-frame + (select-frame (make-frame))) + (raise-frame) + (setq window (selected-window)) + (if force-text + (dnd-insert-text window 'private data) + (dnd-handle-one-url window 'private url-or-string)))) + + +(defun pgtk-drag-n-drop-other-frame (event) + "Edit the files listed in the drag-n-drop EVENT, in other frames. +May create new frames, or reuse existing ones. The frame editing +the last file dropped is selected." + (interactive "e") + (pgtk-drag-n-drop event t)) + +(defun pgtk-drag-n-drop-as-text (event) + "Drop the data in EVENT as text." + (interactive "e") + (pgtk-drag-n-drop event nil t)) + +(defun pgtk-drag-n-drop-as-text-other-frame (event) + "Drop the data in EVENT as text in a new frame." + (interactive "e") + (pgtk-drag-n-drop event t t)) + +(global-set-key [drag-n-drop] 'pgtk-drag-n-drop) +(global-set-key [C-drag-n-drop] 'pgtk-drag-n-drop-other-frame) +(global-set-key [M-drag-n-drop] 'pgtk-drag-n-drop-as-text) +(global-set-key [C-M-drag-n-drop] 'pgtk-drag-n-drop-as-text-other-frame) + +;;;; Frame-related functions. + +;; pgtkterm.c +(defvar pgtk-alternate-modifier) +(defvar pgtk-right-alternate-modifier) +(defvar pgtk-right-command-modifier) +(defvar pgtk-right-control-modifier) + +;; You say tomAYto, I say tomAHto.. +(with-no-warnings + (defvaralias 'pgtk-option-modifier 'pgtk-alternate-modifier) + (defvaralias 'pgtk-right-option-modifier 'pgtk-right-alternate-modifier)) + +(defun pgtk-do-hide-emacs () + (interactive) + (pgtk-hide-emacs t)) + +(declare-function pgtk-hide-others "pgtkfns.c" ()) + +(defun pgtk-do-hide-others () + (interactive) + (pgtk-hide-others)) + +(declare-function pgtk-emacs-info-panel "pgtkfns.c" ()) + +(defun pgtk-do-emacs-info-panel () + (interactive) + (pgtk-emacs-info-panel)) + +(defun pgtk-next-frame () + "Switch to next visible frame." + (interactive) + (other-frame 1)) + +(defun pgtk-prev-frame () + "Switch to previous visible frame." + (interactive) + (other-frame -1)) + +;; Frame will be focused anyway, so select it +;; (if this is not done, mode line is dimmed until first interaction) +;; FIXME: Sounds like we're working around a bug in the underlying code. +(add-hook 'after-make-frame-functions 'select-frame) + +(defvar tool-bar-mode) +(declare-function tool-bar-mode "tool-bar" (&optional arg)) + +;; Based on a function by David Reitter <dreitter@inf.ed.ac.uk> ; +;; see https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2005-09/msg00681.html . +(defun pgtk-toggle-toolbar (&optional frame) + "Switches the tool bar on and off in frame FRAME. + If FRAME is nil, the change applies to the selected frame." + (interactive) + (modify-frame-parameters + frame (list (cons 'tool-bar-lines + (if (> (or (frame-parameter frame 'tool-bar-lines) 0) 0) + 0 1)) )) + (if (not tool-bar-mode) (tool-bar-mode t))) + + +;;;; Dialog-related functions. + +;; Ask user for confirm before printing. Due to Kevin Rodgers. +(defun pgtk-print-buffer () + "Interactive front-end to `print-buffer': asks for user confirmation first." + (interactive) + (if (and (called-interactively-p 'interactive) + (or (listp last-nonmenu-event) + (and (char-or-string-p (event-basic-type last-command-event)) + (memq 'super (event-modifiers last-command-event))))) + (let ((last-nonmenu-event (if (listp last-nonmenu-event) + last-nonmenu-event + ;; Fake it: + `(mouse-1 POSITION 1)))) + (if (y-or-n-p (format "Print buffer %s? " (buffer-name))) + (print-buffer) + (error "Canceled"))) + (print-buffer))) + +;;;; Font support. + +;; Needed for font listing functions under both backend and normal +(setq scalable-fonts-allowed t) + +;; Default fontset. This is mainly here to show how a fontset +;; can be set up manually. Ordinarily, fontsets are auto-created whenever +;; a font is chosen by +(defvar pgtk-standard-fontset-spec + ;; Only some code supports this so far, so use uglier XLFD version + ;; "-pgtk-*-*-*-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-standard,latin:Courier,han:Kai" + (mapconcat 'identity + '("-*-Monospace-*-*-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-standard" + "latin:-*-Courier-*-*-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-iso10646-1") + ",") + "String of fontset spec of the standard fontset. +This defines a fontset consisting of the Courier and other fonts. +See the documentation of `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' for the format.") + + +;;;; Pasteboard support. + +(define-obsolete-function-alias 'pgtk-store-cut-buffer-internal + 'gui-set-selection "24.1") + + +(defun pgtk-copy-including-secondary () + (interactive) + (call-interactively 'kill-ring-save) + (gui-set-selection 'SECONDARY (buffer-substring (point) (mark t)))) + +(defun pgtk-paste-secondary () + (interactive) + (insert (gui-get-selection 'SECONDARY))) + + +(defun pgtk-suspend-error () + ;; Don't allow suspending if any of the frames are PGTK frames. + (if (memq 'pgtk (mapcar 'window-system (frame-list))) + (error "Cannot suspend Emacs while a PGTK GUI frame exists"))) + + + +(defvar pgtk-initialized nil + "Non-nil if pure-GTK windowing has been initialized.") + +(declare-function x-handle-args "common-win" (args)) +(declare-function x-open-connection "pgtkfns.c" + (display &optional xrm-string must-succeed)) +(declare-function pgtk-set-resource "pgtkfns.c" (owner name value)) + +;; Do the actual pure-GTK Windows setup here; the above code just +;; defines functions and variables that we use now. +(cl-defmethod window-system-initialization (&context (window-system pgtk) + &optional display) + "Initialize Emacs for pure-GTK windowing." + (cl-assert (not pgtk-initialized)) + + ;; PENDING: not needed? + (setq command-line-args (x-handle-args command-line-args)) + + ;; Make sure we have a valid resource name. + (or (stringp x-resource-name) + (let (i) + (setq x-resource-name (copy-sequence invocation-name)) + + ;; Change any . or * characters in x-resource-name to hyphens, + ;; so as not to choke when we use it in X resource queries. + (while (setq i (string-match "[.*]" x-resource-name)) + (aset x-resource-name i ?-)))) + + ;; Setup the default fontset. + (create-default-fontset) + ;; Create the standard fontset. + (condition-case err + (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec pgtk-standard-fontset-spec t) + (error (display-warning + 'initialization + (format "Creation of the standard fontset failed: %s" err) + :error))) + + (x-open-connection (or display + x-display-name) + x-command-line-resources + ;; Exit Emacs with fatal error if this fails and we + ;; are the initial display. + (= (length (frame-list)) 0)) + + (x-apply-session-resources) + + ;; Don't let Emacs suspend under PGTK. + (add-hook 'suspend-hook 'pgtk-suspend-error) + + (setq pgtk-initialized t)) + +;; Any display name is OK. +(add-to-list 'display-format-alist '(".*" . pgtk)) +(cl-defmethod handle-args-function (args &context (window-system pgtk)) + (x-handle-args args)) + +(cl-defmethod frame-creation-function (params &context (window-system pgtk)) + (x-create-frame-with-faces params)) + +(declare-function pgtk-own-selection-internal "pgtkselect.c" (selection value &optional frame)) +(declare-function pgtk-disown-selection-internal "pgtkselect.c" (selection &optional time_object terminal)) +(declare-function pgtk-selection-owner-p "pgtkselect.c" (&optional selection terminal)) +(declare-function pgtk-selection-exists-p "pgtkselect.c" (&optional selection terminal)) +(declare-function pgtk-get-selection-internal "pgtkselect.c" (selection-symbol target-type &optional time_stamp terminal)) + +(cl-defmethod gui-backend-set-selection (selection value + &context (window-system pgtk)) + (if value (pgtk-own-selection-internal selection value) + (pgtk-disown-selection-internal selection))) + +(cl-defmethod gui-backend-selection-owner-p (selection + &context (window-system pgtk)) + (pgtk-selection-owner-p selection)) + +(cl-defmethod gui-backend-selection-exists-p (selection + &context (window-system pgtk)) + (pgtk-selection-exists-p selection)) + +(cl-defmethod gui-backend-get-selection (selection-symbol target-type + &context (window-system pgtk)) + (pgtk-get-selection-internal selection-symbol target-type)) + + +(defvar pgtk-preedit-overlay nil) + +(defun pgtk-preedit-text (event) + "An internal function to display preedit text from input method. + +EVENT is an event of PGTK_PREEDIT_TEXT_EVENT. +It contains colors and texts." + (interactive "e") + (when pgtk-preedit-overlay + (delete-overlay pgtk-preedit-overlay)) + (setq pgtk-preedit-overlay nil) + + (let ((ovstr "") + (idx 0) + atts ov str color face-name) + (dolist (part (nth 1 event)) + (setq str (car part)) + (setq face-name (intern (format "pgtk-im-%d" idx))) + (eval + `(defface ,face-name nil "face of input method preedit")) + (setq atts nil) + (when (setq color (cdr-safe (assq 'fg (cdr part)))) + (setq atts (append atts `(:foreground ,color)))) + (when (setq color (cdr-safe (assq 'bg (cdr part)))) + (setq atts (append atts `(:background ,color)))) + (when (setq color (cdr-safe (assq 'ul (cdr part)))) + (setq atts (append atts `(:underline ,color)))) + (face-spec-set face-name `((t . ,atts))) + (add-text-properties 0 (length str) `(face ,face-name) str) + (setq ovstr (concat ovstr str)) + (setq idx (1+ idx))) + + (setq ov (make-overlay (point) (point))) + (overlay-put ov 'before-string ovstr) + (setq pgtk-preedit-overlay ov))) + + +(add-hook 'after-init-hook + (function + (lambda () + (when (eq window-system 'pgtk) + (pgtk-use-im-context pgtk-use-im-context-on-new-connection))))) + + +;;; + +(defcustom x-gtk-stock-map + (mapcar (lambda (arg) + (cons (purecopy (car arg)) (purecopy (cdr arg)))) + '( + ("etc/images/new" . ("document-new" "gtk-new")) + ("etc/images/open" . ("document-open" "gtk-open")) + ("etc/images/diropen" . "n:system-file-manager") + ("etc/images/close" . ("window-close" "gtk-close")) + ("etc/images/save" . ("document-save" "gtk-save")) + ("etc/images/saveas" . ("document-save-as" "gtk-save-as")) + ("etc/images/undo" . ("edit-undo" "gtk-undo")) + ("etc/images/cut" . ("edit-cut" "gtk-cut")) + ("etc/images/copy" . ("edit-copy" "gtk-copy")) + ("etc/images/paste" . ("edit-paste" "gtk-paste")) + ("etc/images/search" . ("edit-find" "gtk-find")) + ("etc/images/print" . ("document-print" "gtk-print")) + ("etc/images/preferences" . ("preferences-system" "gtk-preferences")) + ("etc/images/help" . ("help-browser" "gtk-help")) + ("etc/images/left-arrow" . ("go-previous" "gtk-go-back")) + ("etc/images/right-arrow" . ("go-next" "gtk-go-forward")) + ("etc/images/home" . ("go-home" "gtk-home")) + ("etc/images/jump-to" . ("go-jump" "gtk-jump-to")) + ("etc/images/index" . ("gtk-search" "gtk-index")) + ("etc/images/exit" . ("application-exit" "gtk-quit")) + ("etc/images/cancel" . "gtk-cancel") + ("etc/images/info" . ("dialog-information" "gtk-info")) + ("etc/images/bookmark_add" . "n:bookmark_add") + ;; Used in Gnus and/or MH-E: + ("etc/images/attach" . ("mail-attachment" "gtk-attach")) + ("etc/images/connect" . "gtk-connect") + ("etc/images/contact" . "gtk-contact") + ("etc/images/delete" . ("edit-delete" "gtk-delete")) + ("etc/images/describe" . ("document-properties" "gtk-properties")) + ("etc/images/disconnect" . "gtk-disconnect") + ;; ("etc/images/exit" . "gtk-exit") + ("etc/images/lock-broken" . "gtk-lock_broken") + ("etc/images/lock-ok" . "gtk-lock_ok") + ("etc/images/lock" . "gtk-lock") + ("etc/images/next-page" . "gtk-next-page") + ("etc/images/refresh" . ("view-refresh" "gtk-refresh")) + ("etc/images/search-replace" . "edit-find-replace") + ("etc/images/sort-ascending" . ("view-sort-ascending" "gtk-sort-ascending")) + ("etc/images/sort-column-ascending" . "gtk-sort-column-ascending") + ("etc/images/sort-criteria" . "gtk-sort-criteria") + ("etc/images/sort-descending" . ("view-sort-descending" + "gtk-sort-descending")) + ("etc/images/sort-row-ascending" . "gtk-sort-row-ascending") + ("etc/images/spell" . ("tools-check-spelling" "gtk-spell-check")) + ("images/gnus/toggle-subscription" . "gtk-task-recurring") + ("images/mail/compose" . ("mail-message-new" "gtk-mail-compose")) + ("images/mail/copy" . "gtk-mail-copy") + ("images/mail/forward" . "gtk-mail-forward") + ("images/mail/inbox" . "gtk-inbox") + ("images/mail/move" . "gtk-mail-move") + ("images/mail/not-spam" . "gtk-not-spam") + ("images/mail/outbox" . "gtk-outbox") + ("images/mail/reply-all" . "gtk-mail-reply-to-all") + ("images/mail/reply" . "gtk-mail-reply") + ("images/mail/save-draft" . "gtk-mail-handling") + ("images/mail/send" . ("mail-send" "gtk-mail-send")) + ("images/mail/spam" . "gtk-spam") + ;; Used for GDB Graphical Interface + ("images/gud/break" . "gtk-no") + ("images/gud/recstart" . ("media-record" "gtk-media-record")) + ("images/gud/recstop" . ("media-playback-stop" "gtk-media-stop")) + ;; No themed versions available: + ;; mail/preview (combining stock_mail and stock_zoom) + ;; mail/save (combining stock_mail, stock_save and stock_convert) + )) + "How icons for tool bars are mapped to Gtk+ stock items. +Emacs must be compiled with the Gtk+ toolkit for this to have any effect. +A value that begins with n: denotes a named icon instead of a stock icon." + :version "22.2" + :type '(choice (repeat + (choice symbol + (cons (string :tag "Emacs icon") + (choice (group (string :tag "Named") + (string :tag "Stock")) + (string :tag "Stock/named")))))) + :group 'pgtk) + +(defcustom icon-map-list '(x-gtk-stock-map) + "A list of alists that map icon file names to stock/named icons. +The alists are searched in the order they appear. The first match is used. +The keys in the alists are file names without extension and with two directory +components. For example, to map /usr/share/emacs/22.1.1/etc/images/open.xpm +to stock item gtk-open, use: + + (\"etc/images/open\" . \"gtk-open\") + +Themes also have named icons. To map to one of those, use n: before the name: + + (\"etc/images/diropen\" . \"n:system-file-manager\") + +The list elements are either the symbol name for the alist or the +alist itself. + +If you don't want stock icons, set the variable to nil." + :version "22.2" + :type '(choice (const :tag "Don't use stock icons" nil) + (repeat (choice symbol + (cons (string :tag "Emacs icon") + (string :tag "Stock/named"))))) + :group 'pgtk) + +(defconst x-gtk-stock-cache (make-hash-table :weakness t :test 'equal)) + +(defun x-gtk-map-stock (file) + "Map icon with file name FILE to a Gtk+ stock name. +This uses `icon-map-list' to map icon file names to stock icon names." + (when (stringp file) + (or (gethash file x-gtk-stock-cache) + (puthash + file + (save-match-data + (let* ((file-sans (file-name-sans-extension file)) + (key (and (string-match "/\\([^/]+/[^/]+/[^/]+$\\)" + file-sans) + (match-string 1 file-sans))) + (icon-map icon-map-list) + elem value) + (while (and (null value) icon-map) + (setq elem (car icon-map) + value (assoc-string (or key file-sans) + (if (symbolp elem) + (symbol-value elem) + elem)) + icon-map (cdr icon-map))) + (and value (cdr value)))) + x-gtk-stock-cache)))) + + +(provide 'pgtk-win) +(provide 'term/pgtk-win) + +;;; pgtk-win.el ends here diff --git a/lisp/url/url-privacy.el b/lisp/url/url-privacy.el index 58ae6efbfc1..ebba87ebbb5 100644 --- a/lisp/url/url-privacy.el +++ b/lisp/url/url-privacy.el @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ (pcase (or window-system 'tty) ('x "X11") ('ns "OpenStep") + ('pgtk "PureGTK") ('tty "TTY") (_ nil))))) diff --git a/m4/gsettings.m4 b/m4/gsettings.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..882e6a83e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gsettings.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +# Increment this whenever this file is changed. +#serial 2 + +dnl GLIB_GSETTINGS +dnl Defines GSETTINGS_SCHEMAS_INSTALL which controls whether +dnl the schema should be compiled +dnl + +AC_DEFUN([GLIB_GSETTINGS], +[ + dnl We can't use PKG_PREREQ because that needs 0.29. + m4_ifndef([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], + [pkg.m4 version 0.28 or later is required]) + + m4_pattern_allow([AM_V_GEN]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(schemas-compile, + AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-schemas-compile], + [Disable regeneration of gschemas.compiled on install]), + [case ${enableval} in + yes) GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE="" ;; + no) GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE="1" ;; + *) AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for --enable-schemas-compile]) ;; + esac]) + AC_SUBST([GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE]) + PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([0.16]) + AC_SUBST(gsettingsschemadir, [${datadir}/glib-2.0/schemas]) + AS_IF([test x$cross_compiling != xyes], + [PKG_CHECK_VAR([GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS], [gio-2.0], [glib_compile_schemas])], + [AC_PATH_PROG([GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS], [glib-compile-schemas])]) + AC_SUBST(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) + if test "x$GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS" = "x"; then + ifelse([$2],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([glib-compile-schemas not found.])],[$2]) + else + ifelse([$1],,[:],[$1]) + fi + + GSETTINGS_RULES=' +.PHONY : uninstall-gsettings-schemas install-gsettings-schemas clean-gsettings-schemas + +mostlyclean-am: clean-gsettings-schemas + +gsettings__enum_file = $(addsuffix .enums.xml,$(gsettings_ENUM_NAMESPACE)) + +%.gschema.valid: %.gschema.xml $(gsettings__enum_file) + $(AM_V_GEN) $(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) --strict --dry-run $(addprefix --schema-file=,$(gsettings__enum_file)) --schema-file=$< && mkdir -p [$](@D) && touch [$]@ + +all-am: $(gsettings_SCHEMAS:.xml=.valid) +uninstall-am: uninstall-gsettings-schemas +install-data-am: install-gsettings-schemas + +.SECONDARY: $(gsettings_SCHEMAS) + +install-gsettings-schemas: $(gsettings_SCHEMAS) $(gsettings__enum_file) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + if test -n "$^"; then \ + test -z "$(gsettingsschemadir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(gsettingsschemadir)"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $^ "$(DESTDIR)$(gsettingsschemadir)"; \ + test -n "$(GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE)$(DESTDIR)" || $(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) $(gsettingsschemadir); \ + fi + +uninstall-gsettings-schemas: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='\''$(gsettings_SCHEMAS) $(gsettings__enum_file)'\''; test -n "$(gsettingsschemadir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e '\''s|^.*/||'\''`; \ + test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '\''$(DESTDIR)$(gsettingsschemadir)'\'' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(gsettingsschemadir)" && rm -f $$files + test -n "$(GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE)$(DESTDIR)" || $(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) $(gsettingsschemadir) + +clean-gsettings-schemas: + rm -f $(gsettings_SCHEMAS:.xml=.valid) $(gsettings__enum_file) + +ifdef gsettings_ENUM_NAMESPACE +$(gsettings__enum_file): $(gsettings_ENUM_FILES) + $(AM_V_GEN) glib-mkenums --comments '\''<!-- @comment@ -->'\'' --fhead "<schemalist>" --vhead " <@type@ id='\''$(gsettings_ENUM_NAMESPACE).@EnumName@'\''>" --vprod " <value nick='\''@valuenick@'\'' value='\''@valuenum@'\''/>" --vtail " </@type@>" --ftail "</schemalist>" [$]^ > [$]@.tmp && mv [$]@.tmp [$]@ +endif +' + _GSETTINGS_SUBST(GSETTINGS_RULES) +]) + +dnl _GSETTINGS_SUBST(VARIABLE) +dnl Abstract macro to do either _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE or AC_SUBST +AC_DEFUN([_GSETTINGS_SUBST], +[ +AC_SUBST([$1]) +m4_ifdef([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1])]) +] +) diff --git a/src/.gdbinit b/src/.gdbinit index f74e295f7ea..68db1ff3ea4 100644 --- a/src/.gdbinit +++ b/src/.gdbinit @@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ handle SIGUSR2 noprint pass # debugging. handle SIGALRM ignore +# On selection send failed. +if defined_HAVE_PGTK + handle SIGPIPE nostop noprint +end + # Use $bugfix so that the value isn't a constant. # Using a constant runs into GDB bugs sometimes. define xgetptr @@ -1224,6 +1229,9 @@ set print pretty on set print sevenbit-strings show environment DISPLAY +if defined_HAVE_PGTK + show environment WAYLAND_DISPLAY +end show environment TERM # When debugging, it is handy to be able to "return" from diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in index 3a8445db2d4..ee9a22469ea 100644 --- a/src/Makefile.in +++ b/src/Makefile.in @@ -297,6 +297,9 @@ W32_OBJ=@W32_OBJ@ ## -lkernel32 if CYGWIN but not HAVE_W32, else empty. W32_LIBS=@W32_LIBS@ +PGTK_OBJ=@PGTK_OBJ@ +PGTK_LIBS=@PGTK_LIBS@ + ## emacs.res if HAVE_W32 EMACSRES = @EMACSRES@ ## If HAVE_W32, compiler arguments for including @@ -432,7 +435,7 @@ base_obj = dispnew.o frame.o scroll.o xdisp.o menu.o $(XMENU_OBJ) window.o \ $(if $(HYBRID_MALLOC),sheap.o) \ $(MSDOS_OBJ) $(MSDOS_X_OBJ) $(NS_OBJ) $(CYGWIN_OBJ) $(FONT_OBJ) \ $(W32_OBJ) $(WINDOW_SYSTEM_OBJ) $(XGSELOBJ) $(JSON_OBJ) \ - $(HAIKU_OBJ) + $(HAIKU_OBJ) $(PGTK_OBJ) doc_obj = $(base_obj) $(NS_OBJC_OBJ) obj = $(doc_obj) $(HAIKU_CXX_OBJ) @@ -539,7 +542,7 @@ export LISP_PRELOADED = ${shortlisp} lisp = $(addprefix ${lispsource}/,${shortlisp}) ## Construct full set of libraries to be linked. -LIBES = $(LIBS) $(W32_LIBS) $(LIBS_GNUSTEP) $(LIBX_BASE) $(LIBIMAGE) \ +LIBES = $(LIBS) $(W32_LIBS) $(LIBS_GNUSTEP) $(PGTK_LIBS) $(LIBX_BASE) $(LIBIMAGE) \ $(LIBX_OTHER) $(LIBSOUND) \ $(RSVG_LIBS) $(IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS) $(LIB_ACL) $(LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME) \ $(WEBKIT_LIBS) \ diff --git a/src/alloc.c b/src/alloc.c index 9f52a414d68..16f9076b03c 100644 --- a/src/alloc.c +++ b/src/alloc.c @@ -6145,6 +6145,9 @@ garbage_collect (void) mark_terminals (); mark_kboards (); mark_threads (); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + mark_pgtkterm (); +#endif #ifdef USE_GTK xg_mark_data (); @@ -7721,6 +7724,12 @@ enum defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS { defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS = true }; enum defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS { defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS = false }; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +enum defined_HAVE_PGTK { defined_HAVE_PGTK = true }; +#else +enum defined_HAVE_PGTK { defined_HAVE_PGTK = false }; +#endif + /* When compiled with GCC, GDB might say "No enum type named pvec_type" if we don't have at least one symbol with that type, and then xbacktrace could fail. Similarly for the other enums and @@ -7740,5 +7749,6 @@ union enum More_Lisp_Bits More_Lisp_Bits; enum pvec_type pvec_type; enum defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS defined_HAVE_X_WINDOWS; + enum defined_HAVE_PGTK defined_HAVE_PGTK; } const EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE gdb_make_enums_visible = {0}; #endif /* __GNUC__ */ diff --git a/src/dispextern.h b/src/dispextern.h index ff4e7293d85..0f316a2eaf9 100644 --- a/src/dispextern.h +++ b/src/dispextern.h @@ -134,6 +134,14 @@ typedef Emacs_Pixmap Emacs_Pix_Context; #define FACE_COLOR_TO_PIXEL(face_color, frame) face_color #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#include "pgtkgui.h" +/* Following typedef needed to accommodate the MSDOS port, believe it or not. */ +typedef struct pgtk_display_info Display_Info; +typedef Emacs_Pixmap XImagePtr; +typedef XImagePtr XImagePtr_or_DC; +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU #include "haikugui.h" typedef struct haiku_display_info Display_Info; @@ -1400,6 +1408,9 @@ struct glyph_string Emacs_GC *gc; HDC hdc; #endif +#if defined (HAVE_PGTK) + Emacs_GC xgcv; +#endif /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if diff --git a/src/dispnew.c b/src/dispnew.c index a976bf94c5e..4faa7a7777b 100644 --- a/src/dispnew.c +++ b/src/dispnew.c @@ -6453,6 +6453,15 @@ init_display_interactive (void) } #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!inhibit_window_system && !will_dump_p ()) + { + Vinitial_window_system = Qpgtk; + Vwindow_system_version = make_fixnum (3); + return; + } +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU if (!inhibit_window_system && !will_dump_p ()) { diff --git a/src/emacs.c b/src/emacs.c index 3fc055aed92..6048d126781 100644 --- a/src/emacs.c +++ b/src/emacs.c @@ -1909,6 +1909,9 @@ Using an Emacs configured with --with-x-toolkit=lucid does not have this problem init_bignum (); init_threads (); init_eval (); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + init_pgtkterm (); /* before init_atimer(). */ +#endif running_asynch_code = 0; init_random (); @@ -2245,6 +2248,15 @@ Using an Emacs configured with --with-x-toolkit=lucid does not have this problem syms_of_fontset (); #endif /* HAVE_NS */ +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + syms_of_pgtkterm (); + syms_of_pgtkfns (); + syms_of_pgtkselect (); + syms_of_pgtkmenu (); + syms_of_pgtkim (); + syms_of_fontset (); + syms_of_xsettings (); +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU syms_of_haikuterm (); syms_of_haikufns (); @@ -2328,7 +2340,7 @@ Using an Emacs configured with --with-x-toolkit=lucid does not have this problem #ifdef HAVE_DBUS init_dbusbind (); #endif -#ifdef USE_GTK +#if defined(USE_GTK) && !defined(HAVE_PGTK) init_xterm (); #endif diff --git a/src/emacsgtkfixed.c b/src/emacsgtkfixed.c index 1f5b0947e5c..78c952f8054 100644 --- a/src/emacsgtkfixed.c +++ b/src/emacsgtkfixed.c @@ -22,7 +22,11 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "lisp.h" #include "frame.h" +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#include "pgtkterm.h" +#else #include "xterm.h" +#endif #include "xwidget.h" #include "emacsgtkfixed.h" @@ -47,7 +51,9 @@ static void emacs_fixed_get_preferred_width (GtkWidget *widget, static void emacs_fixed_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *minimum, gint *natural); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK static GType emacs_fixed_get_type (void); +#endif G_DEFINE_TYPE (EmacsFixed, emacs_fixed, GTK_TYPE_FIXED) static EmacsFixed * @@ -93,9 +99,15 @@ emacs_fixed_get_preferred_width (GtkWidget *widget, { EmacsFixed *fixed = EMACS_FIXED (widget); EmacsFixedPrivate *priv = fixed->priv; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + int w = priv->f->output_data.pgtk->size_hints.min_width; + if (minimum) *minimum = w; + if (natural) *natural = priv->f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_width; +#else int w = priv->f->output_data.x->size_hints.min_width; if (minimum) *minimum = w; if (natural) *natural = w; +#endif } static void @@ -105,12 +117,20 @@ emacs_fixed_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, { EmacsFixed *fixed = EMACS_FIXED (widget); EmacsFixedPrivate *priv = fixed->priv; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + int h = priv->f->output_data.pgtk->size_hints.min_height; + if (minimum) *minimum = h; + if (natural) *natural = priv->f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_height; +#else int h = priv->f->output_data.x->size_hints.min_height; if (minimum) *minimum = h; if (natural) *natural = h; +#endif } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + /* Override the X function so we can intercept Gtk+ 3 calls. Use our values for min_width/height so that KDE don't freak out (Bug#8919), and so users can resize our frames as they wish. */ @@ -145,8 +165,13 @@ XSetWMSizeHints (Display *d, if ((hints->flags & PMinSize) && f) { +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + int w = f->output_data.pgtk->size_hints.min_width; + int h = f->output_data.pgtk->size_hints.min_height; +#else int w = f->output_data.x->size_hints.min_width; int h = f->output_data.x->size_hints.min_height; +#endif data[5] = w; data[6] = h; } @@ -164,3 +189,5 @@ XSetWMNormalHints (Display *d, Window w, XSizeHints *hints) { XSetWMSizeHints (d, w, hints, XA_WM_NORMAL_HINTS); } + +#endif diff --git a/src/emacsgtkfixed.h b/src/emacsgtkfixed.h index 78879764d86..4f7a4eb3f71 100644 --- a/src/emacsgtkfixed.h +++ b/src/emacsgtkfixed.h @@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ struct frame; G_BEGIN_DECLS +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#define EMACS_TYPE_FIXED (emacs_fixed_get_type ()) +#define EMACS_IS_FIXED(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), EMACS_TYPE_FIXED)) +#endif + struct frame; typedef struct _EmacsFixedPrivate EmacsFixedPrivate; @@ -44,6 +49,10 @@ struct _EmacsFixedClass GtkFixedClass parent_class; }; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +extern GType emacs_fixed_get_type (void); +#endif + extern GtkWidget *emacs_fixed_new (struct frame *f); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/src/font.c b/src/font.c index f934a8c0adc..f2fd64e76ee 100644 --- a/src/font.c +++ b/src/font.c @@ -5744,7 +5744,11 @@ match. */); syms_of_xftfont (); #endif /* HAVE_XFT */ #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */ -#endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ +#else /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ +#ifdef USE_CAIRO + syms_of_ftcrfont (); +#endif +#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ #else /* not HAVE_FREETYPE */ #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS syms_of_xfont (); diff --git a/src/frame.c b/src/frame.c index 33e9606e41d..2b06bc821d0 100644 --- a/src/frame.c +++ b/src/frame.c @@ -225,7 +225,8 @@ Value is: `x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, `w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, `ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display, - `pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. + `pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame, + `pgtk' for an Emacs frame running on pure GTK. `haiku' for an Emacs frame running in Haiku. See also `frame-live-p'. */) (Lisp_Object object) @@ -245,6 +246,8 @@ See also `frame-live-p'. */) return Qpc; case output_ns: return Qns; + case output_pgtk: + return Qpgtk; case output_haiku: return Qhaiku; default: @@ -2215,7 +2218,8 @@ delete_frame (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object force) /* Since a similar behavior was observed on the Lucid and Motif builds (see Bug#5802, Bug#21509, Bug#23499, Bug#27816), we now don't delete the terminal for these builds either. */ - if (terminal->reference_count == 0 && terminal->type == output_x_window) + if (terminal->reference_count == 0 && + (terminal->type == output_x_window || terminal->type == output_pgtk)) terminal->reference_count = 1; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */ if (terminal->reference_count == 0) @@ -5896,7 +5900,7 @@ This function is for internal use only. */) #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM -# if (defined USE_GTK || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_XINERAMA \ +# if (defined USE_GTK || defined HAVE_PGTK || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_XINERAMA \ || defined HAVE_XRANDR) void free_monitors (struct MonitorInfo *monitors, int n_monitors) @@ -5934,6 +5938,10 @@ make_monitor_attribute_list (struct MonitorInfo *monitors, attributes); attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)), attributes); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qscale_factor, make_float (mi->scale_factor)), + attributes); +#endif attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (mi->mm_width, mi->mm_height)), attributes); @@ -6023,6 +6031,7 @@ syms_of_frame (void) DEFSYM (Qw32, "w32"); DEFSYM (Qpc, "pc"); DEFSYM (Qns, "ns"); + DEFSYM (Qpgtk, "pgtk"); DEFSYM (Qhaiku, "haiku"); DEFSYM (Qvisible, "visible"); DEFSYM (Qbuffer_predicate, "buffer-predicate"); @@ -6046,6 +6055,9 @@ syms_of_frame (void) DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea"); DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size"); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + DEFSYM (Qscale_factor, "scale-factor"); +#endif DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames"); DEFSYM (Qsource, "source"); diff --git a/src/frame.h b/src/frame.h index cb2bad71c5d..4060ee65c42 100644 --- a/src/frame.h +++ b/src/frame.h @@ -585,6 +585,7 @@ struct frame struct x_output *x; /* From xterm.h. */ struct w32_output *w32; /* From w32term.h. */ struct ns_output *ns; /* From nsterm.h. */ + struct pgtk_output *pgtk; /* From pgtkterm.h. */ struct haiku_output *haiku; /* From haikuterm.h. */ } output_data; @@ -853,6 +854,11 @@ default_pixels_per_inch_y (void) #else #define FRAME_NS_P(f) ((f)->output_method == output_ns) #endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK +#define FRAME_PGTK_P(f) false +#else +#define FRAME_PGTK_P(f) ((f)->output_method == output_pgtk) +#endif #ifndef HAVE_HAIKU #define FRAME_HAIKU_P(f) false #else @@ -870,6 +876,9 @@ default_pixels_per_inch_y (void) #ifdef HAVE_NS #define FRAME_WINDOW_P(f) FRAME_NS_P(f) #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#define FRAME_WINDOW_P(f) FRAME_PGTK_P(f) +#endif #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU #define FRAME_WINDOW_P(f) FRAME_HAIKU_P (f) #endif @@ -925,6 +934,8 @@ default_pixels_per_inch_y (void) /* Scale factor of frame F. */ #if defined HAVE_NS # define FRAME_SCALE_FACTOR(f) (FRAME_NS_P (f) ? ns_frame_scale_factor (f) : 1) +#elif defined HAVE_PGTK +# define FRAME_SCALE_FACTOR(f) (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) ? pgtk_frame_scale_factor (f) : 1) #else # define FRAME_SCALE_FACTOR(f) 1 #endif @@ -1682,7 +1693,7 @@ extern const char *x_get_resource_string (const char *, const char *); extern void x_sync (struct frame *); #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ -#ifndef HAVE_NS +#if !defined (HAVE_NS) && !defined (HAVE_PGTK) /* Set F's bitmap icon, if specified among F's parameters. */ @@ -1718,6 +1729,9 @@ struct MonitorInfo { Emacs_Rectangle geom, work; int mm_width, mm_height; char *name; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + double scale_factor; +#endif }; extern void free_monitors (struct MonitorInfo *monitors, int n_monitors); diff --git a/src/fringe.c b/src/fringe.c index b651a4eb0d9..441146d135d 100644 --- a/src/fringe.c +++ b/src/fringe.c @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "termhooks.h" #include "pdumper.h" +#include "pgtkterm.h" + /* Fringe bitmaps are represented in three different ways: Logical bitmaps are used internally to denote things like @@ -1408,7 +1410,7 @@ If BITMAP overrides a standard fringe bitmap, the original bitmap is restored. On W32 and MAC (little endian), there's no need to do this. */ -#if defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) +#if defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) || defined (HAVE_PGTK) static const unsigned char swap_nibble[16] = { 0x0, 0x8, 0x4, 0xc, /* 0000 1000 0100 1100 */ 0x2, 0xa, 0x6, 0xe, /* 0010 1010 0110 1110 */ @@ -1471,6 +1473,25 @@ init_fringe_bitmap (int which, struct fringe_bitmap *fb, int once_p) #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */ #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ +#if !defined(HAVE_X_WINDOWS) && defined (HAVE_PGTK) + unsigned short *bits = fb->bits; + int j; + + for (j = 0; j < fb->height; j++) + { + unsigned short b = *bits; +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + *bits++ = (b << (16 - fb->width)); +#else + b = (unsigned short)((swap_nibble[b & 0xf] << 12) + | (swap_nibble[(b>>4) & 0xf] << 8) + | (swap_nibble[(b>>8) & 0xf] << 4) + | (swap_nibble[(b>>12) & 0xf])); + *bits++ = (b >> (16 - fb->width)); +#endif + } +#endif /* !HAVE_X_WINDOWS && HAVE_PGTK */ + #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI unsigned short *bits = fb->bits; int j; diff --git a/src/ftcrfont.c b/src/ftcrfont.c index 820b3c0bd0c..49b179b0efc 100644 --- a/src/ftcrfont.c +++ b/src/ftcrfont.c @@ -24,10 +24,12 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "lisp.h" #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS #include "xterm.h" -#else /* Otherwise, Haiku */ +#elif HAVE_HAIKU #include "haikuterm.h" #include "haiku_support.h" #include "termchar.h" +#else +#include "pgtkterm.h" #endif #include "blockinput.h" #include "charset.h" @@ -526,8 +528,12 @@ ftcrfont_draw (struct glyph_string *s, block_input (); #ifndef USE_BE_CAIRO +#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS cr = x_begin_cr_clip (f, s->gc); #else + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); +#endif +#else BView_draw_lock (FRAME_HAIKU_VIEW (f)); EmacsWindow_begin_cr_critical_section (FRAME_HAIKU_WINDOW (f)); cr = haiku_begin_cr_clip (f, s); @@ -551,8 +557,12 @@ ftcrfont_draw (struct glyph_string *s, if (with_background) { #ifndef USE_BE_CAIRO +#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f, s->gc); #else + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, s->xgcv.background); +#endif +#else struct face *face = s->face; uint32_t col = s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR ? @@ -579,8 +589,12 @@ ftcrfont_draw (struct glyph_string *s, NULL)); } #ifndef USE_BE_CAIRO +#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f, s->gc); #else + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, s->xgcv.foreground); +#endif +#else uint32_t col = s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR ? FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (s->f)->cursor_fg : face->foreground; @@ -591,8 +605,12 @@ ftcrfont_draw (struct glyph_string *s, cairo_set_scaled_font (cr, ftcrfont_info->cr_scaled_font); cairo_show_glyphs (cr, glyphs, len); #ifndef USE_BE_CAIRO +#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS x_end_cr_clip (f); #else + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +#endif +#else haiku_end_cr_clip (cr); EmacsWindow_end_cr_critical_section (FRAME_HAIKU_WINDOW (f)); BView_draw_unlock (FRAME_HAIKU_VIEW (f)); diff --git a/src/ftfont.h b/src/ftfont.h index 0e0bebb6f6c..cfab8d3154f 100644 --- a/src/ftfont.h +++ b/src/ftfont.h @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include <ft2build.h> #include FT_FREETYPE_H #include FT_SIZES_H +#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H #ifdef FT_BDF_H # include FT_BDF_H #endif diff --git a/src/gtkutil.c b/src/gtkutil.c index 8f8db4ed372..5271ccfba61 100644 --- a/src/gtkutil.c +++ b/src/gtkutil.c @@ -37,7 +37,14 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "dispextern.h" #include "frame.h" #include "systime.h" +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #include "xterm.h" +#define xp x +typedef struct x_output xp_output; +#else +#define xp pgtk +typedef struct pgtk_output xp_output; +#endif #include "blockinput.h" #include "window.h" #include "gtkutil.h" @@ -56,7 +63,9 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #endif #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #include <gtk/gtkx.h> +#endif #include "emacsgtkfixed.h" #endif @@ -131,6 +140,7 @@ static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; static void xg_set_screen (GtkWidget *w, struct frame *f) { +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ()) { GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); @@ -141,6 +151,17 @@ xg_set_screen (GtkWidget *w, struct frame *f) else gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); } +#else + if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ()) + { + GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); + + if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) + gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); + else + gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); + } +#endif } @@ -152,12 +173,20 @@ xg_set_screen (GtkWidget *w, struct frame *f) multiple displays. */ void +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK xg_display_open (char *display_name, Display **dpy) +#else +xg_display_open (char *display_name, GdkDisplay **dpy) +#endif { GdkDisplay *gdpy; unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok, xterm.c. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); +#else + gdpy = gdk_display_open (strlen (display_name) == 0 ? NULL : display_name); +#endif request_sigio (); if (!gdpy_def && gdpy) { @@ -166,7 +195,11 @@ xg_display_open (char *display_name, Display **dpy) gdpy); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; +#else + *dpy = gdpy; +#endif } /* Scaling/HiDPI functions. */ @@ -188,6 +221,9 @@ xg_get_gdk_scale (void) int xg_get_scale (struct frame *f) { +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + return 1; +#endif #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) return gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); @@ -198,8 +234,13 @@ xg_get_scale (struct frame *f) /* Close display DPY. */ void +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK xg_display_close (Display *dpy) +#else +xg_display_close (GdkDisplay *gdpy) +#endif { +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. @@ -223,6 +264,31 @@ xg_display_close (Display *dpy) } gdk_display_close (gdpy); + +#else + + /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. + If there is no other display to use, gdpy_def is set to NULL, and + the next call to xg_display_open resets the default display. */ + if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) + { + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + GdkDisplay *gdpy_new = NULL; + + /* Find another display. */ + for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) + if (dpyinfo->gdpy != gdpy) + { + gdpy_new = dpyinfo->gdpy; + gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), + gdpy_new); + break; + } + gdpy_def = gdpy_new; + } + + gdk_display_close (gdpy); +#endif } @@ -234,12 +300,19 @@ xg_display_close (Display *dpy) scroll bars on display DPY. */ GdkCursor * +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK xg_create_default_cursor (Display *dpy) +#else +xg_create_default_cursor (GdkDisplay *gdpy) +#endif { +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); +#endif return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ static GdkPixbuf * @@ -339,6 +412,8 @@ xg_get_pixbuf_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface) } #endif /* USE_CAIRO && !HAVE_GTK3 */ +#endif /* !HAVE_PGTK */ + static Lisp_Object file_for_image (Lisp_Object image) { @@ -609,8 +684,13 @@ xg_check_special_colors (struct frame *f, block_input (); { #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK GtkStyleContext *gsty = gtk_widget_get_style_context (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); +#else + GtkStyleContext *gsty + = gtk_widget_get_style_context (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); +#endif GdkRGBA col; char buf[sizeof "rgb://rrrr/gggg/bbbb"]; int state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED|GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED; @@ -634,9 +714,14 @@ xg_check_special_colors (struct frame *f, r = col.red * 65535, g = col.green * 65535, b = col.blue * 65535; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK sprintf (buf, "rgb:%04x/%04x/%04x", r, g, b); success_p = x_parse_color (f, buf, color) != 0; #else + sprintf (buf, "#%04x%04x%04x", r, g, b); + success_p = pgtk_parse_color (f, buf, color) != 0; +#endif +#else GtkStyle *gsty = gtk_widget_get_style (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); GdkColor *grgb = get_bg ? &gsty->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED] @@ -659,6 +744,9 @@ xg_check_special_colors (struct frame *f, /*********************************************************************** Tooltips ***********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + /* Gtk+ calls this callback when the parent of our tooltip dummy changes. We use that to pop down the tooltip. This happens if Gtk+ for some reason wants to change or hide the tooltip. */ @@ -669,7 +757,7 @@ hierarchy_ch_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) { struct frame *f = user_data; - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; GtkWidget *top = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (x->ttip_lbl); if (! top || ! GTK_IS_WINDOW (top)) @@ -691,7 +779,7 @@ qttip_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) { struct frame *f = user_data; - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; if (x->ttip_widget == NULL) { GtkWidget *p; @@ -738,7 +826,7 @@ xg_prepare_tooltip (struct frame *f, int *width, int *height) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; GtkWidget *widget; GdkWindow *gwin; GdkScreen *screen; @@ -789,13 +877,19 @@ xg_prepare_tooltip (struct frame *f, void xg_show_tooltip (struct frame *f, int root_x, int root_y) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; if (x->ttip_window) { block_input (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_move (x->ttip_window, root_x / xg_get_scale (f), root_y / xg_get_scale (f)); gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window)); +#else + gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window)); + gtk_window_move (x->ttip_window, root_x / xg_get_scale (f), + root_y / xg_get_scale (f)); +#endif unblock_input (); } } @@ -807,10 +901,9 @@ xg_show_tooltip (struct frame *f, int root_x, int root_y) bool xg_hide_tooltip (struct frame *f) { - if (f->output_data.x->ttip_window) + if (f->output_data.xp->ttip_window) { - GtkWindow *win = f->output_data.x->ttip_window; - + GtkWindow *win = f->output_data.xp->ttip_window; block_input (); gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (win)); @@ -828,6 +921,30 @@ xg_hide_tooltip (struct frame *f) return FALSE; } +#else + +void +xg_show_tooltip (struct frame *f, + Lisp_Object string) +{ + Lisp_Object encoded_string = ENCODE_UTF_8 (string); + gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) + ? FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) + : FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), + SSDATA (encoded_string)); +} + +bool +xg_hide_tooltip (struct frame *f) +{ + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f), NULL); + gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), NULL); + return TRUE; +} + +#endif + /*********************************************************************** General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. @@ -979,8 +1096,23 @@ xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height) bool was_visible = false; bool hide_child_frame; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_get_size (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), &gwidth, &gheight); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_get_size (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + &gwidth, &gheight); + } + else + { + GtkAllocation alloc; + gtk_widget_get_allocation (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), &alloc); + gwidth = alloc.width; + gheight = alloc.height; + } +#endif /* Do this before resize, as we don't know yet if we will be resized. */ FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_under_internal_border (f); @@ -1000,11 +1132,37 @@ xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height) remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will be broken ... */ if (EQ (fullscreen, Qfullwidth) && width == FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gwidth, outer_height); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + gwidth, outer_height); + } + else + { + gtk_widget_set_size_request (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), + gwidth, outer_height); + } +#endif else if (EQ (fullscreen, Qfullheight) && height == FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), outer_width, gheight); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + outer_width, gheight); + } + else + { + gtk_widget_set_size_request (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), + outer_width, gheight); + } +#endif else if (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f) && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) { was_visible = true; @@ -1015,17 +1173,38 @@ xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height) if (hide_child_frame) { block_input (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); +#else + gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); +#endif unblock_input (); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), outer_width, outer_height); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + outer_width, outer_height); + } + else + { + gtk_widget_set_size_request (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), + outer_width, outer_height); + } +#endif if (hide_child_frame) { block_input (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); +#else + gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); +#endif unblock_input (); } @@ -1034,8 +1213,21 @@ xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height) } else { +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), outer_width, outer_height); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + outer_width, outer_height); + } + else + { + gtk_widget_set_size_request (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), + outer_width, outer_height); + } +#endif fullscreen = Qnil; } @@ -1060,7 +1252,9 @@ xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height) /* Must call this to flush out events */ (void)gtk_events_pending (); gdk_flush (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_wait_for_event (f, ConfigureNotify); +#endif if (!NILP (fullscreen)) /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */ @@ -1093,11 +1287,12 @@ xg_height_or_width_changed (struct frame *f) gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); - f->output_data.x->hint_flags = 0; + f->output_data.xp->hint_flags = 0; x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); } #endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" X Window that aren't accessible. @@ -1125,6 +1320,7 @@ xg_win_to_widget (Display *dpy, Window wdesc) unblock_input (); return gwdesc; } +#endif /* Set the background of widget W to PIXEL. */ @@ -1132,9 +1328,18 @@ static void xg_set_widget_bg (struct frame *f, GtkWidget *w, unsigned long pixel) { #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 - XColor xbg; + Emacs_Color xbg; xbg.pixel = pixel; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK if (XQueryColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &xbg)) +#else + xbg.red = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; + xbg.green = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; + xbg.blue = (pixel >> 0) & 0xff; + xbg.red |= xbg.red << 8; + xbg.green |= xbg.green << 8; + xbg.blue |= xbg.blue << 8; +#endif { const char format[] = "* { background-color: #%02x%02x%02x; }"; /* The format is always longer than the resulting string. */ @@ -1169,7 +1374,16 @@ style_changed_cb (GObject *go, struct input_event event; GdkDisplay *gdpy = user_data; const char *display_name = gdk_display_get_name (gdpy); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK Display *dpy = GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy); +#else + GdkDisplay *dpy = gdpy; +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + if (display_name == NULL) + display_name = ""; +#endif EVENT_INIT (event); event.kind = CONFIG_CHANGED_EVENT; @@ -1190,7 +1404,11 @@ style_changed_cb (GObject *go, { struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f) +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK && FRAME_X_P (f) +#else + && FRAME_PGTK_P (f) +#endif && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) == dpy) { FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_scroll_bar_default_width_hook (f); @@ -1204,6 +1422,7 @@ style_changed_cb (GObject *go, /* Called when a delete-event occurs on WIDGET. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK static gboolean delete_cb (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, @@ -1211,6 +1430,7 @@ delete_cb (GtkWidget *widget, { return TRUE; } +#endif /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. Return true if creation succeeded. */ @@ -1224,17 +1444,27 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) #ifndef HAVE_GTK3 GtkRcStyle *style; #endif + GtkWindowType type = GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; char *title = 0; block_input (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* gtk_plug not found. */ if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) { GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); - wtop = gtk_plug_new_for_display (gdpy, f->output_data.x->parent_desc); + wtop = gtk_plug_new_for_display (gdpy, f->output_data.xp->parent_desc); } else - wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + wtop = gtk_window_new (type); +#else + if (f->tooltip) + { + type = GTK_WINDOW_POPUP; + } + wtop = gtk_window_new (type); + gtk_widget_add_events (wtop, GDK_ALL_EVENTS_MASK); +#endif /* gtk_window_set_has_resize_grip is a Gtk+ 3.0 function but Ubuntu has backported it to Gtk+ 2.0 and they add the resize grip for @@ -1291,8 +1521,8 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; - f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; - f->output_data.x->hbox_widget = whbox; + f->output_data.xp->vbox_widget = wvbox; + f->output_data.xp->hbox_widget = whbox; gtk_widget_set_has_window (wfixed, TRUE); @@ -1311,7 +1541,10 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) FIXME: gtk_widget_set_double_buffered is deprecated and might stop working in the future. We need to migrate away from combining X and GTK+ drawing to a pure GTK+ build. */ + +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); +#endif #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (3, 22, 0) gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), @@ -1319,10 +1552,12 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); #endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (delete_cb), f); +#endif /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string and specify it. @@ -1333,7 +1568,9 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK +#endif | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK @@ -1341,13 +1578,19 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + | GDK_SCROLL_MASK + | GDK_SMOOTH_SCROLL_MASK +#endif | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used by callers of this function. */ gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); initial_set_up_x_back_buffer (f); +#endif /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ @@ -1364,6 +1607,9 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); #else gtk_widget_set_can_focus (wfixed, TRUE); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + gtk_widget_grab_focus (wfixed); +#endif gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE); #endif @@ -1376,11 +1622,13 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) } /* Steal a tool tip window we can move ourselves. */ - f->output_data.x->ttip_widget = 0; - f->output_data.x->ttip_lbl = 0; - f->output_data.x->ttip_window = 0; + f->output_data.xp->ttip_widget = 0; + f->output_data.xp->ttip_lbl = 0; + f->output_data.xp->ttip_window = 0; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (wtop, "Dummy text"); g_signal_connect (wtop, "query-tooltip", G_CALLBACK (qttip_cb), f); +#endif { GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (wtop); @@ -1403,12 +1651,114 @@ xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) return 1; } +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +void +xg_create_frame_outer_widgets (struct frame *f) +{ + GtkWidget *wtop; + GtkWidget *wvbox, *whbox; + GtkWindowType type = GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; + char *title = 0; + + block_input (); + + wtop = gtk_window_new (type); + gtk_widget_add_events (wtop, GDK_ALL_EVENTS_MASK); + + xg_set_screen (wtop, f); + + wvbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 0); + whbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, 0); + gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GTK_BOX (wvbox), FALSE); + gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GTK_BOX (whbox), FALSE); + + /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ + gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); + gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); + + /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ + if (! NILP (f->title)) + title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); + else if (! NILP (f->name)) + title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); + + if (title) + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); + + if (FRAME_UNDECORATED (f)) + { + gtk_window_set_decorated (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), FALSE); + store_frame_param (f, Qundecorated, Qt); + } + + FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; + f->output_data.xp->vbox_widget = wvbox; + f->output_data.xp->hbox_widget = whbox; + + gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); + + if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) + update_frame_tool_bar (f); + +#if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (3, 22, 0) + gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), + SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), + SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); +#endif + + /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string + and specify it. + GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ + xg_set_geometry (f); + f->win_gravity + = gtk_window_get_gravity (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); + + gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE); + + if (FRAME_OVERRIDE_REDIRECT (f)) + { + GdkWindow *gwin = gtk_widget_get_window (wtop); + + if (gwin) + gdk_window_set_override_redirect (gwin, TRUE); + } + + /* Steal a tool tip window we can move ourselves. */ + f->output_data.xp->ttip_widget = 0; + f->output_data.xp->ttip_lbl = 0; + f->output_data.xp->ttip_window = 0; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (wtop, "Dummy text"); + g_signal_connect (wtop, "query-tooltip", G_CALLBACK (qttip_cb), f); +#endif + + { + GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (wtop); + GtkSettings *gs = gtk_settings_get_for_screen (screen); + /* Only connect this signal once per screen. */ + if (! g_signal_handler_find (G_OBJECT (gs), + G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC, + 0, 0, 0, + (gpointer) G_CALLBACK (style_changed_cb), + 0)) + { + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gs), "notify::gtk-theme-name", + G_CALLBACK (style_changed_cb), + gdk_screen_get_display (screen)); + } + } + + unblock_input (); +} +#endif + void xg_free_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) { if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; struct xg_frame_tb_info *tbinfo = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), TB_INFO_KEY); @@ -1416,10 +1766,14 @@ xg_free_frame_widgets (struct frame *f) xfree (tbinfo); /* x_free_frame_resources should have taken care of it */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK eassert (!FRAME_X_DOUBLE_BUFFERED_P (f)); +#endif gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow in xterm.c */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK FRAME_X_RAW_DRAWABLE (f) = 0; +#endif FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = 0; if (x->ttip_widget) { @@ -1461,9 +1815,12 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame *f, long int flags, bool user_position) XSETFRAME (frame, f); fs_state = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qfullscreen); - if ((EQ (fs_state, Qmaximized) || EQ (fs_state, Qfullboth)) && - (x_wm_supports (f, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_net_wm_state) || - x_wm_supports (f, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen))) + if ((EQ (fs_state, Qmaximized) || EQ (fs_state, Qfullboth)) +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + && (x_wm_supports (f, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_net_wm_state) || + x_wm_supports (f, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen)) +#endif + ) { /* Don't set hints when maximized or fullscreen. Apparently KWin and Gtk3 don't get along and the frame shrinks (!). @@ -1474,14 +1831,14 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame *f, long int flags, bool user_position) if (flags) { memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); - f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; - f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; + f->output_data.xp->size_hints = size_hints; + f->output_data.xp->hint_flags = hint_flags; } else flags = f->size_hint_flags; - size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; - hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; + size_hints = f->output_data.xp->size_hints; + hint_flags = f->output_data.xp->hint_flags; hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; size_hints.width_inc = frame_resize_pixelwise ? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); @@ -1543,16 +1900,16 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame *f, long int flags, bool user_position) size_hints.width_inc /= scale; size_hints.height_inc /= scale; - if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags + if (hint_flags != f->output_data.xp->hint_flags || memcmp (&size_hints, - &f->output_data.x->size_hints, + &f->output_data.xp->size_hints, sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) { block_input (); gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), NULL, &size_hints, hint_flags); - f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; - f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; + f->output_data.xp->size_hints = size_hints; + f->output_data.xp->hint_flags = hint_flags; unblock_input (); } } @@ -1592,6 +1949,10 @@ xg_set_background_color (struct frame *f, unsigned long bg) void xg_set_undecorated (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object undecorated) { +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; +#endif if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) { block_input (); @@ -1618,7 +1979,11 @@ xg_frame_restack (struct frame *f1, struct frame *f2, bool above_flag) XSETFRAME (frame2, f2); gdk_window_restack (gwin1, gwin2, above_flag); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_sync (f1); +#else + gdk_flush (); +#endif } unblock_input (); } @@ -1629,10 +1994,17 @@ void xg_set_skip_taskbar (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object skip_taskbar) { block_input (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), NILP (skip_taskbar) ? FALSE : TRUE); +#else + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint + (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + NILP (skip_taskbar) ? FALSE : TRUE); +#endif unblock_input (); } @@ -1641,6 +2013,10 @@ xg_set_skip_taskbar (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object skip_taskbar) void xg_set_no_focus_on_map (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object no_focus_on_map) { +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; +#endif block_input (); if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) { @@ -1656,12 +2032,19 @@ xg_set_no_focus_on_map (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object no_focus_on_map) void xg_set_no_accept_focus (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object no_accept_focus) { + gboolean g_no_accept_focus = NILP (no_accept_focus) ? TRUE : FALSE; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + if (FRAME_WIDGET (f)) + gtk_widget_set_can_focus (FRAME_WIDGET (f), g_no_accept_focus); + return; + } +#endif block_input (); if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) { GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); - gboolean g_no_accept_focus = NILP (no_accept_focus) ? TRUE : FALSE; - gtk_window_set_accept_focus (gwin, g_no_accept_focus); } unblock_input (); @@ -1682,18 +2065,24 @@ xg_set_override_redirect (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object override_redirect) unblock_input (); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ void xg_set_frame_icon (struct frame *f, Pixmap icon_pixmap, Pixmap icon_mask) { +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; +#endif GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (f, icon_pixmap, icon_mask); if (gp) gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); } +#endif @@ -2230,6 +2619,11 @@ xg_get_file_name (struct frame *f, int filesel_done = 0; xg_get_file_func func; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + error ("Can't open dialog from child frames"); +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) @@ -2327,6 +2721,11 @@ xg_get_font (struct frame *f, const char *default_name) int done = 0; Lisp_Object font = Qnil; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + error ("Can't open dialog from child frames"); +#endif + w = gtk_font_chooser_dialog_new ("Pick a font", GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); @@ -2524,7 +2923,7 @@ xg_mark_data (void) { struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); - if (FRAME_X_P (f) && FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + if ((FRAME_X_P (f) || FRAME_PGTK_P (f)) && FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) { struct xg_frame_tb_info *tbinfo = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), @@ -2688,6 +3087,11 @@ make_menu_item (const char *utf8_label, if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (!NILP (item->help)) + gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (w, SSDATA (item->help)); +#endif + return w; } @@ -2754,6 +3158,20 @@ xg_create_one_menuitem (widget_value *item, return w; } +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +static gboolean +menu_bar_button_pressed_cb (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, + gpointer user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = user_data; + + if (event->button.button < 4) + set_frame_menubar (f, true); + + return false; +} +#endif + /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. F is the frame the created menu belongs to. SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. @@ -2811,6 +3229,10 @@ create_menus (widget_value *data, else { wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "button-press-event", + G_CALLBACK (menu_bar_button_pressed_cb), f); +#endif /* Set width of menu bar to a small value so it doesn't enlarge a small initial frame size. The width will be set to the width of the frame later on when it is added to a container. @@ -2827,9 +3249,15 @@ create_menus (widget_value *data, if (name) gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK if (deactivate_cb) g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); +#else + if (deactivate_cb) + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), + "deactivate", deactivate_cb, 0); +#endif } for (item = data; item; item = item->next) @@ -3551,7 +3979,7 @@ menubar_map_cb (GtkWidget *w, gpointer user_data) void xg_update_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; GtkRequisition req; if (!x->menubar_widget || gtk_widget_get_mapped (x->menubar_widget)) @@ -3584,7 +4012,7 @@ xg_update_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; if (x->menubar_widget) { @@ -3600,6 +4028,7 @@ free_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) } } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK bool xg_event_is_for_menubar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) { @@ -3667,6 +4096,7 @@ xg_event_is_for_menubar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) g_list_free (list); return iter != 0; } +#endif @@ -3822,6 +4252,7 @@ xg_get_default_scrollbar_height (struct frame *f) return scroll_bar_width_for_theme * xg_get_scale (f); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ @@ -3842,6 +4273,7 @@ xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (Display *dpy, Window wid) return -1; } +#endif /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. @@ -3891,7 +4323,7 @@ xg_finish_scroll_bar_creation (struct frame *f, also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the event box window. */ - gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); + gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.xp->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); xg_set_widget_bg (f, webox, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)); @@ -3901,11 +4333,28 @@ xg_finish_scroll_bar_creation (struct frame *f, real X window, it and its scroll-bar child try to draw on the Emacs main window, which we draw over using Xlib. */ gtk_widget_realize (webox); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + gtk_widget_show_all (webox); +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (webox); +#endif /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (wscroll); + gtk_style_context_add_provider (ctxt, + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)-> + scrollbar_foreground_css_provider), + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER); + gtk_style_context_add_provider (ctxt, + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)-> + scrollbar_background_css_provider), + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER); +#endif + bar->x_window = scroll_id; } @@ -4006,7 +4455,7 @@ xg_update_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); if (wscroll) { - GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; + GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.xp->edit_widget; GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); gint msl; int scale = xg_get_scale (f); @@ -4046,7 +4495,11 @@ xg_update_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, /* Clear under old scroll bar position. */ oldw += (scale - 1) * oldw; oldx -= (scale - 1) * oldw; +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_clear_area (f, oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh); +#else + pgtk_clear_area (f, oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh); +#endif } if (!hidden) @@ -4054,15 +4507,23 @@ xg_update_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, GtkWidget *scrollbar = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); GtkWidget *webox = gtk_widget_get_parent (scrollbar); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Don't obscure any child frames. */ XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (webox)); +#else + gdk_window_lower (gtk_widget_get_window (webox)); +#endif } /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync here to get some events. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_sync (f); +#else + gdk_flush (); +#endif SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); cancel_mouse_face (f); } @@ -4087,7 +4548,7 @@ xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, if (wscroll) { - GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; + GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.xp->edit_widget; GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); gint msl; int scale = xg_get_scale (f); @@ -4123,7 +4584,11 @@ xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, } if (oldx != -1 && oldw > 0 && oldh > 0) /* Clear under old scroll bar position. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_clear_area (f, oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh); +#else + pgtk_clear_area (f, oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh); +#endif /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync @@ -4134,11 +4599,19 @@ xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (struct frame *f, xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); GtkWidget *webox = gtk_widget_get_parent (scrollbar); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Don't obscure any child frames. */ XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (webox)); +#else + gdk_window_lower (gtk_widget_get_window (webox)); +#endif } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_sync (f); +#else + gdk_flush (); +#endif SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); cancel_mouse_face (f); } @@ -4282,7 +4755,7 @@ xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, frame. This function does additional checks. */ bool -xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) +xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *f, const EVENT *event) { bool retval = 0; @@ -4298,11 +4771,21 @@ xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) || (event->type == ButtonPress && event->xbutton.button < 4))) #else - if (f && event->type == ButtonPress && event->xbutton.button < 4) + if (f +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK + && event->type == ButtonPress && event->xbutton.button < 4 +#else + && event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && event->button.button < 4 +#endif + ) #endif /* HAVE_XINPUT2 */ { /* Check if press occurred outside the edit widget. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); +#else + GdkDisplay *gdpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); +#endif GdkWindow *gwin; #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 #if GTK_CHECK_VERSION (3, 20, 0) @@ -4316,7 +4799,7 @@ xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) #else gwin = gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer (gdpy, NULL, NULL); #endif - retval = gwin != gtk_widget_get_window (f->output_data.x->edit_widget); + retval = gwin != gtk_widget_get_window (f->output_data.xp->edit_widget); #ifdef HAVE_XINPUT2 GtkWidget *grab = gtk_grab_get_current (); if (event->type == GenericEvent @@ -4337,8 +4820,14 @@ xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *f, const XEvent *event) || event->type == MotionNotify))) #else else if (f +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK && ((event->type == ButtonRelease && event->xbutton.button < 4) - || event->type == MotionNotify)) + || event->type == MotionNotify) +#else + && ((event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE && event->button.button < 4) + || event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY) +#endif + ) #endif /* HAVE_XINPUT2 */ { /* If we are releasing or moving the scroll bar, it has the grab. */ @@ -4417,7 +4906,11 @@ draw_page (GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context, struct frame *f = XFRAME (Fnth (make_fixnum (page_nr), frames)); cairo_t *cr = gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (context); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK x_cr_draw_frame (cr, f); +#else + pgtk_cr_draw_frame (cr, f); +#endif } void @@ -4518,7 +5011,11 @@ xg_tool_bar_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits Emacs uses. This assumes GDK and X masks are the same, which they are when this is written. */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); +#else + event.modifiers = pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); +#endif kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); /* Return focus to the frame after we have clicked on a detached @@ -4615,7 +5112,7 @@ xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (GtkWidget *w, static void xg_pack_tool_bar (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object pos) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; bool into_hbox = EQ (pos, Qleft) || EQ (pos, Qright); GtkWidget *top_widget = x->toolbar_widget; @@ -4671,7 +5168,7 @@ tb_size_cb (GtkWidget *widget, static void xg_create_tool_bar (struct frame *f) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; #ifdef HAVE_GTK3 GtkStyleContext *gsty; #endif @@ -4910,7 +5407,7 @@ xg_tool_item_stale_p (GtkWidget *wbutton, const char *stock_name, static bool xg_update_tool_bar_sizes (struct frame *f) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; GtkRequisition req; int nl = 0, nr = 0, nt = 0, nb = 0; GtkWidget *top_widget = x->toolbar_widget; @@ -4996,7 +5493,7 @@ void update_frame_tool_bar (struct frame *f) { int i, j; - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; GtkToolItem *ti; @@ -5011,6 +5508,11 @@ update_frame_tool_bar (struct frame *f) if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) return; +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (! FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; +#endif + block_input (); if (RANGED_FIXNUMP (1, Vtool_bar_button_margin, INT_MAX)) @@ -5306,7 +5808,7 @@ update_frame_tool_bar (struct frame *f) void free_frame_tool_bar (struct frame *f) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; if (x->toolbar_widget) { @@ -5351,7 +5853,7 @@ free_frame_tool_bar (struct frame *f) void xg_change_toolbar_position (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object pos) { - struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; + xp_output *x = f->output_data.xp; GtkWidget *top_widget = x->toolbar_widget; if (! x->toolbar_widget || ! top_widget) diff --git a/src/gtkutil.h b/src/gtkutil.h index 95dd75b7fad..9c6160dd772 100644 --- a/src/gtkutil.h +++ b/src/gtkutil.h @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include "../lwlib/lwlib-widget.h" +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#include "pgtkterm.h" +#define EVENT GdkEvent +#else #include "xterm.h" +#define EVENT XEvent +#endif /* Minimum and maximum values used for GTK scroll bars */ @@ -105,7 +111,7 @@ extern void xg_modify_menubar_widgets (GtkWidget *menubar, extern void xg_update_frame_menubar (struct frame *f); -extern bool xg_event_is_for_menubar (struct frame *, const XEvent *); +extern bool xg_event_is_for_menubar (struct frame *, const EVENT *); extern ptrdiff_t xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (Display *dpy, Window wid); @@ -142,7 +148,7 @@ extern void xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, int portion, int position, int whole); -extern bool xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *, const XEvent *); +extern bool xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (struct frame *, const EVENT *); extern int xg_get_default_scrollbar_width (struct frame *f); extern int xg_get_default_scrollbar_height (struct frame *f); @@ -157,9 +163,15 @@ extern void xg_frame_set_char_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height); extern GtkWidget * xg_win_to_widget (Display *dpy, Window wdesc); extern int xg_get_scale (struct frame *f); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK extern void xg_display_open (char *display_name, Display **dpy); extern void xg_display_close (Display *dpy); extern GdkCursor * xg_create_default_cursor (Display *dpy); +#else +extern void xg_display_open (char *display_name, GdkDisplay **dpy); +extern void xg_display_close (GdkDisplay *gdpy); +extern GdkCursor * xg_create_default_cursor (GdkDisplay *gdpy); +#endif extern bool xg_create_frame_widgets (struct frame *f); extern void xg_free_frame_widgets (struct frame *f); @@ -167,10 +179,15 @@ extern void xg_set_background_color (struct frame *f, unsigned long bg); extern bool xg_check_special_colors (struct frame *f, const char *color_name, Emacs_Color *color); +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +extern void xg_create_frame_outer_widgets (struct frame *f); +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK extern void xg_set_frame_icon (struct frame *f, Pixmap icon_pixmap, Pixmap icon_mask); +#endif extern void xg_set_undecorated (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object undecorated); extern void xg_frame_restack (struct frame *f1, struct frame *f2, bool above); @@ -183,7 +200,11 @@ extern bool xg_prepare_tooltip (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object string, int *width, int *height); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK extern void xg_show_tooltip (struct frame *f, int root_x, int root_y); +#else +extern void xg_show_tooltip (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object string); +#endif extern bool xg_hide_tooltip (struct frame *f); #ifdef USE_CAIRO diff --git a/src/image.c b/src/image.c index 49b14c49154..55f5f5549eb 100644 --- a/src/image.c +++ b/src/image.c @@ -101,6 +101,17 @@ static unsigned long image_alloc_image_color (struct frame *, struct image *, Lisp_Object, unsigned long); #endif /* USE_CAIRO */ +#if defined HAVE_PGTK && defined HAVE_IMAGEMAGICK +/* On pgtk, we don't want to create scaled image. + * If we create scaled image on scale=2.0 environment, + * the created image is half size and Gdk scales it back, + * and the result is blurry. + * To avoid this, we hold original size image as far as + * we can, and let Gdk to scale it when it is shown. + */ +# define DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI /* We need (or want) w32.h only when we're _not_ compiling for Cygwin. */ @@ -131,6 +142,10 @@ typedef struct ns_bitmap_record Bitmap_Record; #endif /* HAVE_NS */ +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +typedef struct pgtk_bitmap_record Bitmap_Record; +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ + #if (defined HAVE_X_WINDOWS \ && ! (defined HAVE_NTGUI || defined USE_CAIRO || defined HAVE_NS)) /* W32_TODO : Color tables on W32. */ @@ -419,6 +434,34 @@ image_reference_bitmap (struct frame *f, ptrdiff_t id) ++FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->bitmaps[id - 1].refcount; } +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +static cairo_pattern_t * +image_create_pattern_from_pixbuf (struct frame *f, GdkPixbuf * pixbuf) +{ + GdkPixbuf *pb = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (pixbuf, TRUE, 255, 255, 255); + cairo_surface_t *surface = + cairo_surface_create_similar_image (cairo_get_target + (f->output_data.pgtk->cr_context), + CAIRO_FORMAT_A1, + gdk_pixbuf_get_width (pb), + gdk_pixbuf_get_height (pb)); + + cairo_t *cr = cairo_create (surface); + gdk_cairo_set_source_pixbuf (cr, pb, 0, 0); + cairo_set_operator (cr, CAIRO_OPERATOR_SOURCE); + cairo_paint (cr); + cairo_destroy (cr); + + cairo_pattern_t *pat = cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface); + cairo_pattern_set_extend (pat, CAIRO_EXTEND_REPEAT); + + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + g_object_unref (pb); + + return pat; +} +#endif + /* Create a bitmap for frame F from a HEIGHT x WIDTH array of bits at BITS. */ ptrdiff_t @@ -453,6 +496,49 @@ image_create_bitmap_from_data (struct frame *f, char *bits, return -1; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new (GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB, + FALSE, + 8, + width, + height); + { + char *sp = bits; + int mask = 0x01; + unsigned char *buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (pixbuf); + int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (pixbuf); + for (int y = 0; y < height; y++) + { + unsigned char *dp = buf + rowstride * y; + for (int x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + if (*sp & mask) + { + *dp++ = 0xff; + *dp++ = 0xff; + *dp++ = 0xff; + } + else + { + *dp++ = 0x00; + *dp++ = 0x00; + *dp++ = 0x00; + } + if ((mask <<= 1) >= 0x100) + { + mask = 0x01; + sp++; + } + } + if (mask != 0x01) + { + mask = 0x01; + sp++; + } + } + } +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU void *bitmap = BBitmap_new (width, height, 1); BBitmap_import_mono_bits (bitmap, bits, width, height); @@ -465,6 +551,13 @@ image_create_bitmap_from_data (struct frame *f, char *bits, dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].depth = 1; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].img = pixbuf; + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].depth = 1; + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].pattern = + image_create_pattern_from_pixbuf (f, pixbuf); +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].img = bitmap; dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].depth = 1; @@ -522,6 +615,30 @@ image_create_bitmap_from_file (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object file) return id; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + GError *err = NULL; + ptrdiff_t id; + void * bitmap = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (SSDATA (file), &err); + + if (!bitmap) + { + g_error_free (err); + return -1; + } + + id = image_allocate_bitmap_record (f); + + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].img = bitmap; + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].refcount = 1; + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].file = xlispstrdup (file); + //dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].depth = 1; + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].height = gdk_pixbuf_get_width (bitmap); + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].width = gdk_pixbuf_get_height (bitmap); + dpyinfo->bitmaps[id - 1].pattern + = image_create_pattern_from_pixbuf (f, bitmap); + return id; +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS unsigned int width, height; Pixmap bitmap; @@ -594,6 +711,11 @@ free_bitmap_record (Display_Info *dpyinfo, Bitmap_Record *bm) ns_release_object (bm->img); #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + if (bm->pattern != NULL) + cairo_pattern_destroy (bm->pattern); +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU BBitmap_free (bm->img); #endif @@ -1358,7 +1480,6 @@ image_ascent (struct image *img, struct face *face, struct glyph_slice *slice) return ascent; } - /* Image background colors. */ @@ -1382,6 +1503,7 @@ four_corners_best (Emacs_Pix_Context pimg, int *corners, corner_pixels[3] = GET_PIXEL (pimg, corners[LEFT_CORNER], corners[BOT_CORNER] - 1); } else + { /* Get the colors at the corner_pixels of pimg. */ corner_pixels[0] = GET_PIXEL (pimg, 0, 0); @@ -2250,7 +2372,8 @@ compute_image_rotation (struct image *img, double *rotation) static void image_set_transform (struct frame *f, struct image *img) { -# ifdef HAVE_IMAGEMAGICK +# if (defined HAVE_IMAGEMAGICK \ + && !defined DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE) /* ImageMagick images already have the correct transform. */ if (EQ (image_spec_value (img->spec, QCtype, NULL), Qimagemagick)) return; @@ -4097,6 +4220,13 @@ xbm_load (struct frame *f, struct image *img) XPM images ***********************************************************************/ +#if defined (HAVE_XPM) || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (HAVE_PGTK) + +static bool xpm_image_p (Lisp_Object object); +static bool xpm_load (struct frame *f, struct image *img); + +#endif /* HAVE_XPM || HAVE_NS */ + #ifdef HAVE_XPM #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI /* Indicate to xpm.h that we don't have Xlib. */ @@ -4140,7 +4270,7 @@ enum xpm_keyword_index XPM_LAST }; -#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU +#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU || defined HAVE_PGTK /* Vector of image_keyword structures describing the format of valid XPM image specifications. */ @@ -4158,7 +4288,7 @@ static const struct image_keyword xpm_format[XPM_LAST] = {":color-symbols", IMAGE_DONT_CHECK_VALUE_TYPE, 0}, {":background", IMAGE_STRING_OR_NIL_VALUE, 0} }; -#endif /* HAVE_XPM || HAVE_NS || HAVE_HAIKU */ +#endif /* HAVE_XPM || HAVE_NS || HAVE_HAIKU || HAVE_PGTK */ #if defined HAVE_X_WINDOWS && !defined USE_CAIRO @@ -4382,7 +4512,7 @@ init_xpm_functions (void) #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ -#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU +#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU || defined HAVE_PGTK /* Value is true if COLOR_SYMBOLS is a valid color symbols list for XPM images. Such a list must consist of conses whose car and cdr are strings. */ @@ -4418,7 +4548,7 @@ xpm_image_p (Lisp_Object object) && (! fmt[XPM_COLOR_SYMBOLS].count || xpm_valid_color_symbols_p (fmt[XPM_COLOR_SYMBOLS].value))); } -#endif /* HAVE_XPM || HAVE_NS || HAVE_HAIKU */ +#endif /* HAVE_XPM || HAVE_NS || HAVE_HAIKU || HAVE_PGTK */ #endif /* HAVE_XPM || USE_CAIRO || HAVE_NS || HAVE_HAIKU */ @@ -4790,7 +4920,8 @@ xpm_load (struct frame *f, struct image *img) #if (defined USE_CAIRO && defined HAVE_XPM) \ || (defined HAVE_NS && !defined HAVE_XPM) \ - || (defined HAVE_HAIKU && !defined HAVE_XPM) + || (defined HAVE_HAIKU && !defined HAVE_XPM) \ + || (defined HAVE_PGTK && !defined HAVE_XPM) /* XPM support functions for NS and Haiku where libxpm is not available, and for Cairo. Only XPM version 3 (without any extensions) is supported. */ @@ -4989,7 +5120,7 @@ xpm_load_image (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object (*get_color_table) (Lisp_Object, const char *, int); Lisp_Object frame, color_symbols, color_table; int best_key; -#ifndef HAVE_NS +#if !defined (HAVE_NS) bool have_mask = false; #endif Emacs_Pix_Container ximg = NULL, mask_img = NULL; @@ -9511,11 +9642,15 @@ imagemagick_load_image (struct frame *f, struct image *img, PixelWand **pixels, *bg_wand = NULL; MagickPixelPacket pixel; Lisp_Object image; +#ifndef DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE Lisp_Object value; +#endif Lisp_Object crop; EMACS_INT ino; int desired_width, desired_height; +#ifndef DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE double rotation; +#endif char hint_buffer[MaxTextExtent]; char *filename_hint = NULL; imagemagick_initialize (); @@ -9632,9 +9767,13 @@ imagemagick_load_image (struct frame *f, struct image *img, PixelSetBlue (bg_wand, (double) bgcolor.blue / 65535); } +#ifndef DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE compute_image_size (MagickGetImageWidth (image_wand), MagickGetImageHeight (image_wand), img, &desired_width, &desired_height); +#else + desired_width = desired_height = -1; +#endif if (desired_width != -1 && desired_height != -1) { @@ -9678,6 +9817,7 @@ imagemagick_load_image (struct frame *f, struct image *img, } } +#ifndef DONT_CREATE_TRANSFORMED_IMAGEMAGICK_IMAGE /* Furthermore :rotation. we need background color and angle for rotation. */ /* @@ -9696,6 +9836,7 @@ imagemagick_load_image (struct frame *f, struct image *img, goto imagemagick_error; } } +#endif /* Set the canvas background color to the frame or specified background, and flatten the image. Note: as of ImageMagick @@ -9827,8 +9968,8 @@ imagemagick_load_image (struct frame *f, struct image *img, color_scale * pixel.red, color_scale * pixel.green, color_scale * pixel.blue)); - } - } + } + } DestroyPixelIterator (iterator); } @@ -11140,7 +11281,7 @@ static struct image_type const image_types[] = { SYMBOL_INDEX (Qjpeg), jpeg_image_p, jpeg_load, image_clear_image, IMAGE_TYPE_INIT (init_jpeg_functions) }, #endif -#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU +#if defined HAVE_XPM || defined HAVE_NS || defined HAVE_HAIKU || defined HAVE_PGTK { SYMBOL_INDEX (Qxpm), xpm_image_p, xpm_load, image_clear_image, IMAGE_TYPE_INIT (init_xpm_functions) }, #endif @@ -11288,7 +11429,8 @@ non-numeric, there is no explicit limit on the size of images. */); DEFSYM (Qxbm, "xbm"); add_image_type (Qxbm); -#if defined (HAVE_XPM) || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (HAVE_HAIKU) +#if defined (HAVE_XPM) || defined (HAVE_NS) \ + || defined (HAVE_HAIKU) || defined (HAVE_PGTK) DEFSYM (Qxpm, "xpm"); add_image_type (Qxpm); #endif diff --git a/src/keyboard.c b/src/keyboard.c index ee4b18b0128..821a1b576be 100644 --- a/src/keyboard.c +++ b/src/keyboard.c @@ -3972,6 +3972,9 @@ kbd_buffer_get_event (KBOARD **kbp, *used_mouse_menu = true; FALLTHROUGH; #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + case PGTK_PREEDIT_TEXT_EVENT: +#endif #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI case END_SESSION_EVENT: case LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT: @@ -6212,6 +6215,12 @@ make_lispy_event (struct input_event *event) case CONFIG_CHANGED_EVENT: return list3 (Qconfig_changed_event, event->arg, event->frame_or_window); + +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + case PGTK_PREEDIT_TEXT_EVENT: + return list2 (intern ("pgtk-preedit-text"), event->arg); +#endif + /* The 'kind' field of the event is something we don't recognize. */ default: emacs_abort (); @@ -12685,6 +12694,8 @@ keys_of_keyboard (void) "ns-put-working-text"); initial_define_lispy_key (Vspecial_event_map, "ns-unput-working-text", "ns-unput-working-text"); + initial_define_lispy_key (Vspecial_event_map, "pgtk-preedit-text", + "pgtk-preedit-text"); /* Here we used to use `ignore-event' which would simple set prefix-arg to current-prefix-arg, as is done in `handle-switch-frame'. But `handle-switch-frame is not run from the special-map. diff --git a/src/menu.c b/src/menu.c index 96d1c5208a9..b9da85ef3d5 100644 --- a/src/menu.c +++ b/src/menu.c @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ single_menu_item (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object item, Lisp_Object dummy, void *sk AREF (item_properties, ITEM_PROPERTY_HELP)); #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS) \ - || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (HAVE_HAIKU) + || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (HAVE_HAIKU) || defined (HAVE_PGTK) /* Display a submenu using the toolkit. */ if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (Vmenu_updating_frame)) && ! (NILP (map) || NILP (enabled))) diff --git a/src/menu.h b/src/menu.h index 6c67ab20bb0..30b946c0ea4 100644 --- a/src/menu.h +++ b/src/menu.h @@ -59,6 +59,12 @@ extern Lisp_Object ns_menu_show (struct frame *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object, const char **); extern void ns_activate_menubar (struct frame *); #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +extern Lisp_Object pgtk_menu_show (struct frame *, int, int, int, + Lisp_Object, const char **); +extern void pgtk_activate_menubar (struct frame *); +#endif + extern Lisp_Object tty_menu_show (struct frame *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object, const char **); extern ptrdiff_t menu_item_width (const unsigned char *); diff --git a/src/pgtkfns.c b/src/pgtkfns.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fc5bb4bf22 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkfns.c @@ -0,0 +1,4159 @@ +/* Functions for the pure Gtk+-3. + +Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-1994, 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This should be the first include, as it may set up #defines affecting + interpretation of even the system includes. */ +#include <config.h> + +#include <math.h> +#include <c-strcase.h> + +#include "lisp.h" +#include "blockinput.h" +#include "gtkutil.h" +#include "window.h" +#include "character.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "keyboard.h" +#include "termhooks.h" +#include "fontset.h" +#include "font.h" +#include "xsettings.h" +#include "atimer.h" + + +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + +//static EmacsTooltip *pgtk_tooltip = nil; + +/* Static variables to handle applescript execution. */ +static Lisp_Object as_script, *as_result; +static int as_status; + +static ptrdiff_t image_cache_refcount; + +static int x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object color_name, + int mono_color); +static struct pgtk_display_info *pgtk_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object); + +static const char *pgtk_app_name = "Emacs"; + +/* scale factor manually set per monitor */ +static Lisp_Object monitor_scale_factor_alist; + +/* ========================================================================== + + Internal utility functions + + ========================================================================== */ + +static double +pgtk_get_monitor_scale_factor (const char *model) +{ + if (model == NULL) + return 0.0; + + Lisp_Object mdl = build_string (model); + Lisp_Object tem = Fassoc (mdl, monitor_scale_factor_alist, Qnil); + if (NILP (tem)) + return 0; + Lisp_Object cdr = Fcdr (tem); + if (NILP (cdr)) + return 0; + if (FIXNUMP (cdr)) + { + return XFIXNUM (cdr); + } + else if (FLOATP (cdr)) + { + return XFLOAT_DATA (cdr); + } + else + error ("unknown type of scale-factor"); +} + +struct pgtk_display_info * +check_pgtk_display_info (Lisp_Object object) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL; + + if (NILP (object)) + { + struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); + + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf)) + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf); + else if (x_display_list != 0) + dpyinfo = x_display_list; + else + error ("Frames are not in use or not initialized"); + } + else if (TERMINALP (object)) + { + struct terminal *t = decode_live_terminal (object); + + if (t->type != output_pgtk) + error ("Terminal %d is not a display", t->id); + + dpyinfo = t->display_info.pgtk; + } + else if (STRINGP (object)) + dpyinfo = pgtk_display_info_for_name (object); + else + { + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (object); + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + } + + return dpyinfo; +} + +/* On Wayland, + * even if without WAYLAND_DISPLAY, --display DISPLAY works, but + * gdk_display_get_name() always return "wayland-0", which may be + * different from DISPLAY. + * If with WAYLAND_DISPLAY, then it always returns WAYLAND_DISPLAY. + * So pgtk emacs is confused and enter multi display environment. + * To workaround this situation, treat all the wayland-* as the same + * display. + */ +static Lisp_Object +is_wayland_display (Lisp_Object dpyname) +{ + const char *p = SSDATA (dpyname); + if (strncmp (p, "wayland-", 8) != 0) + return Qnil; + p += 8; + do { + if (*p < '0' || *p > '9') + return Qnil; + } while (*++p != '\0'); + return Qt; +} + +/* Return the X display structure for the display named NAME. + Open a new connection if necessary. */ +static struct pgtk_display_info * +pgtk_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + + CHECK_STRING (name); + + if (!NILP (is_wayland_display (name))) + { + for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) + if (!NILP (is_wayland_display (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)))) + return dpyinfo; + } + else + { + for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) + if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name))) + return dpyinfo; + } + + /* Use this general default value to start with. */ + Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name; + + validate_x_resource_name (); + + dpyinfo = pgtk_term_init (name, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); + + if (dpyinfo == 0) + error ("Cannot connect to display server %s", SDATA (name)); + + XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, 11); + + return dpyinfo; +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Frame parameter setters + + ========================================================================== */ + + +static void +x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + unsigned long fg; + + fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->foreground_color = fg; + + if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) + { + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg); + /*recompute_basic_faces (f); */ + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); + } +} + + +static void +x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + unsigned long bg; + + bg = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f) = bg; + + /* clear the frame */ + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + pgtk_clear_frame (f); + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->background_color = bg; + + xg_set_background_color (f, bg); + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg); + + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); +} + +static void +x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int pix; + + CHECK_STRING (arg); + pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_pixel = pix; + pgtk_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); +} + +static void +x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel; + struct pgtk_output *x = f->output_data.pgtk; + + if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel)) + { + fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel, + WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + } + else + fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f); + + pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + + /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */ + if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)) + { + pixel = x->mouse_color; + if (pixel == fore_pixel) + { + fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f); + } + } + + x->cursor_foreground_color = fore_pixel; + x->cursor_color = pixel; + + if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) + { + x->cursor_xgcv.background = x->cursor_color; + x->cursor_xgcv.foreground = fore_pixel; + + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + { + gui_update_cursor (f, false); + gui_update_cursor (f, true); + } + } + + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg); +} + +static void +pgtk_set_name_internal (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name) +{ + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + block_input (); + { + Lisp_Object encoded_name; + + /* As ENCODE_UTF_8 may cause GC and relocation of string data, + we use it before x_encode_text that may return string data. */ + encoded_name = ENCODE_UTF_8 (name); + + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + SSDATA (encoded_name)); + } + unblock_input (); + } +} + +static void +pgtk_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit) +{ + /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from + Emacs redisplay code. */ + if (explicit) + { + /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better + update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */ + if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name)) + update_mode_lines = 12; + + f->explicit_name = !NILP (name); + } + else if (f->explicit_name) + return; + + if (NILP (name)) + name = build_string (pgtk_app_name); + else + CHECK_STRING (name); + + /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */ + if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name))) + return; + + fset_name (f, name); + + /* Title overrides explicit name. */ + if (!NILP (f->title)) + name = f->title; + + pgtk_set_name_internal (f, name); +} + + +/* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has + specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the + redisplay code. */ +static void +x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + pgtk_set_name (f, arg, true); +} + + +/* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the + name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's + lisp code. */ +void +pgtk_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, + Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + pgtk_set_name (f, arg, false); +} + + +/* Change the title of frame F to NAME. + If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */ + +static void +x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name) +{ + /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */ + if (EQ (name, f->title)) + return; + + update_mode_lines = 22; + + fset_title (f, name); + + if (NILP (name)) + name = f->name; + else + CHECK_STRING (name); + + pgtk_set_name_internal (f, name); +} + + +void +pgtk_set_doc_edited (void) +{ +} + + +static void +x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int nlines; + /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames; + most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer + frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers + in or split the minibuffer window. */ + if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f) || FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f)) + return; + + if (TYPE_RANGED_FIXNUMP (int, value)) + nlines = XFIXNUM (value); + else + nlines = 0; + + /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */ + fset_redisplay (f); + + FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0; + FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; + if (nlines) + { + FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1; + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) && f->output_data.pgtk->menubar_widget == 0) + /* Make sure next redisplay shows the menu bar. */ + XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->update_mode_line = true; + } + else + { + if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1) + free_frame_menubar (f); + FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0; + if (FRAME_X_P (f)) + f->output_data.pgtk->menubar_widget = 0; + } + + adjust_frame_glyphs (f); +} + +/* Set the number of lines used for the tab bar of frame F to VALUE. + VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL + is the old number of tab bar lines. This function changes the + height of all windows on frame F to match the new tab bar height. + The frame's height doesn't change. */ + +static void +x_set_tab_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int nlines; + + /* Treat tab bars like menu bars. */ + if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) + return; + + /* Use VALUE only if an int >= 0. */ + if (RANGED_FIXNUMP (0, value, INT_MAX)) + nlines = XFIXNAT (value); + else + nlines = 0; + + x_change_tab_bar_height (f, nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)); +} + + +/* Set the pixel height of the tab bar of frame F to HEIGHT. */ +void +x_change_tab_bar_height (struct frame *f, int height) +{ + int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + int old_height = FRAME_TAB_BAR_HEIGHT (f); + int lines = (height + unit - 1) / unit; + Lisp_Object fullscreen = get_frame_param (f, Qfullscreen); + + /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */ + fset_redisplay (f); + + /* Recalculate tab bar and frame text sizes. */ + FRAME_TAB_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = height; + FRAME_TAB_BAR_LINES (f) = lines; + store_frame_param (f, Qtab_bar_lines, make_fixnum (lines)); + + if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TAB_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0) + { + clear_frame (f); + clear_current_matrices (f); + } + + if ((height < old_height) && WINDOWP (f->tab_bar_window)) + clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tab_bar_window)->current_matrix); + + if (!f->tab_bar_resized) + { + /* As long as tab_bar_resized is false, effectively try to change + F's native height. */ + if (NILP (fullscreen) || EQ (fullscreen, Qfullwidth)) + adjust_frame_size (f, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), + 1, false, Qtab_bar_lines); + else + adjust_frame_size (f, -1, -1, 4, false, Qtab_bar_lines); + + f->tab_bar_resized = f->tab_bar_redisplayed; + } + else + /* Any other change may leave the native size of F alone. */ + adjust_frame_size (f, -1, -1, 3, false, Qtab_bar_lines); + + /* adjust_frame_size might not have done anything, garbage frame + here. */ + adjust_frame_glyphs (f); + SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); + if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) + pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (f); +} + +/* Set the pixel height of the tool bar of frame F to HEIGHT. */ +static void +x_change_tool_bar_height (struct frame *f, int height) +{ + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = 0; + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; + if (height) + { + FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) = true; + if (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.pgtk->toolbar_widget == 0) + /* Make sure next redisplay shows the tool bar. */ + XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->update_mode_line = true; + update_frame_tool_bar (f); + } + else + { + if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) + free_frame_tool_bar (f); + FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) = false; + } +} + + +/* toolbar support */ +static void +x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int nlines; + + /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */ + if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) + return; + + /* Use VALUE only if an int >= 0. */ + if (RANGED_FIXNUMP (0, value, INT_MAX)) + nlines = XFIXNAT (value); + else + nlines = 0; + + x_change_tool_bar_height (f, nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)); + +} + +static void +x_set_child_frame_border_width (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int border = check_int_nonnegative (arg); + + if (border != FRAME_CHILD_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH (f)) + { + f->child_frame_border_width = border; + + if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) + { + adjust_frame_size (f, -1, -1, 3, false, Qchild_frame_border_width); + pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (f); + } + } + +} + + +static void +x_set_internal_border_width (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, + Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + int border = check_int_nonnegative (arg); + + if (border != FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)) + { + f->internal_border_width = border; + + if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) + { + adjust_frame_size (f, -1, -1, 3, false, Qinternal_border_width); + pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (f); + } + } +} + + +static void +x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + bool result; + + if (STRINGP (arg)) + { + if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt)) + return; + } + else if (!STRINGP (oldval) && NILP (oldval) == NILP (arg)) + return; + + block_input (); + if (NILP (arg)) + result = pgtk_text_icon (f, + SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name) + ? f->icon_name : f->name))); + else + result = FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_bitmap_icon_hook (f, arg); + + if (result) + { + unblock_input (); + error ("No icon window available"); + } + + unblock_input (); +} + + +static void +x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + bool result; + + if (STRINGP (arg)) + { + if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt)) + return; + } + else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval)) + return; + + fset_icon_name (f, arg); + + block_input (); + + result = pgtk_text_icon (f, + SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name) + ? f->icon_name + : !NILP (f->title) + ? f->title : f->name))); + + if (result) + { + unblock_input (); + error ("No icon window available"); + } + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* This is the same as the xfns.c definition. */ +static void +x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ + set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg); +} + +/* called to set mouse pointer color, but all other terms use it to + initialize pointer types (and don't set the color ;) */ +static void +x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval) +{ +} + + +static void +x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Strangely-named function to set icon position parameters in frame. + This is irrelevant under macOS, but might be needed under GNUstep, + depending on the window manager used. Note, this is not a standard + frame parameter-setter; it is called directly from x-create-frame. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ +#if 0 + Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (Qnil); + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->icon_top = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->icon_left = -1; + + /* Set the position of the icon. */ + icon_x = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + icon_y = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound)) + { + CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x); + CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->icon_top = XFIXNUM (icon_y); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->icon_left = XFIXNUM (icon_x); + } + else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound)) + error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified"); +#endif +} + +/** + * x_set_undecorated: + * + * Set frame F's `undecorated' parameter. If non-nil, F's window-system + * window is drawn without decorations, title, minimize/maximize boxes + * and external borders. This usually means that the window cannot be + * dragged, resized, iconified, maximized or deleted with the mouse. If + * nil, draw the frame with all the elements listed above unless these + * have been suspended via window manager settings. + * + * Some window managers may not honor this parameter. + */ +static void +x_set_undecorated (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + if (!EQ (new_value, old_value)) + { + FRAME_UNDECORATED (f) = NILP (new_value) ? false : true; + xg_set_undecorated (f, new_value); + } +} + +/** + * x_set_skip_taskbar: + * + * Set frame F's `skip-taskbar' parameter. If non-nil, this should + * remove F's icon from the taskbar associated with the display of F's + * window-system window and inhibit switching to F's window via + * <Alt>-<TAB>. If nil, lift these restrictions. + * + * Some window managers may not honor this parameter. + */ +static void +x_set_skip_taskbar (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + if (!EQ (new_value, old_value)) + { + xg_set_skip_taskbar (f, new_value); + FRAME_SKIP_TASKBAR (f) = !NILP (new_value); + } +} + +/** + * x_set_override_redirect: + * + * Set frame F's `override_redirect' parameter which, if non-nil, hints + * that the window manager doesn't want to deal with F. Usually, such + * frames have no decorations and always appear on top of all frames. + * + * Some window managers may not honor this parameter. + */ +static void +x_set_override_redirect (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + if (!EQ (new_value, old_value)) + { + /* Here (xfwm) override_redirect can be changed for invisible + frames only. */ + pgtk_make_frame_invisible (f); + + xg_set_override_redirect (f, new_value); + + pgtk_make_frame_visible (f); + FRAME_OVERRIDE_REDIRECT (f) = !NILP (new_value); + } +} + +/* Set icon from FILE for frame F. By using GTK functions the icon + may be any format that GdkPixbuf knows about, i.e. not just bitmaps. */ + +bool +xg_set_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object file) +{ + bool result = false; + Lisp_Object found; + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return false; + + found = image_find_image_file (file); + + if (!NILP (found)) + { + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; + GError *err = NULL; + char *filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_FILE (found)); + block_input (); + + pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, &err); + + if (pixbuf) + { + gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + pixbuf); + g_object_unref (pixbuf); + + result = true; + } + else + g_error_free (err); + + unblock_input (); + } + + return result; +} + +bool +xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (struct frame *f, const char **data) +{ + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data (data); + + if (!pixbuf) + return false; + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return false; + + gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), pixbuf); + g_object_unref (pixbuf); + return true; +} + +static void +pgtk_set_sticky (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; + + if (!NILP (new_value)) + gtk_window_stick (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); + else + gtk_window_unstick (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); +} + +static void +pgtk_set_tool_bar_position (struct frame *f, + Lisp_Object new_value, Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + Lisp_Object choice = list4 (Qleft, Qright, Qtop, Qbottom); + + if (!NILP (Fmemq (new_value, choice))) + { + if (!EQ (new_value, old_value)) + { + xg_change_toolbar_position (f, new_value); + fset_tool_bar_position (f, new_value); + } + } + else + wrong_choice (choice, new_value); +} + +static void +pgtk_set_scroll_bar_foreground (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + GtkCssProvider *css_provider = + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_foreground_css_provider; + + if (NILP (new_value)) + { + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, "", -1, NULL); + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qscroll_bar_foreground, new_value); + } + else if (STRINGP (new_value)) + { + Emacs_Color rgb; + + if (!pgtk_parse_color (f, SSDATA (new_value), &rgb)) + error ("Unknown color."); + + /* On pgtk, this frame parameter should be ignored, and honor gtk theme. */ +#if 0 + char css[64]; + sprintf (css, "scrollbar slider { background-color: #%06x; }", + (unsigned int) rgb.pixel & 0xffffff); + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, css, -1, NULL); +#endif + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qscroll_bar_foreground, new_value); + + } + else + error ("Invalid scroll-bar-foreground."); +} + +static void +pgtk_set_scroll_bar_background (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +{ + GtkCssProvider *css_provider = + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_background_css_provider; + + if (NILP (new_value)) + { + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, "", -1, NULL); + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qscroll_bar_background, new_value); + } + else if (STRINGP (new_value)) + { + Emacs_Color rgb; + + if (!pgtk_parse_color (f, SSDATA (new_value), &rgb)) + error ("Unknown color."); + + /* On pgtk, this frame parameter should be ignored, and honor gtk theme. */ +#if 0 + char css[64]; + sprintf (css, "scrollbar trough { background-color: #%06x; }", + (unsigned int) rgb.pixel & 0xffffff); + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, css, -1, NULL); +#endif + update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qscroll_bar_background, new_value); + + } + else + error ("Invalid scroll-bar-background."); +} + + +/*********************************************************************** + Printing + ***********************************************************************/ + + +DEFUN ("x-export-frames", Fx_export_frames, Sx_export_frames, 0, 2, 0, + doc: /* Return image data of FRAMES in TYPE format. +FRAMES should be nil (the selected frame), a frame, or a list of +frames (each of which corresponds to one page). Each frame should be +visible. Optional arg TYPE should be either `pdf' (default), `png', +`postscript', or `svg'. Supported types are determined by the +compile-time configuration of cairo. + +Note: Text drawn with the `x' font backend is shown with hollow boxes +unless TYPE is `png'. */) + (Lisp_Object frames, Lisp_Object type) +{ + Lisp_Object rest, tmp; + cairo_surface_type_t surface_type; + + if (!CONSP (frames)) + frames = list1 (frames); + + tmp = Qnil; + for (rest = frames; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest)) + { + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (XCAR (rest)); + Lisp_Object frame; + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + error ("Frames to be exported must be visible."); + tmp = Fcons (frame, tmp); + } + frames = Fnreverse (tmp); + +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE + if (NILP (type) || EQ (type, Qpdf)) + surface_type = CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF; + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS + if (EQ (type, Qpng)) + { + if (!NILP (XCDR (frames))) + error ("PNG export cannot handle multiple frames."); + surface_type = CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE; + } + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE + if (EQ (type, Qpostscript)) + surface_type = CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS; + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE + if (EQ (type, Qsvg)) + { + /* For now, we stick to SVG 1.1. */ + if (!NILP (XCDR (frames))) + error ("SVG export cannot handle multiple frames."); + surface_type = CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG; + } + else +#endif + error ("Unsupported export type"); + + return pgtk_cr_export_frames (frames, surface_type); +} + + +/* Note: see frame.c for template, also where generic functions are impl */ +frame_parm_handler pgtk_frame_parm_handlers[] = { + gui_set_autoraise, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_autolower, /* generic OK */ + x_set_background_color, + x_set_border_color, + gui_set_border_width, + x_set_cursor_color, + x_set_cursor_type, + gui_set_font, /* generic OK */ + x_set_foreground_color, + x_set_icon_name, + x_set_icon_type, + x_set_child_frame_border_width, + x_set_internal_border_width, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_right_divider_width, + gui_set_bottom_divider_width, + x_set_menu_bar_lines, + x_set_mouse_color, + x_explicitly_set_name, + gui_set_scroll_bar_width, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_scroll_bar_height, /* generic OK */ + x_set_title, + gui_set_unsplittable, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_vertical_scroll_bars, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_horizontal_scroll_bars, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_visibility, /* generic OK */ + x_set_tab_bar_lines, + x_set_tool_bar_lines, + pgtk_set_scroll_bar_foreground, + pgtk_set_scroll_bar_background, + gui_set_screen_gamma, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_line_spacing, /* generic OK, sets f->extra_line_spacing to int */ + gui_set_left_fringe, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_right_fringe, /* generic OK */ + 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm */ + gui_set_fullscreen, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_font_backend, /* generic OK */ + gui_set_alpha, + pgtk_set_sticky, + pgtk_set_tool_bar_position, + 0, /* x_set_inhibit_double_buffering */ + x_set_undecorated, + x_set_parent_frame, + x_set_skip_taskbar, + x_set_no_focus_on_map, + x_set_no_accept_focus, + x_set_z_group, + x_set_override_redirect, + gui_set_no_special_glyphs, +}; + + +/* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and + x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially + constructed. */ + +static Lisp_Object +unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); + + /* If frame is already dead, nothing to do. This can happen if the + display is disconnected after the frame has become official, but + before x_create_frame removes the unwind protect. */ + if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + return Qnil; + + /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */ + if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list))) + { + /* If the frame's image cache refcount is still the same as our + private shadow variable, it means we are unwinding a frame + for which we didn't yet call init_frame_faces, where the + refcount is incremented. Therefore, we increment it here, so + that free_frame_faces, called in x_free_frame_resources + below, will not mistakenly decrement the counter that was not + incremented yet to account for this new frame. */ + if (FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) != NULL + && FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount == image_cache_refcount) + FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount++; + + x_free_frame_resources (f); + free_glyphs (f); + return Qt; + } + + return Qnil; +} + +static void +do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + unwind_create_frame (frame); +} + +/* Return the pixel color value for color COLOR_NAME on frame F. If F + is a monochrome frame, return MONO_COLOR regardless of what ARG says. + Signal an error if color can't be allocated. */ + +static int +x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object color_name, int mono_color) +{ + Emacs_Color cdef; + + CHECK_STRING (color_name); + + /* Return MONO_COLOR for monochrome frames. */ + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes == 1) + return mono_color; + + /* x_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures + by looking for a near-miss. */ + if (pgtk_defined_color (f, SSDATA (color_name), &cdef, true, 0)) + return cdef.pixel; + + signal_error ("Undefined color", color_name); +} + +void +pgtk_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + Lisp_Object font_param = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL, + RES_TYPE_STRING); + Lisp_Object font = Qnil; + if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound)) + font_param = Qnil; + + if (NILP (font_param)) + { + /* System font should take precedence over X resources. We suggest this + regardless of font-use-system-font because .emacs may not have been + read yet. */ + const char *system_font = xsettings_get_system_font (); + if (system_font) + font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (system_font)); + } + + if (NILP (font)) + font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param + : gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", + RES_TYPE_STRING); + + if (!FONTP (font) && !STRINGP (font)) + { + const char *names[] = { + "monospace-10", + "-adobe-courier-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1", + "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-*-140-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1", + "-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-*-140-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1", + /* This was formerly the first thing tried, but it finds + too many fonts and takes too long. */ + "-*-*-medium-r-*-*-*-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1", + /* If those didn't work, look for something which will + at least work. */ + "-*-fixed-*-*-*-*-*-140-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1", + "fixed", + NULL + }; + int i; + + for (i = 0; names[i]; i++) + { + font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i])); + if (!NILP (font)) + break; + } + if (NILP (font)) + error ("No suitable font was found"); + } + else if (!NILP (font_param)) + { + /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after + we've applied the `default' face settings. */ + AUTO_FRAME_ARG (arg, Qfont_parameter, font_param); + gui_set_frame_parameters (f, arg); + } + + /* This call will make X resources override any system font setting. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", + RES_TYPE_STRING); +} + +static void +update_watched_scale_factor (struct atimer *timer) +{ + struct frame *f = timer->client_data; + double scale_factor = FRAME_SCALE_FACTOR (f); + + if (scale_factor != FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->watched_scale_factor) + { + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->watched_scale_factor = scale_factor; + pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size (f, + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH (f), + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT (f), + true); + } +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Lisp definitions + + ========================================================================== */ + +DEFUN ("pgtk-set-monitor-scale-factor", Fpgtk_set_monitor_scale_factor, + Spgtk_set_monitor_scale_factor, 2, 2, 0, + doc: /* Set monitor MONITOR-MODEL's scale factor to SCALE-FACTOR. +Since Gdk's scale factor is integer, physical pixel width/height is +incorrect when you specify fractional scale factor in compositor. +If you set scale factor by this function, it is used instead of Gdk's one. + +Pass nil as SCALE-FACTOR if you want to reset the specified monitor's +scale factor. */ ) + (Lisp_Object monitor_model, Lisp_Object scale_factor) +{ + CHECK_STRING (monitor_model); + if (!NILP (scale_factor)) + { + CHECK_NUMBER (scale_factor); + if (FIXNUMP (scale_factor)) + { + if (XFIXNUM (scale_factor) <= 0) + error ("scale factor must be > 0."); + } + else if (FLOATP (scale_factor)) + { + if (XFLOAT_DATA (scale_factor) <= 0.0) + error ("scale factor must be > 0."); + } + else + error ("unknown type of scale-factor"); + } + + Lisp_Object tem = Fassoc (monitor_model, monitor_scale_factor_alist, Qnil); + if (NILP (tem)) + { + if (!NILP (scale_factor)) + monitor_scale_factor_alist = Fcons (Fcons (monitor_model, scale_factor), + monitor_scale_factor_alist); + } + else + { + Fsetcdr (tem, scale_factor); + } + + return scale_factor; +} + +DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame, 1, 1, 0, + doc: /* Make a new X window, which is called a "frame" in Emacs terms. +Return an Emacs frame object. PARMS is an alist of frame parameters. +If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer, +and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use, then +`default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can be +shared by the new frame. + +This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */ ) + (Lisp_Object parms) +{ + struct frame *f; + Lisp_Object frame, tem; + Lisp_Object name; + bool minibuffer_only = false; + bool undecorated = false, override_redirect = false; + long window_prompting = 0; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + Lisp_Object display; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL; + Lisp_Object parent, parent_frame; + struct kboard *kb; + + parms = Fcopy_alist (parms); + + /* Use this general default value to start with + until we know if this frame has a specified name. */ + Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name; + + display = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (EQ (display, Qunbound)) + display = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING); + if (EQ (display, Qunbound)) + display = Qnil; + dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (display); + kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard; + + if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name) + error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it"); + + name = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", + RES_TYPE_STRING); + if (!STRINGP (name) && !EQ (name, Qunbound) && !NILP (name)) + error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil"); + + if (STRINGP (name)) + Vx_resource_name = name; + + /* See if parent window is specified. */ + parent = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (EQ (parent, Qunbound)) + parent = Qnil; + if (!NILP (parent)) + CHECK_NUMBER (parent); + + frame = Qnil; + tem = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", + "Minibuffer", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem)) + f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display); + else if (EQ (tem, Qonly)) + { + f = make_minibuffer_frame (); + minibuffer_only = true; + } + else if (WINDOWP (tem)) + f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display); + else + f = make_frame (true); + + parent_frame = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qparent_frame, NULL, NULL, + RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + /* Accept parent-frame iff parent-id was not specified. */ + if (!NILP (parent) + || EQ (parent_frame, Qunbound) + || NILP (parent_frame) + || !FRAMEP (parent_frame) + || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (parent_frame)) + || !FRAME_PGTK_P (XFRAME (parent_frame))) + parent_frame = Qnil; + + fset_parent_frame (f, parent_frame); + store_frame_param (f, Qparent_frame, parent_frame); + + if (!NILP + (tem = + (gui_display_get_arg + (dpyinfo, parms, Qundecorated, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN))) + && !(EQ (tem, Qunbound))) + undecorated = true; + + FRAME_UNDECORATED (f) = undecorated; + store_frame_param (f, Qundecorated, undecorated ? Qt : Qnil); + + if (!NILP + (tem = + (gui_display_get_arg + (dpyinfo, parms, Qoverride_redirect, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN))) + && !(EQ (tem, Qunbound))) + override_redirect = true; + + FRAME_OVERRIDE_REDIRECT (f) = override_redirect; + store_frame_param (f, Qoverride_redirect, override_redirect ? Qt : Qnil); + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + + f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal; + + f->output_method = output_pgtk; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f) = xzalloc (sizeof *FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)); +#if 0 + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->icon_bitmap = -1; +#endif + FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->white_relief.pixel = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->black_relief.pixel = -1; + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_foreground_css_provider = + gtk_css_provider_new (); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_background_css_provider = + gtk_css_provider_new (); + + fset_icon_name (f, + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_name, "iconName", + "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING)); + if (!STRINGP (f->icon_name)) + fset_icon_name (f, Qnil); + + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; + + /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */ + record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame); + + /* These colors will be set anyway later, but it's important + to get the color reference counts right, so initialize them! */ + { + Lisp_Object black; + + /* Function x_decode_color can signal an error. Make + sure to initialize color slots so that we won't try + to free colors we haven't allocated. */ + FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = -1; + FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f) = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_foreground_color = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_pixel = -1; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->mouse_color = -1; + + black = build_string ("black"); + FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f) + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_foreground_color + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_pixel + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->mouse_color + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + } + + /* Specify the parent under which to make this X window. */ + if (!NILP (parent)) + { + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->parent_desc = (Window) XFIXNAT (parent); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->explicit_parent = true; + } + else + { + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->explicit_parent = false; + } + + /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to + be set. */ + if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name)) + { + fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->x_id_name)); + f->explicit_name = false; + } + else + { + fset_name (f, name); + f->explicit_name = true; + /* Use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */ + specbind (Qx_resource_name, name); + } + + register_font_driver (&ftcrfont_driver, f); +#ifdef HAVE_HARFBUZZ + register_font_driver (&ftcrhbfont_driver, f); +#endif /* HAVE_HARFBUZZ */ + + image_cache_refcount = + FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0; + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil, + "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING); + + /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values + that are needed to determine window geometry. */ + pgtk_default_font_parameter (f, parms); + if (!FRAME_FONT (f)) + { + delete_frame (frame, Qnoelisp); + error ("Invalid frame font"); + } + + /* Frame contents get displaced if an embedded X window has a border. */ +#if 0 + if (!FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) +#endif + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_fixnum (0), + "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + /* This defaults to 1 in order to match xterm. We recognize either + internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls + it). */ + if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms))) + { + Lisp_Object value; + + value = gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width, + "internalBorder", "internalBorder", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (!EQ (value, Qunbound)) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value), parms); + } + + /* Same for child frames. */ + if (NILP (Fassq (Qchild_frame_border_width, parms))) + { + Lisp_Object value; + + value = gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qchild_frame_border_width, + "childFrameBorderWidth", "childFrameBorderWidth", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (! EQ (value, Qunbound)) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qchild_frame_border_width, value), + parms); + + } + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qchild_frame_border_width, + make_fixnum (0), + "childFrameBorderWidth", "childFrameBorderWidth", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, + make_fixnum (0), + "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_fixnum (0), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_fixnum (0), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qvertical_scroll_bars, + Qright, + "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qhorizontal_scroll_bars, Qnil, + "horizontalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", + RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"), + "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"), + "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"), + "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"), + "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil, + "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qline_spacing, Qnil, + "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qleft_fringe, Qnil, + "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_fringe, Qnil, + "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qno_special_glyphs, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qscroll_bar_foreground, Qnil, + "scrollBarForeground", "ScrollBarForeground", + RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qscroll_bar_background, Qnil, + "scrollBarBackground", "ScrollBarBackground", + RES_TYPE_STRING); + + /* Init faces before gui_default_parameter is called for the + scroll-bar-width parameter because otherwise we end up in + init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not happen. */ + init_frame_faces (f); + + /* We have to call adjust_frame_size here since otherwise + x_set_tool_bar_lines will already work with the character sizes + installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still + calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the + (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. + + The non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it + had one frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero + root window height which was obviously wrong as well ... + + Also process `min-width' and `min-height' parameters right here + because `frame-windows-min-size' needs them. */ + tem = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qmin_width, NULL, NULL, + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (NUMBERP (tem)) + store_frame_param (f, Qmin_width, tem); + tem = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qmin_height, NULL, NULL, + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (NUMBERP (tem)) + store_frame_param (f, Qmin_height, tem); + adjust_frame_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f), + FRAME_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), 5, true, + Qx_create_frame_1); + + /* Set the menu-bar-lines and tool-bar-lines parameters. We don't + look up the X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar + here; they are processed specially at startup, and reflected in + the values of the mode variables. */ + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmenu_bar_lines, + NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode) + ? make_fixnum (0) : make_fixnum (1), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qtab_bar_lines, + NILP (Vtab_bar_mode) + ? make_fixnum (0) : make_fixnum (1), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qtool_bar_lines, + NILP (Vtool_bar_mode) + ? make_fixnum (0) : make_fixnum (1), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil, + "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", + RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qtitle, Qnil, + "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qwait_for_wm, Qt, + "waitForWM", "WaitForWM", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qtool_bar_position, + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_POSITION (f), 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinhibit_double_buffering, Qnil, + "inhibitDoubleBuffering", "InhibitDoubleBuffering", + RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + /* Compute the size of the X window. */ + window_prompting = + gui_figure_window_size (f, parms, true, true); + + tem = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, + RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt); + +#if 0 + x_icon_verify (f, parms); +#endif + + /* Create the X widget or window. */ + /* x_window (f); */ + xg_create_frame_widgets (f); + pgtk_set_event_handler (f); + + +#define INSTALL_CURSOR(FIELD, NAME) \ + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->FIELD = gdk_cursor_new_for_display (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), GDK_ ## NAME) + + INSTALL_CURSOR (text_cursor, XTERM); + INSTALL_CURSOR (nontext_cursor, LEFT_PTR); + INSTALL_CURSOR (modeline_cursor, XTERM); + INSTALL_CURSOR (hand_cursor, HAND2); + INSTALL_CURSOR (hourglass_cursor, WATCH); + INSTALL_CURSOR (horizontal_drag_cursor, SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW); + INSTALL_CURSOR (vertical_drag_cursor, SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW); + INSTALL_CURSOR (left_edge_cursor, LEFT_SIDE); + INSTALL_CURSOR (right_edge_cursor, RIGHT_SIDE); + INSTALL_CURSOR (top_edge_cursor, TOP_SIDE); + INSTALL_CURSOR (bottom_edge_cursor, BOTTOM_SIDE); + INSTALL_CURSOR (top_left_corner_cursor, TOP_LEFT_CORNER); + INSTALL_CURSOR (top_right_corner_cursor, TOP_RIGHT_CORNER); + INSTALL_CURSOR (bottom_right_corner_cursor, BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER); + INSTALL_CURSOR (bottom_left_corner_cursor, BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER); + +#undef INSTALL_CURSOR + + x_icon (f, parms); +#if 0 + x_make_gc (f); +#endif + + /* Now consider the frame official. */ + f->terminal->reference_count++; + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++; + Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list); + + /* We need to do this after creating the X window, so that the + icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qicon_type, Qt, + "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil, + "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil, + "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox, + "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil, + "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qscroll_bar_height, Qnil, + "scrollBarHeight", "ScrollBarHeight", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qalpha, Qnil, + "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + if (!NILP (parent_frame)) + { + struct frame *p = XFRAME (parent_frame); + + block_input (); + + GtkWidget *fixed = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + GtkWidget *fixed_of_p = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (p); + GtkWidget *whbox_of_f = gtk_widget_get_parent (fixed); + g_object_ref (fixed); + gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (whbox_of_f), fixed); + gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (fixed_of_p), fixed, f->left_pos, f->top_pos); + gtk_widget_show_all (fixed); + g_object_unref (fixed); + + gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->vbox_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->hbox_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->menubar_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->toolbar_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_lbl = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_window = NULL; + + unblock_input (); + } + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + GList *w = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); + for (; w != NULL; w = w->next) + gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (w->data)); + } + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qno_focus_on_map, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qno_accept_focus, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + /* Create the menu bar. */ + if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)) + { + /* If this signals an error, we haven't set size hints for the + frame and we didn't make it visible. */ + initialize_frame_menubar (f); + + } + + /* Consider frame official, now. */ + f->can_set_window_size = true; + + /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how + badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu + bar so that its size can be taken into account. */ + block_input (); + x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, false); + unblock_input (); + + adjust_frame_size (f, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), + 0, true, Qx_create_frame_2); + + /* Process fullscreen parameter here in the hope that normalizing a + fullheight/fullwidth frame will produce the size set by the last + adjust_frame_size call. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfullscreen, Qnil, + "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + + /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless + the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs + cannot control visibility, so don't try. */ + if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->explicit_parent) + { + Lisp_Object visibility + = + gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, + RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + + if (EQ (visibility, Qicon)) + pgtk_iconify_frame (f); + else + { + if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound)) + visibility = Qt; + + if (!NILP (visibility)) + pgtk_make_frame_visible (f); + } + + store_frame_param (f, Qvisibility, visibility); + } + + /* Works iff frame has been already mapped. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qskip_taskbar, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + /* The `z-group' parameter works only for visible frames. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qz_group, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + + /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first + frame on this terminal. */ + if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) + && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)) + || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))))) + kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame); + + /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used" + by gui_display_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */ + for (tem = parms; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem)) + if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem)))) + fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist)); + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = NULL; + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell = NULL; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell = NULL; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->watched_scale_factor = 1.0; + struct timespec ts = make_timespec (1, 0); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scale_factor_atimer = start_atimer(ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, + ts, + update_watched_scale_factor, + f); + + /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window + and similar functions. */ + Vwindow_list = Qnil; + + return unbind_to (count, frame); +} + + +#if 0 +static int +pgtk_window_is_ancestor (PGTKWindow * win, PGTKWindow * candidate) +/* Test whether CANDIDATE is an ancestor window of WIN. */ +{ + if (candidate == NULL) + return 0; + else if (win == candidate) + return 1; + else + return pgtk_window_is_ancestor (win,[candidate parentWindow]); +} +#endif + +/** + * x_frame_restack: + * + * Restack frame F1 below frame F2, above if ABOVE_FLAG is non-nil. In + * practice this is a two-step action: The first step removes F1's + * window-system window from the display. The second step reinserts + * F1's window below (above if ABOVE_FLAG is true) that of F2. + */ +static void +pgtk_frame_restack (struct frame *f1, struct frame *f2, bool above_flag) +{ + block_input (); + xg_frame_restack (f1, f2, above_flag); + unblock_input (); +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-frame-restack", Fpgtk_frame_restack, Spgtk_frame_restack, 2, 3, 0, + doc: /* Restack FRAME1 below FRAME2. +This means that if both frames are visible and the display areas of +these frames overlap, FRAME2 (partially) obscures FRAME1. If optional +third argument ABOVE is non-nil, restack FRAME1 above FRAME2. This +means that if both frames are visible and the display areas of these +frames overlap, FRAME1 (partially) obscures FRAME2. + +This may be thought of as an atomic action performed in two steps: The +first step removes FRAME1's window-step window from the display. The +second step reinserts FRAME1's window below (above if ABOVE is true) +that of FRAME2. Hence the position of FRAME2 in its display's Z +\(stacking) order relative to all other frames excluding FRAME1 remains +unaltered. + +Some window managers may refuse to restack windows. */) + (Lisp_Object frame1, Lisp_Object frame2, Lisp_Object above) +{ + struct frame *f1 = decode_live_frame (frame1); + struct frame *f2 = decode_live_frame (frame2); + + if (!(FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f1) && FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f2))) + error ("Cannot restack frames"); + pgtk_frame_restack (f1, f2, !NILP (above)); + return Qt; +} + +#ifdef HAVE_GSETTINGS + +#define RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN 128 +#define SCHEMA_ID "org.gnu.emacs.defaults" +#define PATH_FOR_CLASS_TYPE "/org/gnu/emacs/defaults-by-class/" +#define PATH_PREFIX_FOR_NAME_TYPE "/org/gnu/emacs/defaults-by-name/" + +static inline int +pgtk_is_lower_char (int c) +{ + return c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'; +} + +static inline int +pgtk_is_upper_char (int c) +{ + return c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z'; +} + +static inline int +pgtk_is_numeric_char (int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +static GSettings * +parse_resource_key (const char *res_key, char *setting_key) +{ + char path[32 + RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN]; + const char *sp = res_key; + char *dp; + + /* + * res_key="emacs.cursorBlink" + * -> path="/org/gnu/emacs/defaults-by-name/emacs/" + * setting_key="cursor-blink" + * + * res_key="Emacs.CursorBlink" + * -> path="/org/gnu/emacs/defaults-by-class/" + * setting_key="cursor-blink" + * + * Returns GSettings* if setting_key exists in schema, otherwise NULL. + */ + + /* generate path */ + if (pgtk_is_upper_char (*sp)) + { + /* First letter is upper case. It should be "Emacs", + * but don't care. + */ + strcpy (path, PATH_FOR_CLASS_TYPE); + while (*sp != '\0') + { + if (*sp == '.') + break; + sp++; + } + } + else + { + strcpy (path, PATH_PREFIX_FOR_NAME_TYPE); + dp = path + strlen (path); + while (*sp != '\0') + { + int c = *sp; + if (c == '.') + break; + if (pgtk_is_lower_char (c)) + (void) 0; /* lower -> NOP */ + else if (pgtk_is_upper_char (c)) + c = c - 'A' + 'a'; /* upper -> lower */ + else if (pgtk_is_numeric_char (c)) + (void) 0; /* numeric -> NOP */ + else + return NULL; /* invalid */ + *dp++ = c; + sp++; + } + *dp++ = '/'; /* must ends with '/' */ + *dp = '\0'; + } + + if (*sp++ != '.') + return NULL; + + /* generate setting_key */ + dp = setting_key; + while (*sp != '\0') + { + int c = *sp; + if (pgtk_is_lower_char (c)) + (void) 0; /* lower -> NOP */ + else if (pgtk_is_upper_char (c)) + { + c = c - 'A' + 'a'; /* upper -> lower */ + if (dp != setting_key) + *dp++ = '-'; /* store '-' unless first char */ + } + else if (pgtk_is_numeric_char (c)) + (void) 0; /* numeric -> NOP */ + else + return NULL; /* invalid */ + + *dp++ = c; + sp++; + } + *dp = '\0'; + + /* check existence of setting_key */ + GSettingsSchemaSource *ssrc = g_settings_schema_source_get_default (); + GSettingsSchema *scm = g_settings_schema_source_lookup (ssrc, SCHEMA_ID, FALSE); + if (!scm) + return NULL; /* *.schema.xml is not installed. */ + if (!g_settings_schema_has_key (scm, setting_key)) + { + g_settings_schema_unref (scm); + return NULL; + } + + /* create GSettings, and return it */ + GSettings *gs = g_settings_new_full (scm, NULL, path); + + g_settings_schema_unref (scm); + return gs; +} + +const char * +pgtk_get_defaults_value (const char *key) +{ + char skey[(RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN + 1) * 2]; + + if (strlen (key) >= RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN) + error ("resource key too long."); + + GSettings *gs = parse_resource_key (key, skey); + if (gs == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + + gchar *str = g_settings_get_string (gs, skey); + + /* There is no timing to free str. + * So, copy it here and free it. + * + * MEMO: Resource values for emacs shouldn't need such a long string value. + */ + static char holder[128]; + strncpy (holder, str, 128); + holder[127] = '\0'; + + g_object_unref (gs); + g_free (str); + return holder[0] != '\0' ? holder : NULL; +} + +static void +pgtk_set_defaults_value (const char *key, const char *value) +{ + char skey[(RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN + 1) * 2]; + + if (strlen (key) >= RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN) + error ("resource key too long."); + + GSettings *gs = parse_resource_key (key, skey); + if (gs == NULL) + error ("unknown resource key."); + + if (value != NULL) + { + g_settings_set_string (gs, skey, value); + } + else + { + g_settings_reset (gs, skey); + } + + g_object_unref (gs); +} + +#undef RESOURCE_KEY_MAX_LEN +#undef SCHEMA_ID +#undef PATH_FOR_CLASS_TYPE +#undef PATH_PREFIX_FOR_NAME_TYPE + +#else /* not HAVE_GSETTINGS */ + +const char * +pgtk_get_defaults_value (const char *key) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static void +pgtk_set_defaults_value (const char *key, const char *value) +{ + error ("gsettings not supported."); +} + +#endif + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-set-resource", Fpgtk_set_resource, Spgtk_set_resource, 2, 2, 0, + doc: /* Set the value of ATTRIBUTE, of class CLASS, as VALUE, into defaults database. */ ) + (Lisp_Object attribute, Lisp_Object value) +{ + check_window_system (NULL); + + CHECK_STRING (attribute); + if (!NILP (value)) + CHECK_STRING (value); + + char *res = SSDATA (Vx_resource_name); + char *attr = SSDATA (attribute); + if (attr[0] >= 'A' && attr[0] <= 'Z') + res = SSDATA (Vx_resource_class); + + char *key = g_strdup_printf ("%s.%s", res, attr); + + pgtk_set_defaults_value (key, NILP (value) ? NULL : SSDATA (value)); + + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size, Sx_server_max_request_size, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* This function is a no-op. It is only present for completeness. */ ) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + /* This function has no real equivalent under PGTK. Return nil to + indicate this. */ + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the display server TERMINAL. +\(Labeling every distributor as a "vendor" embodies the false assumption +that operating systems cannot be developed and distributed noncommercially.) +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of display TERMINAL. +The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor +version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific release +number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'. + +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */ ) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + /*NOTE: it is unclear what would best correspond with "protocol"; + we return 10.3, meaning Panther, since this is roughly the + level that GNUstep's APIs correspond to. + The last number is where we distinguish between the Apple + and GNUstep implementations ("distributor-specific release + number") and give int'ized versions of major.minor. */ + return list3i (0, 0, 0); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the number of screens on the display server TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +Note: "screen" here is not in X11's. For the number of physical monitors, +use `(length \(display-monitor-attributes-list TERMINAL))' instead. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return make_fixnum (1); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height, Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of the the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for +all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information +for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + gint n_monitors, i; + int height_mm_at_0 = 0, height_mm_at_other = 0; + + block_input (); + gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + n_monitors = gdk_display_get_n_monitors (gdpy); + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; ++i) + { + GdkRectangle rec; + + GdkMonitor *monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i); + gdk_monitor_get_geometry (monitor, &rec); + + int mm = gdk_monitor_get_height_mm (monitor); + + if (rec.y == 0) + height_mm_at_0 = max (height_mm_at_0, mm); + else + height_mm_at_other += mm; + } + + unblock_input (); + + return make_fixnum (height_mm_at_0 + height_mm_at_other); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of the the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for +all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information +for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + gint n_monitors, i; + int width_mm_at_0 = 0, width_mm_at_other = 0; + + block_input (); + gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + n_monitors = gdk_display_get_n_monitors (gdpy); + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; ++i) + { + GdkRectangle rec; + + GdkMonitor *monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i); + gdk_monitor_get_geometry (monitor, &rec); + + int mm = gdk_monitor_get_width_mm (monitor); + + if (rec.x == 0) + width_mm_at_0 = max (width_mm_at_0, mm); + else + width_mm_at_other += mm; + } + + unblock_input (); + + return make_fixnum (width_mm_at_0 + width_mm_at_other); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store, Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return an indication of whether the the display TERMINAL does backing store. +The value may be `buffered', `retained', or `non-retained'. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class, Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the visual class of the the display TERMINAL. +The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale', +`static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'. + +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +On PGTK, always return true-color. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + return intern ("true-color"); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under, Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return t if TERMINAL supports the save-under feature. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection, 1, 3, 0, + doc: /* Open a connection to a display server. +DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to. +Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format. +If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil, +terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection. */) + (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object resource_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + + if (NILP (display)) + display = build_string (""); + + CHECK_STRING (display); + + nxatoms_of_pgtkselect (); + dpyinfo = pgtk_term_init (display, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); + if (dpyinfo == 0) + { + if (!NILP (must_succeed)) + fatal ("Display on %s not responding.\n", SSDATA (display)); + else + error ("Display on %s not responding.\n", SSDATA (display)); + } + + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection, Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0, + doc: /* Close the connection to TERMINAL's display server. +For TERMINAL, specify a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a +string). If TERMINAL is nil, that stands for the selected frame's +terminal. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + + if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0) + error ("Display still has frames on it"); + + pgtk_delete_terminal (dpyinfo->terminal); + + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */) + (void) +{ + Lisp_Object result = Qnil; + struct pgtk_display_info *ndi; + + for (ndi = x_display_list; ndi; ndi = ndi->next) + result = Fcons (XCAR (ndi->name_list_element), result); + + return result; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-hide-others", Fpgtk_hide_others, Spgtk_hide_others, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Hides all applications other than Emacs. */) + (void) +{ + check_window_system (NULL); + return Qnil; +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-hide-emacs", Fpgtk_hide_emacs, Spgtk_hide_emacs, 1, 1, 0, + doc: /* If ON is non-nil, the entire Emacs application is hidden. +Otherwise if Emacs is hidden, it is unhidden. +If ON is equal to `activate', Emacs is unhidden and becomes +the active application. */) + (Lisp_Object on) +{ + check_window_system (NULL); + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-font-name", Fpgtk_font_name, Spgtk_font_name, 1, 1, 0, + doc: /* Determine font PostScript or family name for font NAME. +NAME should be a string containing either the font name or an XLFD +font descriptor. If string contains `fontset' and not +`fontset-startup', it is left alone. */) + (Lisp_Object name) +{ + char *nm; + CHECK_STRING (name); + nm = SSDATA (name); + + if (nm[0] != '-') + return name; + if (strstr (nm, "fontset") && !strstr (nm, "fontset-startup")) + return name; + + char *str = pgtk_xlfd_to_fontname (SSDATA (name)); + name = build_string (str); + xfree (str); + return name; +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Miscellaneous functions not called through hooks + + ========================================================================== */ + +/* called from frame.c */ +struct pgtk_display_info * +check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + return check_pgtk_display_info (frame); +} + + +void +pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f) +{ + int unit = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); + int minw = xg_get_default_scrollbar_width (f); + /* A minimum width of 14 doesn't look good for toolkit scroll bars. */ + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (minw + unit - 1) / unit; + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = minw; +} + +void +pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_height (struct frame *f) +{ + int height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + int min_height = xg_get_default_scrollbar_height (f); + /* A minimum height of 14 doesn't look good for toolkit scroll bars. */ + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = min_height; + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f) = (min_height + height - 1) / height; +} + +/* terms impl this instead of x-get-resource directly */ +const char * +pgtk_get_string_resource (XrmDatabase rdb, const char *name, + const char *class) +{ + check_window_system (NULL); + + if (inhibit_x_resources) + /* --quick was passed, so this is a no-op. */ + return NULL; + + const char *res = pgtk_get_defaults_value (name); + if (res == NULL) + res = pgtk_get_defaults_value (class); + + if (res == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (c_strncasecmp (res, "YES", 3) == 0) + return "true"; + + if (c_strncasecmp (res, "NO", 2) == 0) + return "false"; + + return res; +} + + +Lisp_Object +x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + Lisp_Object focus; + + if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) + return Qnil; + + XSETFRAME (focus, dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); + return focus; +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Lisp definitions that, for whatever reason, we can't alias as 'ns-XXX'. + + ========================================================================== */ + + +DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0, + doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see. */) + (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame) +{ + Emacs_Color col; + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame); + + CHECK_STRING (color); + + if (pgtk_defined_color (f, SSDATA (color), &col, false, false)) + return Qt; + else + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0, + doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */) + (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame) +{ + Emacs_Color col; + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame); + + CHECK_STRING (color); + + if (pgtk_defined_color (f, SSDATA (color), &col, false, false)) + return list3i (col.red, col.green, col.blue); + else + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return Qt; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p, Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return t if the display supports shades of gray. +Note that color displays do support shades of gray. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + return Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width, Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the width in pixels of the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all +physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information for +each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + gint n_monitors, i; + int width = 0; + + block_input (); + gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + n_monitors = gdk_display_get_n_monitors (gdpy); + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; ++i) + { + GdkRectangle rec; + double scale = 1; + + GdkMonitor *monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i); + gdk_monitor_get_geometry (monitor, &rec); + + /* GTK returns scaled sizes for the workareas. */ + scale = pgtk_get_monitor_scale_factor (gdk_monitor_get_model (monitor)); + if (scale == 0.0) + scale = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor); + rec.x = rec.x * scale + 0.5; + rec.y = rec.y * scale + 0.5; + rec.width = rec.width * scale + 0.5; + rec.height = rec.height * scale + 0.5; + + width = max (width, rec.x + rec.width); + } + + unblock_input (); + + return make_fixnum (width); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height, Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the height in pixels of the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all +physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information for +each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + gint n_monitors, i; + int height = 0; + + block_input (); + gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + n_monitors = gdk_display_get_n_monitors (gdpy); + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; ++i) + { + GdkRectangle rec; + double scale = 1; + + GdkMonitor *monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i); + gdk_monitor_get_geometry (monitor, &rec); + + /* GTK returns scaled sizes for the workareas. */ + scale = pgtk_get_monitor_scale_factor (gdk_monitor_get_model (monitor)); + if (scale == 0.0) + scale = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor); + rec.x = rec.x * scale + 0.5; + rec.y = rec.y * scale + 0.5; + rec.width = rec.width * scale + 0.5; + rec.height = rec.height * scale + 0.5; + + height = max (height, rec.y + rec.height); + } + + unblock_input (); + + return make_fixnum (height); +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fpgtk_display_monitor_attributes_list, + Spgtk_display_monitor_attributes_list, + 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the X display TERMINAL. + +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. + +In addition to the standard attribute keys listed in +`display-monitor-attributes-list', the following keys are contained in +the attributes: + + source -- String describing the source from which multi-monitor + information is obtained, \"Gdk\" + +Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil; + + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + gint primary_monitor = 0, n_monitors, i; + Lisp_Object monitor_frames, rest, frame; + static const char *source = "Gdk"; + struct MonitorInfo *monitors; + + block_input (); + gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + n_monitors = gdk_display_get_n_monitors (gdpy); + monitor_frames = make_nil_vector (n_monitors); + monitors = xzalloc (n_monitors * sizeof *monitors); + + FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame) + { + struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); + + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) + && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo + && !FRAME_TOOLTIP_P (f)) + { + GdkWindow *gwin = gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++) + if (gdk_display_get_monitor_at_window (gdpy, gwin) + == gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i)) + break; + ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i))); + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; ++i) + { + gint width_mm, height_mm; + GdkRectangle rec, work; + struct MonitorInfo *mi = &monitors[i]; + double scale = 1; + + GdkMonitor *monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (gdpy, i); + if (gdk_monitor_is_primary (monitor)) + primary_monitor = i; + gdk_monitor_get_geometry (monitor, &rec); + + width_mm = gdk_monitor_get_width_mm (monitor); + height_mm = gdk_monitor_get_height_mm (monitor); + gdk_monitor_get_workarea (monitor, &work); + + /* GTK returns scaled sizes for the workareas. */ + scale = pgtk_get_monitor_scale_factor (gdk_monitor_get_model (monitor)); + if (scale == 0.0) + scale = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor); + rec.x = rec.x * scale + 0.5; + rec.y = rec.y * scale + 0.5; + rec.width = rec.width * scale + 0.5; + rec.height = rec.height * scale + 0.5; + work.x = work.x * scale + 0.5; + work.y = work.y * scale + 0.5; + work.width = work.width * scale + 0.5; + work.height = work.height * scale + 0.5; + + mi->geom.x = rec.x; + mi->geom.y = rec.y; + mi->geom.width = rec.width; + mi->geom.height = rec.height; + mi->work.x = work.x; + mi->work.y = work.y; + mi->work.width = work.width; + mi->work.height = work.height; + mi->mm_width = width_mm; + mi->mm_height = height_mm; + mi->scale_factor = scale; + + dupstring (&mi->name, (gdk_monitor_get_model (monitor))); + } + + attributes_list = make_monitor_attribute_list (monitors, + n_monitors, + primary_monitor, + monitor_frames, + source); + free_monitors (monitors, n_monitors); + unblock_input (); + + return attributes_list; +} + +double +pgtk_frame_scale_factor (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + GdkDisplay *gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + + block_input (); + + GdkWindow *gwin = gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + GdkMonitor *gmon = gdk_display_get_monitor_at_window (gdpy, gwin); + + /* GTK returns scaled sizes for the workareas. */ + double scale = pgtk_get_monitor_scale_factor (gdk_monitor_get_model (gmon)); + if (scale == 0.0) + scale = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (gmon); + + unblock_input (); + + return scale; +} + +DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + return make_fixnum (32); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Returns the number of color cells of the display TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + /* We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit to prevent an overflow. */ + return make_fixnum (1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes, 24)); +} + +/*********************************************************************** + Tool tips + ***********************************************************************/ + +/* The frame of the currently visible tooltip. */ +static Lisp_Object tip_frame; + +/* The window-system window corresponding to the frame of the + currently visible tooltip. */ +GtkWidget *tip_window; + +/* A timer that hides or deletes the currently visible tooltip when it + fires. */ +static Lisp_Object tip_timer; + +/* STRING argument of last `x-show-tip' call. */ +static Lisp_Object tip_last_string; + +/* Normalized FRAME argument of last `x-show-tip' call. */ +static Lisp_Object tip_last_frame; + +/* PARMS argument of last `x-show-tip' call. */ +static Lisp_Object tip_last_parms; + + +static void +unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + Lisp_Object deleted; + + deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame); + if (EQ (deleted, Qt)) + { + tip_window = NULL; + tip_frame = Qnil; + } +} + + +/* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO. + PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to + display in the tip frame. Value is the frame. + + Note that functions called here, esp. gui_default_parameter can + signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is + undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state + when this happens. */ + +static Lisp_Object +x_create_tip_frame (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, Lisp_Object parms, struct frame *p) +{ + struct frame *f; + Lisp_Object frame; + Lisp_Object name; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + bool face_change_before = face_change; + + if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name) + error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it"); + + parms = Fcopy_alist (parms); + + /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */ + name = gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", + RES_TYPE_STRING); + if (!STRINGP (name) + && !EQ (name, Qunbound) + && !NILP (name)) + error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil"); + + frame = Qnil; + f = make_frame (false); + f->wants_modeline = false; + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame); + + f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal; + + /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that + the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal + from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference + counts etc. */ + f->output_method = output_pgtk; + f->output_data.pgtk = xzalloc (sizeof *f->output_data.pgtk); +#if 0 + f->output_data.pgtk->icon_bitmap = -1; +#endif + FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; + f->output_data.pgtk->white_relief.pixel = -1; + f->output_data.pgtk->black_relief.pixel = -1; + + f->tooltip = true; + fset_icon_name (f, Qnil); + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; + f->output_data.pgtk->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window; + f->output_data.pgtk->explicit_parent = false; + + /* These colors will be set anyway later, but it's important + to get the color reference counts right, so initialize them! */ + { + Lisp_Object black; + + /* Function x_decode_color can signal an error. Make + sure to initialize color slots so that we won't try + to free colors we haven't allocated. */ + FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = -1; + FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f) = -1; + f->output_data.pgtk->border_pixel = -1; + + black = build_string ("black"); + FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f) + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + f->output_data.pgtk->border_pixel + = x_decode_color (f, black, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); + } + + /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to + be set. */ + if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name)) + { + fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->x_id_name)); + f->explicit_name = false; + } + else + { + fset_name (f, name); + f->explicit_name = true; + /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */ + specbind (Qx_resource_name, name); + } + + register_font_driver (&ftcrfont_driver, f); +#ifdef HAVE_HARFBUZZ + register_font_driver (&ftcrhbfont_driver, f); +#endif /* HAVE_HARFBUZZ */ + + image_cache_refcount = + FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0; + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil, + "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING); + + /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values that are + needed to determine window geometry. */ + pgtk_default_font_parameter (f, parms); + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_fixnum (0), + "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either + internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls + it). */ + if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms))) + { + Lisp_Object value; + + value = gui_display_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width, + "internalBorder", "internalBorder", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + if (! EQ (value, Qunbound)) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value), + parms); + } + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_fixnum (1), + "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth", + RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_fixnum (0), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_fixnum (0), + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */ + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"), + "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"), + "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"), + "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"), + "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"), + "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qno_special_glyphs, Qnil, + NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + /* Init faces before gui_default_parameter is called for the + scroll-bar-width parameter because otherwise we end up in + init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not happen. */ + init_frame_faces (f); + + f->output_data.pgtk->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window; + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinhibit_double_buffering, Qnil, + "inhibitDoubleBuffering", "InhibitDoubleBuffering", + RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + + gui_figure_window_size (f, parms, false, false); + + xg_create_frame_widgets (f); + pgtk_set_event_handler (f); + tip_window = FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f); + gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (tip_window), + GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (p))); + gtk_window_set_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (tip_window), FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (p)); + gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (tip_window), TRUE); + gtk_window_set_decorated (GTK_WINDOW (tip_window), FALSE); + gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (tip_window), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_TOOLTIP); + f->output_data.pgtk->current_cursor = f->output_data.pgtk->text_cursor; + gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + gdk_window_set_cursor (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + f->output_data.pgtk->current_cursor); + +#if 0 + x_make_gc (f); +#endif + + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil, + "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil, + "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox, + "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL); + gui_default_parameter (f, parms, Qalpha, Qnil, + "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER); + + /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */ + if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip))) + { + AUTO_FRAME_ARG (arg, Qtooltip, Qt); + Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, arg); + } + + /* FIXME - can this be done in a similar way to normal frames? + https://lists.gnu.org/r/emacs-devel/2007-10/msg00641.html */ + + /* Set the `display-type' frame parameter before setting up faces. */ + { + Lisp_Object disptype; + + disptype = intern ("color"); + + if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qdisplay_type))) + { + AUTO_FRAME_ARG (arg, Qdisplay_type, disptype); + Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, arg); + } + } + + /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call + also merges in face attributes specified for new frames. + + Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains + specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an + `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color' + attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border + of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */ + { + Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color); + + call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil); + + if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color))) + { + AUTO_FRAME_ARG (arg, Qbackground_color, bg); + Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, arg); + } + } + + f->no_split = true; + + /* Now that the frame will be official, it counts as a reference to + its display and terminal. */ + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++; + f->terminal->reference_count++; + + /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error + below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it + visible won't work. */ + Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list); + f->can_set_window_size = true; + adjust_frame_size (f, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), + 0, true, Qtip_frame); + + /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources + and similar will set face_change, which leads to the clearing of + all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary here, avoid it + by resetting face_change to the value it had before we created + the tip frame. */ + face_change = face_change_before; + + /* Discard the unwind_protect. */ + return unbind_to (count, frame); +} + +/* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame + parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current + location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height + of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of + the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */ + +static void +compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, + Lisp_Object dy, int width, int height, int *root_x, + int *root_y) +{ + Lisp_Object left, top, right, bottom; + int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y = -1; + + /* User-specified position? */ + left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms)); + top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms)); + right = Fcdr (Fassq (Qright, parms)); + bottom = Fcdr (Fassq (Qbottom, parms)); + + /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and + show it. */ + if ((!INTEGERP (left) && !INTEGERP (right)) + || (!INTEGERP (top) && !INTEGERP (bottom))) + { + Lisp_Object frame, attributes, monitor, geometry; + GdkSeat *seat = + gdk_display_get_default_seat (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->gdpy); + GdkDevice *dev = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat); + GdkScreen *scr; + + block_input (); + gdk_device_get_position (dev, &scr, root_x, root_y); + unblock_input (); + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + attributes = Fpgtk_display_monitor_attributes_list (frame); + + /* Try to determine the monitor where the mouse pointer is and + its geometry. See bug#22549. */ + while (CONSP (attributes)) + { + monitor = XCAR (attributes); + geometry = Fassq (Qgeometry, monitor); + if (CONSP (geometry)) + { + min_x = XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (1), geometry)); + min_y = XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (2), geometry)); + max_x = min_x + XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (3), geometry)); + max_y = min_y + XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (4), geometry)); + if (min_x <= *root_x && *root_x < max_x + && min_y <= *root_y && *root_y < max_y) + { + break; + } + max_y = -1; + } + + attributes = XCDR (attributes); + } + } + + /* It was not possible to determine the monitor's geometry, so we + assign some sane defaults here: */ + if (max_y < 0) + { + min_x = 0; + min_y = 0; + max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); + max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); + } + + if (INTEGERP (top)) + *root_y = XFIXNUM (top); + else if (INTEGERP (bottom)) + *root_y = XFIXNUM (bottom) - height; + else if (*root_y + XFIXNUM (dy) <= min_y) + *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */ + else if (*root_y + XFIXNUM (dy) + height <= max_y) + /* It fits below the pointer */ + *root_y += XFIXNUM (dy); + else if (height + XFIXNUM (dy) + min_y <= *root_y) + /* It fits above the pointer. */ + *root_y -= height + XFIXNUM (dy); + else + /* Put it on the top. */ + *root_y = min_y; + + if (INTEGERP (left)) + *root_x = XFIXNUM (left); + else if (INTEGERP (right)) + *root_x = XFIXNUM (right) - width; + else if (*root_x + XFIXNUM (dx) <= min_x) + *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */ + else if (*root_x + XFIXNUM (dx) + width <= max_x) + /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */ + *root_x += XFIXNUM (dx); + else if (width + XFIXNUM (dx) + min_x <= *root_x) + /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */ + *root_x -= width + XFIXNUM (dx); + else + /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */ + *root_x = min_x; +} + + +/* Hide tooltip. Delete its frame if DELETE is true. */ +static Lisp_Object +x_hide_tip (bool delete) +{ + if (!NILP (tip_timer)) + { + call1 (Qcancel_timer, tip_timer); + tip_timer = Qnil; + } + + /* Any GTK+ system tooltip can be found via the x_output structure of + tip_last_frame, provided that frame is still live. Any Emacs + tooltip is found via the tip_frame variable. Note that the current + value of x_gtk_use_system_tooltips might not be the same as used + for the tooltip we have to hide, see Bug#30399. */ + if ((NILP (tip_last_frame) && NILP (tip_frame)) + || (!x_gtk_use_system_tooltips + && !delete + && FRAMEP (tip_frame) + && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame)) + && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame)))) + /* Either there's no tooltip to hide or it's an already invisible + Emacs tooltip and we don't want to change its type. Return + quickly. */ + return Qnil; + else + { + ptrdiff_t count; + Lisp_Object was_open = Qnil; + + count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt); + specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt); + + /* Try to hide the GTK+ system tip first. */ + if (FRAMEP (tip_last_frame)) + { + struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_last_frame); + + if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + { + if (xg_hide_tooltip (f)) + was_open = Qt; + } + } + + /* When using GTK+ system tooltips (compare Bug#41200) reset + tip_last_frame. It will be reassigned when showing the next + GTK+ system tooltip. */ + if (x_gtk_use_system_tooltips) + tip_last_frame = Qnil; + + /* Now look whether there's an Emacs tip around. */ + if (FRAMEP (tip_frame)) + { + struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame); + + if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + { + if (delete || x_gtk_use_system_tooltips) + { + /* Delete the Emacs tooltip frame when DELETE is true + or we change the tooltip type from an Emacs one to + a GTK+ system one. */ + delete_frame (tip_frame, Qnil); + tip_frame = Qnil; + } + else + pgtk_make_frame_invisible (f); + + was_open = Qt; + } + else + tip_frame = Qnil; + } + else + tip_frame = Qnil; + + return unbind_to (count, was_open); + } +} + +DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0, + doc: /* Show STRING in a "tooltip" window on frame FRAME. +A tooltip window is a small X window displaying a string. + +This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'. + +FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. + +PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be used to +change the tooltip's appearance. + +Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil +means use the default timeout of 5 seconds. + +If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter, +display the tooltip at that x-position. If the list of frame parameters +PARMS contains no `left' but a `right' parameter, display the tooltip +right-adjusted at that x-position. Otherwise display it at the +x-position of the mouse, with offset DX added (default is 5 if DX isn't +specified). + +Likewise for the y-position: If a `top' frame parameter is specified, it +determines the position of the upper edge of the tooltip window. If a +`bottom' parameter but no `top' frame parameter is specified, it +determines the position of the lower edge of the tooltip window. +Otherwise display the tooltip window at the y-position of the mouse, +with offset DY added (default is -10). + +A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'. +Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */) + (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, + Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy) +{ + struct frame *f, *tip_f; + struct window *w; + int root_x, root_y; + struct buffer *old_buffer; + struct text_pos pos; + int width, height; + int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + ptrdiff_t count_1; + Lisp_Object window, size, tip_buf; + AUTO_STRING (tip, " *tip*"); + + specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt); + + CHECK_STRING (string); + if (SCHARS (string) == 0) + string = make_unibyte_string (" ", 1); + + if (NILP (frame)) + frame = selected_frame; + f = decode_window_system_frame (frame); + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return unbind_to (count, Qnil); + + if (NILP (timeout)) + timeout = make_fixnum (5); + else + CHECK_FIXNAT (timeout); + + if (NILP (dx)) + dx = make_fixnum (5); + else + CHECK_FIXNUM (dx); + + if (NILP (dy)) + dy = make_fixnum (-10); + else + CHECK_FIXNUM (dy); + + if (x_gtk_use_system_tooltips) + { + bool ok; + + /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */ + Fx_hide_tip (); + + block_input (); + + ok = true; + xg_show_tooltip (f, string); + tip_last_frame = frame; + + unblock_input (); + if (ok) goto start_timer; + } + + if (FRAMEP (tip_frame) && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame))) + { + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame)) + && EQ (frame, tip_last_frame) + && !NILP (Fequal_including_properties (tip_last_string, string)) + && !NILP (Fequal (tip_last_parms, parms))) + { + /* Only DX and DY have changed. */ + tip_f = XFRAME (tip_frame); + if (!NILP (tip_timer)) + { + call1 (Qcancel_timer, tip_timer); + tip_timer = Qnil; + } + + block_input (); + compute_tip_xy (tip_f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (tip_f), + FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (tip_f), &root_x, &root_y); + gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (tip_f)), root_x, root_y); + unblock_input (); + + goto start_timer; + } + else if (tooltip_reuse_hidden_frame && EQ (frame, tip_last_frame)) + { + bool delete = false; + Lisp_Object tail, elt, parm, last; + + /* Check if every parameter in PARMS has the same value in + tip_last_parms. This may destruct tip_last_parms which, + however, will be recreated below. */ + for (tail = parms; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) + { + elt = XCAR (tail); + parm = Fcar (elt); + /* The left, top, right and bottom parameters are handled + by compute_tip_xy so they can be ignored here. */ + if (!EQ (parm, Qleft) && !EQ (parm, Qtop) + && !EQ (parm, Qright) && !EQ (parm, Qbottom)) + { + last = Fassq (parm, tip_last_parms); + if (NILP (Fequal (Fcdr (elt), Fcdr (last)))) + { + /* We lost, delete the old tooltip. */ + delete = true; + break; + } + else + tip_last_parms = + call2 (Qassq_delete_all, parm, tip_last_parms); + } + else + tip_last_parms = + call2 (Qassq_delete_all, parm, tip_last_parms); + } + + /* Now check if every parameter in what is left of + tip_last_parms with a non-nil value has an association in + PARMS. */ + for (tail = tip_last_parms; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) + { + elt = XCAR (tail); + parm = Fcar (elt); + if (!EQ (parm, Qleft) && !EQ (parm, Qtop) && !EQ (parm, Qright) + && !EQ (parm, Qbottom) && !NILP (Fcdr (elt))) + { + /* We lost, delete the old tooltip. */ + delete = true; + break; + } + } + + x_hide_tip (delete); + } + else + x_hide_tip (true); + } + else + x_hide_tip (true); + + tip_last_frame = frame; + tip_last_string = string; + tip_last_parms = parms; + + if (!FRAMEP (tip_frame) || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame))) + { + /* Add default values to frame parameters. */ + if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms))) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms); + if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms))) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_fixnum (3)), parms); + if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms))) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_fixnum (1)), parms); + if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms))) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms); + if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms))) + parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), + parms); + + /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global + variable tip_frame. */ + if (NILP (tip_frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, f))) + /* Creating the tip frame failed. */ + return unbind_to (count, Qnil); + } + + tip_f = XFRAME (tip_frame); + window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (tip_f); + tip_buf = Fget_buffer_create (tip, Qnil); + /* We will mark the tip window a "pseudo-window" below, and such + windows cannot have display margins. */ + bset_left_margin_cols (XBUFFER (tip_buf), make_fixnum (0)); + bset_right_margin_cols (XBUFFER (tip_buf), make_fixnum (0)); + set_window_buffer (window, tip_buf, false, false); + w = XWINDOW (window); + w->pseudo_window_p = true; + + /* Set up the frame's root window. Note: The following code does not + try to size the window or its frame correctly. Its only purpose is + to make the subsequent text size calculations work. The right + sizes should get installed when the toolkit gets back to us. */ + w->left_col = 0; + w->top_line = 0; + w->pixel_left = 0; + w->pixel_top = 0; + + if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size) + && RANGED_FIXNUMP (1, XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size), INT_MAX) + && RANGED_FIXNUMP (1, XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size), INT_MAX)) + { + w->total_cols = XFIXNAT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)); + w->total_lines = XFIXNAT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)); + } + else + { + w->total_cols = 80; + w->total_lines = 40; + } + + w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (tip_f); + w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (tip_f); + FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (tip_f) = w->total_cols; + adjust_frame_glyphs (tip_f); + + /* Insert STRING into root window's buffer and fit the frame to the + buffer. */ + count_1 = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + old_buffer = current_buffer; + set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->contents)); + bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil); + specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt); + specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt); + specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt); + Ferase_buffer (); + Finsert (1, &string); + clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); + clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); + SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE); + try_window (window, pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE); + /* Calculate size of tooltip window. */ + size = Fwindow_text_pixel_size (window, Qnil, Qnil, Qnil, + make_fixnum (w->pixel_height), Qnil); + /* Add the frame's internal border to calculated size. */ + width = XFIXNUM (Fcar (size)) + 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (tip_f); + height = XFIXNUM (Fcdr (size)) + 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (tip_f); + + /* Calculate position of tooltip frame. */ + compute_tip_xy (tip_f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y); + + /* Show tooltip frame. */ + block_input (); + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (tip_f)), width, height); + gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (tip_f)), root_x, root_y); + unblock_input (); + + pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size (tip_f, width, height, false); + + w->must_be_updated_p = true; + update_single_window (w); + flush_frame (tip_f); + set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer); + unbind_to (count_1, Qnil); + windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed; + + start_timer: + /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */ + tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil, + intern ("x-hide-tip")); + + return unbind_to (count, Qnil); +} + + +DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any. +Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */) + (void) +{ + return x_hide_tip (!tooltip_reuse_hidden_frame); +} + +/* Return geometric attributes of FRAME. According to the value of + ATTRIBUTES return the outer edges of FRAME (Qouter_edges), the inner + edges of FRAME, the root window edges of frame (Qroot_edges). Any + other value means to return the geometry as returned by + Fx_frame_geometry. */ +static Lisp_Object +frame_geometry (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object attribute) +{ + struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame); + Lisp_Object fullscreen_symbol = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qfullscreen); + bool fullscreen = (EQ (fullscreen_symbol, Qfullboth) + || EQ (fullscreen_symbol, Qfullscreen)); + int border = fullscreen ? 0 : f->border_width; + int title_height = 0; + int native_width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); + int native_height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + int outer_width = native_width + 2 * border; + int outer_height = native_height + 2 * border + title_height; + + /* Get these here because they can't be got in configure_event(). */ + int left_pos, top_pos; + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_get_position (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + &left_pos, &top_pos); + } + else + { + GtkAllocation alloc; + + if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) == NULL) + return Qnil; /* This can occur while creating a frame. */ + + gtk_widget_get_allocation (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), &alloc); + left_pos = alloc.x; + top_pos = alloc.y; + } + + int native_left = left_pos + border; + int native_top = top_pos + border + title_height; + int native_right = left_pos + outer_width - border; + int native_bottom = top_pos + outer_height - border; + int internal_border_width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); + int tab_bar_height = 0, tab_bar_width = 0; + int tool_bar_height = FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); + int tool_bar_width = (tool_bar_height + ? outer_width - 2 * internal_border_width : 0); + + tab_bar_height = FRAME_TAB_BAR_HEIGHT (f); + tab_bar_width = (tab_bar_height + ? native_width - 2 * internal_border_width : 0); + /* inner_top += tab_bar_height; */ + + /* Construct list. */ + if (EQ (attribute, Qouter_edges)) + return list4 (make_fixnum (left_pos), make_fixnum (top_pos), + make_fixnum (left_pos + outer_width), + make_fixnum (top_pos + outer_height)); + else if (EQ (attribute, Qnative_edges)) + return list4 (make_fixnum (native_left), make_fixnum (native_top), + make_fixnum (native_right), make_fixnum (native_bottom)); + else if (EQ (attribute, Qinner_edges)) + return list4 (make_fixnum (native_left + internal_border_width), + make_fixnum (native_top + + tool_bar_height + + internal_border_width), + make_fixnum (native_right - internal_border_width), + make_fixnum (native_bottom - internal_border_width)); + else + return + list (Fcons (Qouter_position, + Fcons (make_fixnum (left_pos), + make_fixnum (top_pos))), + Fcons (Qouter_size, + Fcons (make_fixnum (outer_width), + make_fixnum (outer_height))), + Fcons (Qexternal_border_size, + (fullscreen + ? Fcons (make_fixnum (0), make_fixnum (0)) + : Fcons (make_fixnum (border), make_fixnum (border)))), + Fcons (Qtitle_bar_size, + Fcons (make_fixnum (0), make_fixnum (title_height))), + Fcons (Qmenu_bar_external, Qnil), + Fcons (Qmenu_bar_size, Fcons (make_fixnum (0), make_fixnum (0))), + Fcons (Qtab_bar_size, + Fcons (make_fixnum (tab_bar_width), + make_fixnum (tab_bar_height))), + Fcons (Qtool_bar_external, + FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) ? Qt : Qnil), + Fcons (Qtool_bar_position, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_POSITION (f)), + Fcons (Qtool_bar_size, + Fcons (make_fixnum (tool_bar_width), + make_fixnum (tool_bar_height))), + Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, + make_fixnum (internal_border_width))); +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-frame-geometry", Fpgtk_frame_geometry, Spgtk_frame_geometry, 0, 1, 0, + doc: /* Return geometric attributes of FRAME. +FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one. The return +value is an association list of the attributes listed below. All height +and width values are in pixels. + +`outer-position' is a cons of the outer left and top edges of FRAME +relative to the origin - the position (0, 0) - of FRAME's display. + +`outer-size' is a cons of the outer width and height of FRAME. The +outer size includes the title bar and the external borders as well as +any menu and/or tool bar of frame. + +`external-border-size' is a cons of the horizontal and vertical width of +FRAME's external borders as supplied by the window manager. + +`title-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the title bar of +FRAME as supplied by the window manager. If both of them are zero, +FRAME has no title bar. If only the width is zero, Emacs was not +able to retrieve the width information. + +`menu-bar-external', if non-nil, means the menu bar is external (never +included in the inner edges of FRAME). + +`menu-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the menu bar of +FRAME. + +`tool-bar-external', if non-nil, means the tool bar is external (never +included in the inner edges of FRAME). + +`tool-bar-position' tells on which side the tool bar on FRAME is and can +be one of `left', `top', `right' or `bottom'. If this is nil, FRAME +has no tool bar. + +`tool-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the tool bar of +FRAME. + +`internal-border-width' is the width of the internal border of +FRAME. */) + (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + return frame_geometry (frame, Qnil); +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-frame-edges", Fpgtk_frame_edges, Spgtk_frame_edges, 0, 2, 0, + doc: /* Return edge coordinates of FRAME. +FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one. The return +value is a list of the form (LEFT, TOP, RIGHT, BOTTOM). All values are +in pixels relative to the origin - the position (0, 0) - of FRAME's +display. + +If optional argument TYPE is the symbol `outer-edges', return the outer +edges of FRAME. The outer edges comprise the decorations of the window +manager (like the title bar or external borders) as well as any external +menu or tool bar of FRAME. If optional argument TYPE is the symbol +`native-edges' or nil, return the native edges of FRAME. The native +edges exclude the decorations of the window manager and any external +menu or tool bar of FRAME. If TYPE is the symbol `inner-edges', return +the inner edges of FRAME. These edges exclude title bar, any borders, +menu bar or tool bar of FRAME. */) + (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type) +{ + return frame_geometry (frame, ((EQ (type, Qouter_edges) + || EQ (type, Qinner_edges)) + ? type : Qnative_edges)); +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position", Fpgtk_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position, Spgtk_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position, 2, 2, 0, + doc: /* Move mouse pointer to absolute pixel position (X, Y). +The coordinates X and Y are interpreted in pixels relative to a position +\(0, 0) of the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object x, Lisp_Object y) +{ + struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); + GtkWidget *widget = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + GdkWindow *window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget); + GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_window_get_display (window); + GdkScreen *gscr = gdk_window_get_screen (window); + GdkSeat *seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (gdpy); + GdkDevice *device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat); + + gdk_device_warp (device, gscr, XFIXNUM (x), XFIXNUM (y)); /* No effect on wayland. */ + + return Qnil; +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-mouse-absolute-pixel-position", Fpgtk_mouse_absolute_pixel_position, Spgtk_mouse_absolute_pixel_position, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Return absolute position of mouse cursor in pixels. +The position is returned as a cons cell (X . Y) of the +coordinates of the mouse cursor position in pixels relative to a +position (0, 0) of the selected frame's terminal. */) + (void) +{ + struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); + GtkWidget *widget = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + GdkWindow *window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget); + GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_window_get_display (window); + GdkScreen *gscr; + GdkSeat *seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (gdpy); + GdkDevice *device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat); + int x = 0, y = 0; + + gdk_device_get_position (device, &gscr, &x, &y); /* can't get on wayland? */ + + return Fcons (make_fixnum (x), make_fixnum (y)); +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-page-setup-dialog", Fpgtk_page_setup_dialog, Spgtk_page_setup_dialog, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Pop up a page setup dialog. +The current page setup can be obtained using `x-get-page-setup'. */) + (void) +{ + block_input (); + xg_page_setup_dialog (); + unblock_input (); + + return Qnil; +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-get-page-setup", Fpgtk_get_page_setup, Spgtk_get_page_setup, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Return the value of the current page setup. +The return value is an alist containing the following keys: + +orientation: page orientation (symbol `portrait', `landscape', +`reverse-portrait', or `reverse-landscape'). +width, height: page width/height in points not including margins. +left-margin, right-margin, top-margin, bottom-margin: print margins, +which is the parts of the page that the printer cannot print +on, in points. + +The paper width can be obtained as the sum of width, left-margin, and +right-margin values if the page orientation is `portrait' or +`reverse-portrait'. Otherwise, it is the sum of width, top-margin, +and bottom-margin values. Likewise, the paper height is the sum of +height, top-margin, and bottom-margin values if the page orientation +is `portrait' or `reverse-portrait'. Otherwise, it is the sum of +height, left-margin, and right-margin values. */) + (void) +{ + Lisp_Object result; + + block_input (); + result = xg_get_page_setup (); + unblock_input (); + + return result; +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-print-frames-dialog", Fpgtk_print_frames_dialog, Spgtk_print_frames_dialog, 0, 1, "", + doc: /* Pop up a print dialog to print the current contents of FRAMES. +FRAMES should be nil (the selected frame), a frame, or a list of +frames (each of which corresponds to one page). Each frame should be +visible. */) + (Lisp_Object frames) +{ + Lisp_Object rest, tmp; + int count; + + if (!CONSP (frames)) + frames = list1 (frames); + + tmp = Qnil; + for (rest = frames; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest)) + { + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (XCAR (rest)); + Lisp_Object frame; + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + error ("Frames to be printed must be visible."); + tmp = Fcons (frame, tmp); + } + frames = Fnreverse (tmp); + + /* Make sure the current matrices are up-to-date. */ + count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); + redisplay_preserve_echo_area (32); + unbind_to (count, Qnil); + + block_input (); + xg_print_frames_dialog (frames); + unblock_input (); + + return Qnil; +} + +static void +clean_up_dialog (void) +{ + pgtk_menu_set_in_use (false); +} + +DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0, + doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR. +Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file +selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file +or directory must exist. + +This function is defined only on PGTK, NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the +Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored. +Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can select only directories. +On MS Windows 7 and later, the file selection dialog "remembers" the last +directory where the user selected a file, and will open that directory +instead of DIR on subsequent invocations of this function with the same +value of DIR as in previous invocations; this is standard MS Windows behavior. */) + (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, + Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p) +{ + struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); + char *fn; + Lisp_Object file = Qnil; + Lisp_Object decoded_file; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + char *cdef_file; + + check_window_system (f); + + if (popup_activated ()) + error ("Trying to use a menu from within a menu-entry"); + else + pgtk_menu_set_in_use (true); + + CHECK_STRING (prompt); + CHECK_STRING (dir); + + /* Prevent redisplay. */ + specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt); + record_unwind_protect_void (clean_up_dialog); + + block_input (); + + if (STRINGP (default_filename)) + cdef_file = SSDATA (default_filename); + else + cdef_file = SSDATA (dir); + + fn = xg_get_file_name (f, SSDATA (prompt), cdef_file, + !NILP (mustmatch), !NILP (only_dir_p)); + + if (fn) + { + file = build_string (fn); + xfree (fn); + } + + unblock_input (); + + /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */ + if (NILP (file)) + quit (); + + decoded_file = DECODE_FILE (file); + + return unbind_to (count, decoded_file); +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-backend-display-class", Fpgtk_backend_display_class, Spgtk_backend_display_class, 0, 1, "", + doc: /* Returns the name of the Gdk backend display class of the TERMINAL. +The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about. +TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string). +If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */) + (Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + GdkDisplay *gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + const gchar *type_name = G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); + return build_string (type_name); +} + +DEFUN ("x-select-font", Fx_select_font, Sx_select_font, 0, 2, 0, + doc: /* Read a font using a GTK dialog and return a font spec. + +FRAME is the frame on which to pop up the font chooser. If omitted or +nil, it defaults to the selected frame. */) + (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object ignored) +{ + struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame); + Lisp_Object font; + Lisp_Object font_param; + char *default_name = NULL; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + if (popup_activated ()) + error ("Trying to use a menu from within a menu-entry"); + else + pgtk_menu_set_in_use (true); + + /* Prevent redisplay. */ + specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt); + record_unwind_protect_void (clean_up_dialog); + + block_input (); + + XSETFONT (font, FRAME_FONT (f)); + font_param = Ffont_get (font, QCname); + if (STRINGP (font_param)) + default_name = xlispstrdup (font_param); + else + { + font_param = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qfont_parameter); + if (STRINGP (font_param)) + default_name = xlispstrdup (font_param); + } + + font = xg_get_font (f, default_name); + xfree (default_name); + + unblock_input (); + + if (NILP (font)) + quit (); + + return unbind_to (count, font); +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Lisp interface declaration + + ========================================================================== */ + +void +syms_of_pgtkfns (void) +{ + DEFSYM (Qfont_parameter, "font-parameter"); + DEFSYM (Qfontsize, "fontsize"); + DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer"); + DEFSYM (Qframe_title_format, "frame-title-format"); + DEFSYM (Qicon_title_format, "icon-title-format"); + DEFSYM (Qdark, "dark"); + DEFSYM (Qhide, "hide"); + DEFSYM (Qresize_mode, "resize-mode"); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel, + doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */); + Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("pgtk-icon-type-alist", Vpgtk_icon_type_alist, + doc: /* Alist of elements (REGEXP . IMAGE) for images of icons associated to frames. +If the title of a frame matches REGEXP, then IMAGE.tiff is +selected as the image of the icon representing the frame when it's +miniaturized. If an element is t, then Emacs tries to select an icon +based on the filetype of the visited file. + +The images have to be installed in a folder called English.lproj in the +Emacs folder. You have to restart Emacs after installing new icons. + +Example: Install an icon Gnus.tiff and execute the following code + +(setq pgtk-icon-type-alist +(append pgtk-icon-type-alist +\\='((\"^\\\\*\\\\(Group\\\\*$\\\\|Summary \\\\|Article\\\\*$\\\\)\" +. \"Gnus\")))) + +When you miniaturize a Group, Summary or Article frame, Gnus.tiff will +be used as the image of the icon representing the frame. */); + Vpgtk_icon_type_alist = list1 (Qt); + + + /* Provide x-toolkit also for GTK. Internally GTK does not use Xt so it + is not an X toolkit in that sense (USE_X_TOOLKIT is not defined). + But for a user it is a toolkit for X, and indeed, configure + accepts --with-x-toolkit=gtk. */ + Fprovide (intern_c_string ("x-toolkit"), Qnil); + Fprovide (intern_c_string ("gtk"), Qnil); + Fprovide (intern_c_string ("move-toolbar"), Qnil); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("gtk-version-string", Vgtk_version_string, + doc: /* Version info for GTK+. */); + { + char *ver = g_strdup_printf ("%d.%d.%d", + GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, + GTK_MICRO_VERSION); + int len = strlen (ver); + Vgtk_version_string = make_pure_string (ver, len, len, false); + g_free (ver); + } + + + Fprovide (intern_c_string ("cairo"), Qnil); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("cairo-version-string", Vcairo_version_string, + doc: /* Version info for cairo. */); + { + char *ver = g_strdup_printf ("%d.%d.%d", + CAIRO_VERSION_MAJOR, CAIRO_VERSION_MINOR, + CAIRO_VERSION_MICRO); + int len = strlen (ver); + Vcairo_version_string = make_pure_string (ver, len, len, false); + g_free (ver); + } + + + defsubr (&Spgtk_set_resource); + defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p); /* this and next called directly by C code */ + defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p); + defsubr (&Spgtk_font_name); + defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p); + defsubr (&Sxw_color_values); + defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size); + defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor); + defsubr (&Sx_server_version); + defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width); + defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height); + defsubr (&Spgtk_display_monitor_attributes_list); + defsubr (&Spgtk_frame_geometry); + defsubr (&Spgtk_frame_edges); + defsubr (&Spgtk_frame_restack); + defsubr (&Spgtk_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position); + defsubr (&Spgtk_mouse_absolute_pixel_position); + defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width); + defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height); + defsubr (&Sx_display_screens); + defsubr (&Sx_display_planes); + defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells); + defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class); + defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store); + defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under); + defsubr (&Sx_create_frame); + defsubr (&Sx_open_connection); + defsubr (&Sx_close_connection); + defsubr (&Sx_display_list); + + defsubr (&Spgtk_hide_others); + defsubr (&Spgtk_hide_emacs); + + defsubr (&Sx_show_tip); + defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip); + + defsubr (&Sx_export_frames); + defsubr (&Spgtk_page_setup_dialog); + defsubr (&Spgtk_get_page_setup); + defsubr (&Spgtk_print_frames_dialog); + defsubr (&Spgtk_backend_display_class); + + defsubr (&Spgtk_set_monitor_scale_factor); + + defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog); + defsubr (&Sx_select_font); + + as_status = 0; + as_script = Qnil; + as_result = 0; + + monitor_scale_factor_alist = Qnil; + staticpro (&monitor_scale_factor_alist); + + tip_timer = Qnil; + staticpro (&tip_timer); + tip_frame = Qnil; + staticpro (&tip_frame); + tip_last_frame = Qnil; + staticpro (&tip_last_frame); + tip_last_string = Qnil; + staticpro (&tip_last_string); + tip_last_parms = Qnil; + staticpro (&tip_last_parms); + + /* This is not ifdef:ed, so other builds than GTK can customize it. */ + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog", x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog, + doc: /* Non-nil means prompt with the old GTK file selection dialog. +If nil or if the file selection dialog is not available, the new GTK file +chooser is used instead. To turn off all file dialogs set the +variable `use-file-dialog'. */); + x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog = false; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-gtk-show-hidden-files", x_gtk_show_hidden_files, + doc: /* If non-nil, the GTK file chooser will by default show hidden files. +Note that this is just the default, there is a toggle button on the file +chooser to show or not show hidden files on a case by case basis. */); + x_gtk_show_hidden_files = false; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-gtk-file-dialog-help-text", x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text, + doc: /* If non-nil, the GTK file chooser will show additional help text. +If more space for files in the file chooser dialog is wanted, set this to nil +to turn the additional text off. */); + x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text = true; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-gtk-use-system-tooltips", x_gtk_use_system_tooltips, + doc: /* If non-nil with a Gtk+ built Emacs, the Gtk+ tooltip is used. +Otherwise use Emacs own tooltip implementation. +When using Gtk+ tooltips, the tooltip face is not used. */); + x_gtk_use_system_tooltips = true; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size, + doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips. +Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */); + Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_fixnum (80), make_fixnum (40)); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-gtk-resize-child-frames", x_gtk_resize_child_frames, + doc: /* If non-nil, resize child frames specially with GTK builds. +If this is nil, resize child frames like any other frames. This is the +default and usually works with most desktops. Some desktop environments +(GNOME shell in particular when using the mutter window manager), +however, may refuse to resize a child frame when Emacs is built with +GTK3. For those environments, the two settings below are provided. + +If this equals the symbol 'hide', Emacs temporarily hides the child +frame during resizing. This approach seems to work reliably, may +however induce some flicker when the frame is made visible again. + +If this equals the symbol 'resize-mode', Emacs uses GTK's resize mode to +always trigger an immediate resize of the child frame. This method is +deprecated by GTK and may not work in future versions of that toolkit. +It also may freeze Emacs when used with other desktop environments. It +avoids, however, the unpleasant flicker induced by the hiding approach. + +This variable is considered a temporary workaround and will be hopefully +eliminated in future versions of Emacs. */); + x_gtk_resize_child_frames = Qnil; + + + DEFSYM (Qmono, "mono"); + DEFSYM (Qassq_delete_all, "assq-delete-all"); + + DEFSYM (Qpdf, "pdf"); + + DEFSYM (Qorientation, "orientation"); + DEFSYM (Qtop_margin, "top-margin"); + DEFSYM (Qbottom_margin, "bottom-margin"); + DEFSYM (Qportrait, "portrait"); + DEFSYM (Qlandscape, "landscape"); + DEFSYM (Qreverse_portrait, "reverse-portrait"); + DEFSYM (Qreverse_landscape, "reverse-landscape"); +} + +#endif diff --git a/src/pgtkgui.h b/src/pgtkgui.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7342dacc5b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkgui.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* Definitions and headers for communication on the pure Gtk+3. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2005, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef __PGTKGUI_H__ +#define __PGTKGUI_H__ + +/* Emulate XCharStruct. */ +typedef struct _XCharStruct +{ + int rbearing; + int lbearing; + int width; + int ascent; + int descent; +} XCharStruct; + +/* Fake structure from Xlib.h to represent two-byte characters. */ +typedef unsigned short unichar; +typedef unichar XChar2b; + +#define STORE_XCHAR2B(chp, b1, b2) \ + (*(chp) = ((XChar2b)((((b1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((b2) & 0x00ff)))) + +#define XCHAR2B_BYTE1(chp) \ + ((*(chp) & 0xff00) >> 8) + +#define XCHAR2B_BYTE2(chp) \ + (*(chp) & 0x00ff) + + +typedef struct _GdkCursor *Emacs_Cursor; + +typedef void *Color; +typedef int Window; +typedef struct _GdkDisplay Display; + +/* Xism */ +typedef void *XrmDatabase; + + +/* some sort of attempt to normalize rectangle handling.. seems a bit much + for what is accomplished */ +typedef struct +{ + int x, y; + unsigned width, height; +} XRectangle; + +/* This stuff needed by frame.c. */ +#define ForgetGravity 0 +#define NorthWestGravity 1 +#define NorthGravity 2 +#define NorthEastGravity 3 +#define WestGravity 4 +#define CenterGravity 5 +#define EastGravity 6 +#define SouthWestGravity 7 +#define SouthGravity 8 +#define SouthEastGravity 9 +#define StaticGravity 10 + +#define NoValue 0x0000 +#define XValue 0x0001 +#define YValue 0x0002 +#define WidthValue 0x0004 +#define HeightValue 0x0008 +#define AllValues 0x000F +#define XNegative 0x0010 +#define YNegative 0x0020 + +#define USPosition (1L << 0) /* user specified x, y */ +#define USSize (1L << 1) /* user specified width, height */ + +#define PPosition (1L << 2) /* program specified position */ +#define PSize (1L << 3) /* program specified size */ +#define PMinSize (1L << 4) /* program specified minimum size */ +#define PMaxSize (1L << 5) /* program specified maximum size */ +#define PResizeInc (1L << 6) /* program specified resize increments */ +#define PAspect (1L << 7) /* program specified min, max aspect ratios */ +#define PBaseSize (1L << 8) /* program specified base for incrementing */ +#define PWinGravity (1L << 9) /* program specified window gravity */ + + +#define NativeRectangle XRectangle + +#define CONVERT_TO_EMACS_RECT(xr, nr) \ + ((xr).x = (nr).x, \ + (xr).y = (nr).y, \ + (xr).width = (nr).width, \ + (xr).height = (nr).height) + +#define CONVERT_FROM_EMACS_RECT(xr, nr) \ + ((nr).x = (xr).x, \ + (nr).y = (xr).y, \ + (nr).width = (xr).width, \ + (nr).height = (xr).height) + +#define STORE_NATIVE_RECT(nr, px, py, pwidth, pheight) \ + ((nr).x = (px), \ + (nr).y = (py), \ + (nr).width = (pwidth), \ + (nr).height = (pheight)) + +#endif /* __PGTKGUI_H__ */ diff --git a/src/pgtkim.c b/src/pgtkim.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba69a27501a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkim.c @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/* Pure Gtk+-3 communication module. -*- coding: utf-8 -*- + +Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-1994, 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This should be the first include, as it may set up #defines affecting + interpretation of even the system includes. */ +#include <config.h> + +#include "pgtkterm.h" + +static void +im_context_commit_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, gchar * str, gpointer user_data) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = user_data; + struct frame *f = dpyinfo->im.focused_frame; + + if (dpyinfo->im.context == NULL) + return; + if (f == NULL) + return; + + pgtk_enqueue_string (f, str); +} + +static gboolean +im_context_retrieve_surrounding_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, gpointer user_data) +{ + gtk_im_context_set_surrounding (imc, "", -1, 0); + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +im_context_delete_surrounding_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, int offset, int n_chars, + gpointer user_data) +{ + return TRUE; +} + +static Lisp_Object +make_color_string (PangoAttrColor * pac) +{ + char buf[256]; + sprintf (buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", + pac->color.red >> 8, pac->color.green >> 8, pac->color.blue >> 8); + return build_string (buf); +} + +static void +im_context_preedit_changed_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, gpointer user_data) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = user_data; + struct frame *f = dpyinfo->im.focused_frame; + char *str; + PangoAttrList *attrs; + int pos; + + if (dpyinfo->im.context == NULL) + return; + if (f == NULL) + return; + + gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string (imc, &str, &attrs, &pos); + + + /* + * ( + * (TEXT (ul . COLOR) (bg . COLOR) (fg . COLOR)) + * ... + * ) + */ + Lisp_Object list = Qnil; + + PangoAttrIterator *iter; + iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator (attrs); + do + { + int st, ed; + int has_underline = 0; + Lisp_Object part = Qnil; + + pango_attr_iterator_range (iter, &st, &ed); + + if (ed > strlen (str)) + ed = strlen (str); + if (st >= ed) + continue; + + Lisp_Object text = make_string (str + st, ed - st); + part = Fcons (text, part); + + PangoAttrInt *ul = + (PangoAttrInt *) pango_attr_iterator_get (iter, PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE); + if (ul != NULL) + { + if (ul->value != PANGO_UNDERLINE_NONE) + has_underline = 1; + } + + PangoAttrColor *pac; + if (has_underline) + { + pac = + (PangoAttrColor *) pango_attr_iterator_get (iter, + PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE_COLOR); + if (pac != NULL) + part = Fcons (Fcons (Qul, make_color_string (pac)), part); + else + part = Fcons (Fcons (Qul, Qt), part); + } + + pac = + (PangoAttrColor *) pango_attr_iterator_get (iter, + PANGO_ATTR_FOREGROUND); + if (pac != NULL) + part = Fcons (Fcons (Qfg, make_color_string (pac)), part); + + pac = + (PangoAttrColor *) pango_attr_iterator_get (iter, + PANGO_ATTR_BACKGROUND); + if (pac != NULL) + part = Fcons (Fcons (Qbg, make_color_string (pac)), part); + + part = Fnreverse (part); + list = Fcons (part, list); + } + while (pango_attr_iterator_next (iter)); + + list = Fnreverse (list); + pgtk_enqueue_preedit (f, list); + + g_free (str); + pango_attr_list_unref (attrs); +} + +static void +im_context_preedit_end_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, gpointer user_data) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = user_data; + struct frame *f = dpyinfo->im.focused_frame; + + if (dpyinfo->im.context == NULL) + return; + if (f == NULL) + return; + + pgtk_enqueue_preedit (f, Qnil); +} + +static void +im_context_preedit_start_cb (GtkIMContext * imc, gpointer user_data) +{ +} + +void +pgtk_im_focus_in (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL) + { + gtk_im_context_reset (dpyinfo->im.context); + gtk_im_context_set_client_window (dpyinfo->im.context, + gtk_widget_get_window + (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f))); + gtk_im_context_focus_in (dpyinfo->im.context); + } + dpyinfo->im.focused_frame = f; +} + +void +pgtk_im_focus_out (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + if (dpyinfo->im.focused_frame == f) + { + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL) + { + gtk_im_context_reset (dpyinfo->im.context); + gtk_im_context_focus_out (dpyinfo->im.context); + gtk_im_context_set_client_window (dpyinfo->im.context, NULL); + } + dpyinfo->im.focused_frame = NULL; + } +} + +bool +pgtk_im_filter_keypress (struct frame *f, GdkEventKey * ev) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL) + { + if (gtk_im_context_filter_keypress (dpyinfo->im.context, ev)) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void +pgtk_im_set_cursor_location (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int width, + int height) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL && dpyinfo->im.focused_frame == f) + { + GdkRectangle area = { x, y, width, height }; + gtk_im_context_set_cursor_location (dpyinfo->im.context, &area); + } +} + +static void +pgtk_im_use_context (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, bool use_p) +{ + if (!use_p) + { + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL) + { + gtk_im_context_reset (dpyinfo->im.context); + gtk_im_context_focus_out (dpyinfo->im.context); + gtk_im_context_set_client_window (dpyinfo->im.context, NULL); + + g_object_unref (dpyinfo->im.context); + dpyinfo->im.context = NULL; + } + } + else + { + if (dpyinfo->im.context == NULL) + { + dpyinfo->im.context = gtk_im_multicontext_new (); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "commit", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_commit_cb), dpyinfo); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "retrieve-surrounding", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_retrieve_surrounding_cb), + dpyinfo); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "delete-surrounding", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_delete_surrounding_cb), + dpyinfo); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "preedit-changed", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_preedit_changed_cb), + dpyinfo); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "preedit-end", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_preedit_end_cb), dpyinfo); + g_signal_connect (dpyinfo->im.context, "preedit-start", + G_CALLBACK (im_context_preedit_start_cb), + dpyinfo); + gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit (dpyinfo->im.context, TRUE); + + if (dpyinfo->im.focused_frame) + pgtk_im_focus_in (dpyinfo->im.focused_frame); + } + } +} + +void +pgtk_im_init (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + dpyinfo->im.context = NULL; + + pgtk_im_use_context (dpyinfo, !NILP (Vpgtk_use_im_context_on_new_connection)); +} + +void +pgtk_im_finish (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + if (dpyinfo->im.context != NULL) + g_object_unref (dpyinfo->im.context); + dpyinfo->im.context = NULL; +} + +DEFUN ("pgtk-use-im-context", Fpgtk_use_im_context, Spgtk_use_im_context, 1, 2, 0, + doc: /* Set whether to use GtkIMContext. */) + (Lisp_Object use_p, Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = check_pgtk_display_info (terminal); + + pgtk_im_use_context (dpyinfo, !NILP (use_p)); + + return Qnil; +} + +void +syms_of_pgtkim (void) +{ + defsubr (&Spgtk_use_im_context); + + DEFSYM (Qpgtk_refresh_preedit, "pgtk-refresh-preedit"); + DEFSYM (Qul, "ul"); + DEFSYM (Qfg, "fg"); + DEFSYM (Qbg, "bg"); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("pgtk-use-im-context-on-new-connection", Vpgtk_use_im_context_on_new_connection, + doc: /* Whether to use GtkIMContext on a new connection. +If you want to change it after connection, use the `pgtk-use-im-context' +function. */ ); + Vpgtk_use_im_context_on_new_connection = Qt; +} diff --git a/src/pgtkmenu.c b/src/pgtkmenu.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd2c53a1b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkmenu.c @@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@ +/* Pure GTK3 menu and toolbar module. + Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* + */ + + +/* This should be the first include, as it may set up #defines affecting + interpretation of even the system includes. */ +#include <config.h> + +#include "lisp.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "window.h" +#include "character.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "keymap.h" +#include "coding.h" +#include "commands.h" +#include "blockinput.h" +#include "termhooks.h" +#include "keyboard.h" +#include "menu.h" +#include "pdumper.h" +#include "xgselect.h" + +#include "gtkutil.h" +#include <gtk/gtk.h> + +/* Flag which when set indicates a dialog or menu has been posted by + Xt on behalf of one of the widget sets. */ +static int popup_activated_flag; + +/* Set menu_items_inuse so no other popup menu or dialog is created. */ + +void +pgtk_menu_set_in_use (bool in_use) +{ + Lisp_Object frames, frame; + + menu_items_inuse = in_use; + popup_activated_flag = in_use; + + /* Don't let frames in `above' z-group obscure popups. */ + FOR_EACH_FRAME (frames, frame) + { + struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); + + if (in_use && FRAME_Z_GROUP_ABOVE (f)) + x_set_z_group (f, Qabove_suspended, Qabove); + else if (!in_use && FRAME_Z_GROUP_ABOVE_SUSPENDED (f)) + x_set_z_group (f, Qabove, Qabove_suspended); + } +} + +DEFUN ("x-menu-bar-open-internal", Fx_menu_bar_open_internal, Sx_menu_bar_open_internal, 0, 1, "i", + doc: /* Start key navigation of the menu bar in FRAME. + This initially opens the first menu bar item and you can then navigate with the + arrow keys, select a menu entry with the return key or cancel with the + escape key. If FRAME has no menu bar this function does nothing. + + If FRAME is nil or not given, use the selected frame. */) + (Lisp_Object frame) +{ + GtkWidget *menubar; + struct frame *f; + + block_input (); + f = decode_window_system_frame (frame); + + if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)) + set_frame_menubar (f, true); + + menubar = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_widget; + if (menubar) + { + /* Activate the first menu. */ + GList *children = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); + + if (children) + { + g_signal_emit_by_name (children->data, "activate_item"); + g_list_free (children); + } + } + unblock_input (); + + return Qnil; +} + +/* Loop util popup_activated_flag is set to zero in a callback. + Used for popup menus and dialogs. */ + +static void +popup_widget_loop (bool do_timers, GtkWidget *widget) +{ + ++popup_activated_flag; + + /* Process events in the Gtk event loop until done. */ + while (popup_activated_flag) + gtk_main_iteration (); +} + +void +pgtk_activate_menubar (struct frame *f) +{ + set_frame_menubar (f, true); + + popup_activated_flag = 1; + + /* f->output_data.pgtk->menubar_active = 1; */ +} + +/* This callback is invoked when a dialog or menu is finished being + used and has been unposted. */ + +static void +popup_deactivate_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) +{ + popup_activated_flag = 0; +} + +/* Function that finds the frame for WIDGET and shows the HELP text + for that widget. + F is the frame if known, or NULL if not known. */ +static void +show_help_event (struct frame *f, GtkWidget *widget, Lisp_Object help) +{ + /* Don't show this tooltip. + * Tooltips are always tied to main widget, so stacking order + * on Wayland is: + * (above) + * - menu + * - tooltip + * - main widget + * (below) + * This is applicable to tooltips for menu, and menu tooltips + * are shown below menus. + * As a workaround, I entrust Gtk with menu tooltips, and + * let emacs not to show menu tooltips. + */ + +#if 0 + Lisp_Object frame; + + if (f) + { + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); + } + else + show_help_echo (help, Qnil, Qnil, Qnil); +#endif +} + +/* Callback called when menu items are highlighted/unhighlighted + while moving the mouse over them. WIDGET is the menu bar or menu + popup widget. ID is its LWLIB_ID. CALL_DATA contains a pointer to + the data structure for the menu item, or null in case of + unhighlighting. */ + +static void +menu_highlight_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer call_data) +{ + xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; + Lisp_Object help; + + cb_data = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_ITEM_DATA); + if (!cb_data) + return; + + help = call_data ? cb_data->help : Qnil; + + /* If popup_activated_flag is greater than 1 we are in a popup menu. + Don't pass the frame to show_help_event for those. + Passing frame creates an Emacs event. As we are looping in + popup_widget_loop, it won't be handled. Passing NULL shows the tip + directly without using an Emacs event. This is what the Lucid code + does below. */ + show_help_event (popup_activated_flag <= 1 ? cb_data->cl_data->f : NULL, + widget, help); +} + +/* Gtk calls callbacks just because we tell it what item should be + selected in a radio group. If this variable is set to a non-zero + value, we are creating menus and don't want callbacks right now. +*/ +static bool xg_crazy_callback_abort; + +/* This callback is called from the menu bar pulldown menu + when the user makes a selection. + Figure out what the user chose + and put the appropriate events into the keyboard buffer. */ +static void +menubar_selection_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) +{ + xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = client_data; + + if (xg_crazy_callback_abort) + return; + + if (!cb_data || !cb_data->cl_data || !cb_data->cl_data->f) + return; + + /* For a group of radio buttons, GTK calls the selection callback first + for the item that was active before the selection and then for the one that + is active after the selection. For C-h k this means we get the help on + the deselected item and then the selected item is executed. Prevent that + by ignoring the non-active item. */ + if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget) + && !gtk_check_menu_item_get_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget))) + return; + + /* When a menu is popped down, X generates a focus event (i.e. focus + goes back to the frame below the menu). Since GTK buffers events, + we force it out here before the menu selection event. Otherwise + sit-for will exit at once if the focus event follows the menu selection + event. */ + + block_input (); + while (gtk_events_pending ()) + gtk_main_iteration (); + unblock_input (); + + find_and_call_menu_selection (cb_data->cl_data->f, + cb_data->cl_data->menu_bar_items_used, + cb_data->cl_data->menu_bar_vector, + cb_data->call_data); +} + +/* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been + changed. */ + +static void +update_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) +{ + xg_update_frame_menubar (f); +} + +/* Set the contents of the menubar widgets of frame F. + The argument FIRST_TIME is currently ignored; + it is set the first time this is called, from initialize_frame_menubar. */ + +void +set_frame_menubar (struct frame *f, bool deep_p) +{ + GtkWidget *menubar_widget; + Lisp_Object items; + widget_value *wv, *first_wv, *prev_wv = 0; + int i; + int *submenu_start, *submenu_end; + bool *submenu_top_level_items; + int *submenu_n_panes; + + + menubar_widget = f->output_data.pgtk->menubar_widget; + + XSETFRAME (Vmenu_updating_frame, f); + + if (!menubar_widget) + deep_p = true; + + if (deep_p) + { + struct buffer *prev = current_buffer; + Lisp_Object buffer; + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + int previous_menu_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; + Lisp_Object *previous_items + = alloca (previous_menu_items_used * sizeof *previous_items); + int subitems; + + /* If we are making a new widget, its contents are empty, + do always reinitialize them. */ + if (!menubar_widget) + previous_menu_items_used = 0; + + buffer = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->contents; + specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt); + /* Don't let the debugger step into this code + because it is not reentrant. */ + specbind (Qdebug_on_next_call, Qnil); + + record_unwind_save_match_data (); + if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag)) + { + specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil); + specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil); + } + + set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer)); + + /* Run the Lucid hook. */ + safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook); + + /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value, + really recompute the menubar from the value. */ + if (!NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag)) + call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar); + safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook); + fset_menu_bar_items (f, menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f))); + + items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f); + + /* Save the frame's previous menu bar contents data. */ + if (previous_menu_items_used) + memcpy (previous_items, xvector_contents (f->menu_bar_vector), + previous_menu_items_used * word_size); + + /* Fill in menu_items with the current menu bar contents. + This can evaluate Lisp code. */ + save_menu_items (); + + menu_items = f->menu_bar_vector; + menu_items_allocated = VECTORP (menu_items) ? ASIZE (menu_items) : 0; + subitems = ASIZE (items) / 4; + submenu_start = alloca ((subitems + 1) * sizeof *submenu_start); + submenu_end = alloca (subitems * sizeof *submenu_end); + submenu_n_panes = alloca (subitems * sizeof *submenu_n_panes); + submenu_top_level_items = alloca (subitems + * sizeof *submenu_top_level_items); + init_menu_items (); + for (i = 0; i < subitems; i++) + { + Lisp_Object key, string, maps; + + key = AREF (items, 4 * i); + string = AREF (items, 4 * i + 1); + maps = AREF (items, 4 * i + 2); + if (NILP (string)) + break; + + submenu_start[i] = menu_items_used; + + menu_items_n_panes = 0; + submenu_top_level_items[i] + = parse_single_submenu (key, string, maps); + submenu_n_panes[i] = menu_items_n_panes; + + submenu_end[i] = menu_items_used; + } + + submenu_start[i] = -1; + finish_menu_items (); + + /* Convert menu_items into widget_value trees + to display the menu. This cannot evaluate Lisp code. */ + + wv = make_widget_value ("menubar", NULL, true, Qnil); + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + first_wv = wv; + + for (i = 0; submenu_start[i] >= 0; i++) + { + menu_items_n_panes = submenu_n_panes[i]; + wv = digest_single_submenu (submenu_start[i], submenu_end[i], + submenu_top_level_items[i]); + if (prev_wv) + prev_wv->next = wv; + else + first_wv->contents = wv; + /* Don't set wv->name here; GC during the loop might relocate it. */ + wv->enabled = true; + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + prev_wv = wv; + } + + set_buffer_internal_1 (prev); + + /* If there has been no change in the Lisp-level contents + of the menu bar, skip redisplaying it. Just exit. */ + + /* Compare the new menu items with the ones computed last time. */ + for (i = 0; i < previous_menu_items_used; i++) + if (menu_items_used == i + || (!EQ (previous_items[i], AREF (menu_items, i)))) + break; + if (i == menu_items_used && i == previous_menu_items_used && i != 0) + { + /* The menu items have not changed. Don't bother updating + the menus in any form, since it would be a no-op. */ + free_menubar_widget_value_tree (first_wv); + discard_menu_items (); + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + return; + } + + /* The menu items are different, so store them in the frame. */ + fset_menu_bar_vector (f, menu_items); + f->menu_bar_items_used = menu_items_used; + + /* This undoes save_menu_items. */ + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + + /* Now GC cannot happen during the lifetime of the widget_value, + so it's safe to store data from a Lisp_String. */ + wv = first_wv->contents; + for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (items); i += 4) + { + Lisp_Object string; + string = AREF (items, i + 1); + if (NILP (string)) + break; + wv->name = SSDATA (string); + update_submenu_strings (wv->contents); + wv = wv->next; + } + + } + else + { + /* Make a widget-value tree containing + just the top level menu bar strings. */ + + wv = make_widget_value ("menubar", NULL, true, Qnil); + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + first_wv = wv; + + items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f); + for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (items); i += 4) + { + Lisp_Object string; + + string = AREF (items, i + 1); + if (NILP (string)) + break; + + wv = make_widget_value (SSDATA (string), NULL, true, Qnil); + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + /* This prevents lwlib from assuming this + menu item is really supposed to be empty. */ + /* The intptr_t cast avoids a warning. + This value just has to be different from small integers. */ + wv->call_data = (void *) (intptr_t) (-1); + + if (prev_wv) + prev_wv->next = wv; + else + first_wv->contents = wv; + prev_wv = wv; + } + + /* Forget what we thought we knew about what is in the + detailed contents of the menu bar menus. + Changing the top level always destroys the contents. */ + f->menu_bar_items_used = 0; + } + + block_input (); + + xg_crazy_callback_abort = true; + if (menubar_widget) + { + /* The fourth arg is DEEP_P, which says to consider the entire + menu trees we supply, rather than just the menu bar item names. */ + xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar_widget, + f, + first_wv, + deep_p, + G_CALLBACK (menubar_selection_callback), + G_CALLBACK (popup_deactivate_callback), + G_CALLBACK (menu_highlight_callback)); + } + else + { + menubar_widget + = xg_create_widget ("menubar", "menubar", f, first_wv, + G_CALLBACK (menubar_selection_callback), + G_CALLBACK (popup_deactivate_callback), + G_CALLBACK (menu_highlight_callback)); + + f->output_data.pgtk->menubar_widget = menubar_widget; + } + + free_menubar_widget_value_tree (first_wv); + update_frame_menubar (f); + + xg_crazy_callback_abort = false; + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Called from Fx_create_frame to create the initial menubar of a frame + before it is mapped, so that the window is mapped with the menubar already + there instead of us tacking it on later and thrashing the window after it + is visible. */ + +void +initialize_frame_menubar (struct frame *f) +{ + /* This function is called before the first chance to redisplay + the frame. It has to be, so the frame will have the right size. */ + fset_menu_bar_items (f, menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f))); + set_frame_menubar (f, true); +} + + +/* x_menu_show actually displays a menu using the panes and items in menu_items + and returns the value selected from it. + There are two versions of x_menu_show, one for Xt and one for Xlib. + Both assume input is blocked by the caller. */ + +/* F is the frame the menu is for. + X and Y are the frame-relative specified position, + relative to the inside upper left corner of the frame F. + Bitfield MENUFLAGS bits are: + MENU_FOR_CLICK is set if this menu was invoked for a mouse click. + MENU_KEYMAPS is set if this menu was specified with keymaps; + in that case, we return a list containing the chosen item's value + and perhaps also the pane's prefix. + TITLE is the specified menu title. + ERROR is a place to store an error message string in case of failure. + (We return nil on failure, but the value doesn't actually matter.) */ + +/* The item selected in the popup menu. */ +static Lisp_Object *volatile menu_item_selection; + +static void +popup_selection_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) +{ + xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = client_data; + + if (xg_crazy_callback_abort) + return; + if (cb_data) + menu_item_selection = cb_data->call_data; +} + +static void +pop_down_menu (void *arg) +{ + popup_activated_flag = 0; + block_input (); + gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (arg)); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Pop up the menu for frame F defined by FIRST_WV at X/Y and loop until the + menu pops down. + menu_item_selection will be set to the selection. */ +static void +create_and_show_popup_menu (struct frame *f, widget_value * first_wv, + int x, int y, bool for_click) +{ + GtkWidget *menu; + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + eassert (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)); + + xg_crazy_callback_abort = true; + menu = xg_create_widget ("popup", first_wv->name, f, first_wv, + G_CALLBACK (popup_selection_callback), + G_CALLBACK (popup_deactivate_callback), + G_CALLBACK (menu_highlight_callback)); + xg_crazy_callback_abort = false; + + /* Display the menu. */ + gtk_widget_show_all (menu); + + if (for_click) + gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (GTK_MENU (menu), + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->last_click_event); + else + { + GdkRectangle rect; + rect.x = x; + rect.y = y; + rect.width = 1; + rect.height = 1; + gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GTK_MENU (menu), + gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), + &rect, + GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST, GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST, + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->last_click_event); + } + + record_unwind_protect_ptr (pop_down_menu, menu); + + if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (menu)) + { + /* Set this to one. popup_widget_loop increases it by one, so it becomes + two. show_help_echo uses this to detect popup menus. */ + popup_activated_flag = 1; + /* Process events that apply to the menu. */ + popup_widget_loop (true, menu); + } + + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + + /* Must reset this manually because the button release event is not passed + to Emacs event loop. */ + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed = 0; +} + +static void +cleanup_widget_value_tree (void *arg) +{ + free_menubar_widget_value_tree (arg); +} + +Lisp_Object +pgtk_menu_show (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int menuflags, + Lisp_Object title, const char **error_name) +{ + int i; + widget_value *wv, *save_wv = 0, *first_wv = 0, *prev_wv = 0; + widget_value **submenu_stack + = alloca (menu_items_used * sizeof *submenu_stack); + Lisp_Object *subprefix_stack + = alloca (menu_items_used * sizeof *subprefix_stack); + int submenu_depth = 0; + + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + eassert (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)); + + *error_name = NULL; + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) { + *error_name = "Can't popup from child frames."; + return Qnil; + } + + if (menu_items_used <= MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH) + { + *error_name = "Empty menu"; + return Qnil; + } + + block_input (); + + /* Create a tree of widget_value objects + representing the panes and their items. */ + wv = make_widget_value ("menu", NULL, true, Qnil); + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + first_wv = wv; + bool first_pane = true; + + /* Loop over all panes and items, filling in the tree. */ + i = 0; + while (i < menu_items_used) + { + if (NILP (AREF (menu_items, i))) + { + submenu_stack[submenu_depth++] = save_wv; + save_wv = prev_wv; + prev_wv = 0; + first_pane = true; + i++; + } + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qlambda)) + { + prev_wv = save_wv; + save_wv = submenu_stack[--submenu_depth]; + first_pane = false; + i++; + } + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qt) && submenu_depth != 0) + i += MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH; + /* Ignore a nil in the item list. + It's meaningful only for dialog boxes. */ + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qquote)) + i += 1; + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qt)) + { + /* Create a new pane. */ + Lisp_Object pane_name, prefix; + const char *pane_string; + + pane_name = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_PANE_NAME); + prefix = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_PANE_PREFIX); + +#ifndef HAVE_MULTILINGUAL_MENU + if (STRINGP (pane_name) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (pane_name)) + { + pane_name = ENCODE_MENU_STRING (pane_name); + ASET (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_PANE_NAME, pane_name); + } +#endif + pane_string = (NILP (pane_name) ? "" : SSDATA (pane_name)); + /* If there is just one top-level pane, put all its items directly + under the top-level menu. */ + if (menu_items_n_panes == 1) + pane_string = ""; + + /* If the pane has a meaningful name, + make the pane a top-level menu item + with its items as a submenu beneath it. */ + if (!(menuflags & MENU_KEYMAPS) && strcmp (pane_string, "")) + { + wv = make_widget_value (pane_string, NULL, true, Qnil); + if (save_wv) + save_wv->next = wv; + else + first_wv->contents = wv; + if ((menuflags & MENU_KEYMAPS) && !NILP (prefix)) + wv->name++; + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + save_wv = wv; + prev_wv = 0; + } + else if (first_pane) + { + save_wv = wv; + prev_wv = 0; + } + first_pane = false; + i += MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH; + } + else + { + /* Create a new item within current pane. */ + Lisp_Object item_name, enable, descrip, def, type, selected, help; + item_name = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_NAME); + enable = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_ENABLE); + descrip = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_EQUIV_KEY); + def = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_DEFINITION); + type = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_TYPE); + selected = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_SELECTED); + help = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_HELP); + +#ifndef HAVE_MULTILINGUAL_MENU + if (STRINGP (item_name) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (item_name)) + { + item_name = ENCODE_MENU_STRING (item_name); + ASET (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_NAME, item_name); + } + + if (STRINGP (descrip) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (descrip)) + { + descrip = ENCODE_MENU_STRING (descrip); + ASET (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_EQUIV_KEY, descrip); + } +#endif /* not HAVE_MULTILINGUAL_MENU */ + + wv = make_widget_value (SSDATA (item_name), NULL, !NILP (enable), + STRINGP (help) ? help : Qnil); + if (prev_wv) + prev_wv->next = wv; + else + save_wv->contents = wv; + if (!NILP (descrip)) + wv->key = SSDATA (descrip); + /* If this item has a null value, + make the call_data null so that it won't display a box + when the mouse is on it. */ + wv->call_data = !NILP (def) ? aref_addr (menu_items, i) : 0; + + if (NILP (type)) + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + else if (EQ (type, QCtoggle)) + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE; + else if (EQ (type, QCradio)) + wv->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO; + else + emacs_abort (); + + wv->selected = !NILP (selected); + + prev_wv = wv; + + i += MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_LENGTH; + } + } + + /* Deal with the title, if it is non-nil. */ + if (!NILP (title)) + { + widget_value *wv_title; + widget_value *wv_sep1 = make_widget_value ("--", NULL, false, Qnil); + widget_value *wv_sep2 = make_widget_value ("--", NULL, false, Qnil); + + wv_sep2->next = first_wv->contents; + wv_sep1->next = wv_sep2; + +#ifndef HAVE_MULTILINGUAL_MENU + if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (title)) + title = ENCODE_MENU_STRING (title); +#endif + + wv_title = make_widget_value (SSDATA (title), NULL, true, Qnil); + wv_title->button_type = BUTTON_TYPE_NONE; + wv_title->next = wv_sep1; + first_wv->contents = wv_title; + } + + /* No selection has been chosen yet. */ + menu_item_selection = 0; + + /* Make sure to free the widget_value objects we used to specify the + contents even with longjmp. */ + record_unwind_protect_ptr (cleanup_widget_value_tree, first_wv); + + /* Actually create and show the menu until popped down. */ + create_and_show_popup_menu (f, first_wv, x, y, menuflags & MENU_FOR_CLICK); + + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + + /* Find the selected item, and its pane, to return + the proper value. */ + if (menu_item_selection != 0) + { + Lisp_Object prefix, entry; + + prefix = entry = Qnil; + i = 0; + while (i < menu_items_used) + { + if (NILP (AREF (menu_items, i))) + { + subprefix_stack[submenu_depth++] = prefix; + prefix = entry; + i++; + } + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qlambda)) + { + prefix = subprefix_stack[--submenu_depth]; + i++; + } + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qt)) + { + prefix = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_PANE_PREFIX); + i += MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH; + } + /* Ignore a nil in the item list. + It's meaningful only for dialog boxes. */ + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qquote)) + i += 1; + else + { + entry = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_VALUE); + if (menu_item_selection == aref_addr (menu_items, i)) + { + if (menuflags & MENU_KEYMAPS) + { + int j; + + entry = list1 (entry); + if (!NILP (prefix)) + entry = Fcons (prefix, entry); + for (j = submenu_depth - 1; j >= 0; j--) + if (!NILP (subprefix_stack[j])) + entry = Fcons (subprefix_stack[j], entry); + } + unblock_input (); + return entry; + } + i += MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_LENGTH; + } + } + } + else if (!(menuflags & MENU_FOR_CLICK)) + { + unblock_input (); + /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */ + quit (); + } + + unblock_input (); + return Qnil; +} + +static void +dialog_selection_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) +{ + /* Treat the pointer as an integer. There's no problem + as long as pointers have enough bits to hold small integers. */ + if ((intptr_t) client_data != -1) + menu_item_selection = client_data; + + popup_activated_flag = 0; +} + +/* Pop up the dialog for frame F defined by FIRST_WV and loop until the + dialog pops down. + menu_item_selection will be set to the selection. */ +static void +create_and_show_dialog (struct frame *f, widget_value *first_wv) +{ + GtkWidget *menu; + + eassert (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)); + + menu = xg_create_widget ("dialog", first_wv->name, f, first_wv, + G_CALLBACK (dialog_selection_callback), + G_CALLBACK (popup_deactivate_callback), 0); + + if (menu) + { + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + record_unwind_protect_ptr (pop_down_menu, menu); + + /* Display the menu. */ + gtk_widget_show_all (menu); + + /* Process events that apply to the menu. */ + popup_widget_loop (true, menu); + + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + } +} + +static const char *button_names[] = { + "button1", "button2", "button3", "button4", "button5", + "button6", "button7", "button8", "button9", "button10" +}; + +Lisp_Object +pgtk_dialog_show (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object title, + Lisp_Object header, const char **error_name) +{ + int i, nb_buttons = 0; + char dialog_name[6]; + + widget_value *wv, *first_wv = 0, *prev_wv = 0; + + /* Number of elements seen so far, before boundary. */ + int left_count = 0; + /* Whether we've seen the boundary between left-hand elts and right-hand. */ + bool boundary_seen = false; + + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + eassert (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)); + + *error_name = NULL; + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) { + *error_name = "Can't popup from child frames."; + return Qnil; + } + + if (menu_items_n_panes > 1) + { + *error_name = "Multiple panes in dialog box"; + return Qnil; + } + + /* Create a tree of widget_value objects + representing the text label and buttons. */ + { + Lisp_Object pane_name; + const char *pane_string; + pane_name = AREF (menu_items, MENU_ITEMS_PANE_NAME); + pane_string = (NILP (pane_name) ? "" : SSDATA (pane_name)); + prev_wv = make_widget_value ("message", (char *) pane_string, true, Qnil); + first_wv = prev_wv; + + /* Loop over all panes and items, filling in the tree. */ + i = MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH; + while (i < menu_items_used) + { + + /* Create a new item within current pane. */ + Lisp_Object item_name, enable, descrip; + item_name = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_NAME); + enable = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_ENABLE); + descrip = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_EQUIV_KEY); + + if (NILP (item_name)) + { + free_menubar_widget_value_tree (first_wv); + *error_name = "Submenu in dialog items"; + return Qnil; + } + if (EQ (item_name, Qquote)) + { + /* This is the boundary between left-side elts + and right-side elts. Stop incrementing right_count. */ + boundary_seen = true; + i++; + continue; + } + if (nb_buttons >= 9) + { + free_menubar_widget_value_tree (first_wv); + *error_name = "Too many dialog items"; + return Qnil; + } + + wv = make_widget_value (button_names[nb_buttons], + SSDATA (item_name), !NILP (enable), Qnil); + prev_wv->next = wv; + if (!NILP (descrip)) + wv->key = SSDATA (descrip); + wv->call_data = aref_addr (menu_items, i); + prev_wv = wv; + + if (!boundary_seen) + left_count++; + + nb_buttons++; + i += MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_LENGTH; + } + + /* If the boundary was not specified, + by default put half on the left and half on the right. */ + if (!boundary_seen) + left_count = nb_buttons - nb_buttons / 2; + + wv = make_widget_value (dialog_name, NULL, false, Qnil); + + /* Frame title: 'Q' = Question, 'I' = Information. + Can also have 'E' = Error if, one day, we want + a popup for errors. */ + if (NILP (header)) + dialog_name[0] = 'Q'; + else + dialog_name[0] = 'I'; + + /* Dialog boxes use a really stupid name encoding + which specifies how many buttons to use + and how many buttons are on the right. */ + dialog_name[1] = '0' + nb_buttons; + dialog_name[2] = 'B'; + dialog_name[3] = 'R'; + /* Number of buttons to put on the right. */ + dialog_name[4] = '0' + nb_buttons - left_count; + dialog_name[5] = 0; + wv->contents = first_wv; + first_wv = wv; + } + + /* No selection has been chosen yet. */ + menu_item_selection = 0; + + /* Make sure to free the widget_value objects we used to specify the + contents even with longjmp. */ + record_unwind_protect_ptr (cleanup_widget_value_tree, first_wv); + + /* Actually create and show the dialog. */ + create_and_show_dialog (f, first_wv); + + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + + /* Find the selected item, and its pane, to return + the proper value. */ + if (menu_item_selection != 0) + { + i = 0; + while (i < menu_items_used) + { + Lisp_Object entry; + + if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qt)) + i += MENU_ITEMS_PANE_LENGTH; + else if (EQ (AREF (menu_items, i), Qquote)) + { + /* This is the boundary between left-side elts and + right-side elts. */ + ++i; + } + else + { + entry = AREF (menu_items, i + MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_VALUE); + if (menu_item_selection == aref_addr (menu_items, i)) + return entry; + i += MENU_ITEMS_ITEM_LENGTH; + } + } + } + else + /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */ + quit (); + + return Qnil; +} + +Lisp_Object +pgtk_popup_dialog (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object header, Lisp_Object contents) +{ + Lisp_Object title; + const char *error_name; + Lisp_Object selection; + ptrdiff_t specpdl_count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + check_window_system (f); + + /* Decode the dialog items from what was specified. */ + title = Fcar (contents); + CHECK_STRING (title); + record_unwind_protect_void (unuse_menu_items); + + if (NILP (Fcar (Fcdr (contents)))) + /* No buttons specified, add an "Ok" button so users can pop down + the dialog. Also, the lesstif/motif version crashes if there are + no buttons. */ + contents = list2 (title, Fcons (build_string ("Ok"), Qt)); + + list_of_panes (list1 (contents)); + + /* Display them in a dialog box. */ + block_input (); + selection = pgtk_dialog_show (f, title, header, &error_name); + unblock_input (); + + unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil); + discard_menu_items (); + + if (error_name) + error ("%s", error_name); + return selection; +} + +/* Detect if a dialog or menu has been posted. MSDOS has its own + implementation on msdos.c. */ + +int +popup_activated (void) +{ + return popup_activated_flag; +} + +/* The following is used by delayed window autoselection. */ + +DEFUN ("menu-or-popup-active-p", Fmenu_or_popup_active_p, Smenu_or_popup_active_p, 0, 0, 0, + doc: /* Return t if a menu or popup dialog is active. +\(On MS Windows, this refers to the selected frame.) */) + (void) +{ + return (popup_activated ())? Qt : Qnil; +} + +static void syms_of_pgtkmenu_for_pdumper (void); + +void +syms_of_pgtkmenu (void) +{ + DEFSYM (Qdebug_on_next_call, "debug-on-next-call"); + defsubr (&Smenu_or_popup_active_p); + + DEFSYM (Qframe_monitor_workarea, "frame-monitor-workarea"); + + defsubr (&Sx_menu_bar_open_internal); + Ffset (intern_c_string ("accelerate-menu"), + intern_c_string (Sx_menu_bar_open_internal.s.symbol_name)); + + pdumper_do_now_and_after_load (syms_of_pgtkmenu_for_pdumper); +} + +static void +syms_of_pgtkmenu_for_pdumper (void) +{ +} diff --git a/src/pgtkselect.c b/src/pgtkselect.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77a563dc3f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkselect.c @@ -0,0 +1,632 @@ +/* Gtk selection processing for emacs. + Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* +Originally by Carl Edman +Updated by Christian Limpach (chris@nice.ch) +OpenStep/Rhapsody port by Scott Bender (sbender@harmony-ds.com) +macOS/Aqua port by Christophe de Dinechin (descubes@earthlink.net) +GNUstep port and post-20 update by Adrian Robert (arobert@cogsci.ucsd.edu) +*/ + +/* This should be the first include, as it may set up #defines affecting + interpretation of even the system includes. */ +#include <config.h> + +#include "lisp.h" +#include "pgtkterm.h" +#include "termhooks.h" +#include "keyboard.h" +#include "pgtkselect.h" +#include <gdk/gdk.h> + +#if 0 +static Lisp_Object Vselection_alist; +#endif + +static GQuark quark_primary_data = 0; +static GQuark quark_primary_size = 0; +static GQuark quark_secondary_data = 0; +static GQuark quark_secondary_size = 0; +static GQuark quark_clipboard_data = 0; +static GQuark quark_clipboard_size = 0; + +/* ========================================================================== + + Internal utility functions + + ========================================================================== */ + +/* From a Lisp_Object, return a suitable frame for selection + operations. OBJECT may be a frame, a terminal object, or nil + (which stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not an pgtk + frame, the first pgtk display on the list). If no suitable frame can + be found, return NULL. */ + +static struct frame * +frame_for_pgtk_selection (Lisp_Object object) +{ + Lisp_Object tail, frame; + struct frame *f; + + if (NILP (object)) + { + f = XFRAME (selected_frame); + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + return f; + + FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) + { + f = XFRAME (frame); + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + return f; + } + } + else if (TERMINALP (object)) + { + struct terminal *t = decode_live_terminal (object); + + if (t->type == output_pgtk) + FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) + { + f = XFRAME (frame); + if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f) && f->terminal == t) + return f; + } + } + else if (FRAMEP (object)) + { + f = XFRAME (object); + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) + return f; + } + + return NULL; +} + +static GtkClipboard * +symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (GtkWidget * widget, Lisp_Object symbol) +{ + GdkAtom atom; + + CHECK_SYMBOL (symbol); + if (NILP (symbol)) + { + atom = GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY; + } + else if (EQ (symbol, QCLIPBOARD)) + { + atom = GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD; + } + else if (EQ (symbol, QPRIMARY)) + { + atom = GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY; + } + else if (EQ (symbol, QSECONDARY)) + { + atom = GDK_SELECTION_SECONDARY; + } + else if (EQ (symbol, Qt)) + { + atom = GDK_SELECTION_SECONDARY; + } + else + { + atom = 0; + error ("Bad selection"); + } + + return gtk_widget_get_clipboard (widget, atom); +} + +static void +selection_type_to_quarks (GdkAtom type, GQuark * quark_data, + GQuark * quark_size) +{ + if (type == GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY) + { + *quark_data = quark_primary_data; + *quark_size = quark_primary_size; + } + else if (type == GDK_SELECTION_SECONDARY) + { + *quark_data = quark_secondary_data; + *quark_size = quark_secondary_size; + } + else if (type == GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD) + { + *quark_data = quark_clipboard_data; + *quark_size = quark_clipboard_size; + } + else + { + /* fixme: Is it safe to use 'error' here? */ + error ("Unknown selection type."); + } +} + +static void +get_func (GtkClipboard * cb, GtkSelectionData * data, guint info, + gpointer user_data_or_owner) +{ + GObject *obj = G_OBJECT (user_data_or_owner); + const char *str; + int size; + GQuark quark_data, quark_size; + + selection_type_to_quarks (gtk_clipboard_get_selection (cb), &quark_data, + &quark_size); + + str = g_object_get_qdata (obj, quark_data); + size = GPOINTER_TO_SIZE (g_object_get_qdata (obj, quark_size)); + gtk_selection_data_set_text (data, str, size); +} + +static void +clear_func (GtkClipboard * cb, gpointer user_data_or_owner) +{ + GObject *obj = G_OBJECT (user_data_or_owner); + GQuark quark_data, quark_size; + + selection_type_to_quarks (gtk_clipboard_get_selection (cb), &quark_data, + &quark_size); + + g_object_set_qdata (obj, quark_data, NULL); + g_object_set_qdata (obj, quark_size, 0); +} + + +/* ========================================================================== + + Functions used externally + + ========================================================================== */ + +void +pgtk_selection_init (void) +{ + if (quark_primary_data == 0) + { + quark_primary_data = g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-primary-data"); + quark_primary_size = g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-primary-size"); + quark_secondary_data = + g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-secondary-data"); + quark_secondary_size = + g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-secondary-size"); + quark_clipboard_data = + g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-clipboard-data"); + quark_clipboard_size = + g_quark_from_static_string ("pgtk-clipboard-size"); + } +} + +void +pgtk_selection_lost (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventSelection * event, + gpointer user_data) +{ + GQuark quark_data, quark_size; + + selection_type_to_quarks (event->selection, &quark_data, &quark_size); + + g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_data, NULL); + g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size, 0); +} + +static bool +pgtk_selection_usable (void) +{ + if (pgtk_enable_selection_on_multi_display) + return true; + + /* + * https://github.com/GNOME/gtk/blob/gtk-3-24/gdk/wayland/gdkselection-wayland.c#L1033 + * + * Gdk uses gdk_display_get_default() when handling selections, so + * selections don't work properly on multi-display environment. + * + * ---------------- + * #include <gtk/gtk.h> + * + * static GtkWidget *top1, *top2; + * + * int main (int argc, char **argv) + * { + * GtkWidget *w; + * GtkTextBuffer *buf; + * + * gtk_init (&argc, &argv); + * + * static char *text = "\ + * It is fine today.\n\ + * It will be fine tomorrow too.\n\ + * It is too hot."; + * + * top1 = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + * gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (top1), "default"); + * gtk_widget_show (top1); + * w = gtk_text_view_new (); + * gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (top1), w); + * gtk_widget_show (w); + * buf = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (w)); + * gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buf, text, strlen (text)); + * gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboard (buf, gtk_widget_get_clipboard (w, GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY)); + * + * unsetenv ("GDK_BACKEND"); + * GdkDisplay *gdpy; + * const char *dpyname2; + * if (strcmp (G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (gtk_widget_get_window (top1)), "GdkWaylandWindow") == 0) + * dpyname2 = ":0"; + * else + * dpyname2 = "wayland-0"; + * gdpy = gdk_display_open (dpyname2); + * top2 = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + * gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (top2), dpyname2); + * gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (top2), gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy)); + * gtk_widget_show (top2); + * w = gtk_text_view_new (); + * gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (top2), w); + * gtk_widget_show (w); + * buf = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (w)); + * gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buf, text, strlen (text)); + * gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboard (buf, gtk_widget_get_clipboard (w, GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY)); + * + * gtk_main (); + * + * return 0; + * } + * ---------------- + * + * This code fails if + * GDK_BACKEND=x11 ./test + * and select on both of windows. + * + * ---------------- + * (test:15345): GLib-GObject-CRITICAL **: 01:56:38.041: g_object_ref: assertion 'G_IS_OBJECT (object)' failed + * + * (test:15345): GLib-GObject-CRITICAL **: 01:56:38.042: g_object_ref: assertion 'G_IS_OBJECT (object)' failed + * + * (test:15345): GLib-GObject-CRITICAL **: 01:56:39.113: g_object_ref: assertion 'G_IS_OBJECT (object)' failed + * + * (test:15345): GLib-GObject-CRITICAL **: 01:56:39.113: g_object_ref: assertion 'G_IS_OBJECT (object)' failed + * ---------------- + * (gtk-3.24.10) + * + * This function checks whether selections work by the number of displays. + * If you use more than 2 displays, then selection is disabled. + */ + + GdkDisplayManager *dpyman = gdk_display_manager_get (); + GSList *list = gdk_display_manager_list_displays (dpyman); + int len = g_slist_length (list); + g_slist_free (list); + return len < 2; +} + +/* ========================================================================== + + Lisp Defuns + + ========================================================================== */ + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-own-selection-internal", Fpgtk_own_selection_internal, Spgtk_own_selection_internal, 2, 3, 0, + doc: /* Assert an X selection of type SELECTION and value VALUE. +SELECTION is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. +\(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) +VALUE is typically a string, or a cons of two markers, but may be +anything that the functions on `selection-converter-alist' know about. + +FRAME should be a frame that should own the selection. If omitted or +nil, it defaults to the selected frame. */) + (Lisp_Object selection, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame) +{ + Lisp_Object successful_p = Qnil; + Lisp_Object target_symbol, rest; + GtkClipboard *cb; + struct frame *f; + GQuark quark_data, quark_size; + + check_window_system (NULL); + + if (!pgtk_selection_usable ()) + return Qnil; + + if (NILP (frame)) + frame = selected_frame; + if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (frame)) || !FRAME_PGTK_P (XFRAME (frame))) + error ("pgtk selection unavailable for this frame"); + f = XFRAME (frame); + + cb = symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), selection); + selection_type_to_quarks (gtk_clipboard_get_selection (cb), &quark_data, + &quark_size); + + /* We only support copy of text. */ + target_symbol = QTEXT; + if (STRINGP (value)) + { + GtkTargetList *list; + GtkTargetEntry *targets; + gint n_targets; + GtkWidget *widget; + + list = gtk_target_list_new (NULL, 0); + gtk_target_list_add_text_targets (list, 0); + + { + /* text/plain: Strings encoded by Gtk are not correctly decoded by Chromium(Wayland). */ + GdkAtom atom_text_plain = gdk_atom_intern ("text/plain", false); + gtk_target_list_remove (list, atom_text_plain); + } + + targets = gtk_target_table_new_from_list (list, &n_targets); + + int size = SBYTES (value); + gchar *str = xmalloc (size + 1); + memcpy (str, SSDATA (value), size); + str[size] = '\0'; + + widget = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_data, str, xfree); + g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size, + GSIZE_TO_POINTER (size), NULL); + + if (gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner (cb, + targets, n_targets, + get_func, clear_func, + G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)))) + { + successful_p = Qt; + } + gtk_clipboard_set_can_store (cb, NULL, 0); + + gtk_target_table_free (targets, n_targets); + gtk_target_list_unref (list); + } + + if (!EQ (Vpgtk_sent_selection_hooks, Qunbound)) + { + /* FIXME: Use run-hook-with-args! */ + for (rest = Vpgtk_sent_selection_hooks; CONSP (rest); + rest = Fcdr (rest)) + call3 (Fcar (rest), selection, target_symbol, successful_p); + } + + return value; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-disown-selection-internal", Fpgtk_disown_selection_internal, Spgtk_disown_selection_internal, 1, 3, 0, + doc: /* If we own the selection SELECTION, disown it. +Disowning it means there is no such selection. + +Sets the last-change time for the selection to TIME-OBJECT (by default +the time of the last event). + +TERMINAL should be a terminal object or a frame specifying the X +server to query. If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected +frame's display, or the first available X display. + +On Nextstep, the TIME-OBJECT and TERMINAL arguments are unused. +On MS-DOS, all this does is return non-nil if we own the selection. +On PGTK, the TIME-OBJECT is unused. */) + (Lisp_Object selection, Lisp_Object time_object, Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct frame *f = frame_for_pgtk_selection (terminal); + GtkClipboard *cb; + + if (!pgtk_selection_usable ()) + return Qnil; + + if (!f) + return Qnil; + + cb = symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), selection); + + gtk_clipboard_clear (cb); + + return Qt; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-selection-exists-p", Fpgtk_selection_exists_p, Spgtk_selection_exists_p, 0, 2, 0, + doc: /* Whether there is an owner for the given X selection. +SELECTION should be the name of the selection in question, typically +one of the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. (X expects +these literal upper-case names.) The symbol nil is the same as +`PRIMARY', and t is the same as `SECONDARY'. + +TERMINAL should be a terminal object or a frame specifying the X +server to query. If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected +frame's display, or the first available X display. + +On Nextstep, TERMINAL is unused. */) + (Lisp_Object selection, Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct frame *f = frame_for_pgtk_selection (terminal); + GtkClipboard *cb; + + if (!pgtk_selection_usable ()) + return Qnil; + + if (!f) + return Qnil; + + cb = symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), selection); + + return gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (cb) ? Qt : Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-selection-owner-p", Fpgtk_selection_owner_p, Spgtk_selection_owner_p, 0, 2, 0, + doc: /* Whether the current Emacs process owns the given X Selection. +The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of +the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. +\(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) +For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY', +and t is the same as `SECONDARY'. + +TERMINAL should be a terminal object or a frame specifying the X +server to query. If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected +frame's display, or the first available X display. + +On Nextstep, TERMINAL is unused. */) + (Lisp_Object selection, Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct frame *f = frame_for_pgtk_selection (terminal); + GtkClipboard *cb; + GObject *obj; + GQuark quark_data, quark_size; + + if (!pgtk_selection_usable ()) + return Qnil; + + cb = symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), selection); + selection_type_to_quarks (gtk_clipboard_get_selection (cb), &quark_data, + &quark_size); + + obj = gtk_clipboard_get_owner (cb); + + return obj && g_object_get_qdata (obj, quark_data) != NULL ? Qt : Qnil; +} + + +DEFUN ("pgtk-get-selection-internal", Fpgtk_get_selection_internal, Spgtk_get_selection_internal, 2, 4, 0, + doc: /* Return text selected from some X window. +SELECTION-SYMBOL is typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. +\(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) +TARGET-TYPE is the type of data desired, typically `STRING'. + +TIME-STAMP is the time to use in the XConvertSelection call for foreign +selections. If omitted, defaults to the time for the last event. + +TERMINAL should be a terminal object or a frame specifying the X +server to query. If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected +frame's display, or the first available X display. + +On Nextstep, TIME-STAMP and TERMINAL are unused. +On PGTK, TIME-STAMP is unused. */) + (Lisp_Object selection_symbol, Lisp_Object target_type, + Lisp_Object time_stamp, Lisp_Object terminal) +{ + struct frame *f = frame_for_pgtk_selection (terminal); + GtkClipboard *cb; + + CHECK_SYMBOL (selection_symbol); + CHECK_SYMBOL (target_type); + if (EQ (target_type, QMULTIPLE)) + error ("Retrieving MULTIPLE selections is currently unimplemented"); + if (!f) + error ("PGTK selection unavailable for this frame"); + + if (!pgtk_selection_usable ()) + return Qnil; + + cb = symbol_to_gtk_clipboard (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), selection_symbol); + + GdkAtom target_atom = gdk_atom_intern (SSDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (target_type)), false); + GtkSelectionData *seldata = gtk_clipboard_wait_for_contents (cb, target_atom); + + if (seldata == NULL) + return Qnil; + + const guchar *sd_data = gtk_selection_data_get_data (seldata); + int sd_len = gtk_selection_data_get_length (seldata); + int sd_format = gtk_selection_data_get_format (seldata); + GdkAtom sd_type = gtk_selection_data_get_data_type (seldata); + + if (sd_format == 8) + { + Lisp_Object str, lispy_type; + + str = make_unibyte_string ((char *) sd_data, sd_len); + /* Indicate that this string is from foreign selection by a text + property `foreign-selection' so that the caller of + x-get-selection-internal (usually x-get-selection) can know + that the string must be decode. */ + if (sd_type == gdk_atom_intern ("COMPOUND_TEXT", false)) + lispy_type = QCOMPOUND_TEXT; + else if (sd_type == gdk_atom_intern ("UTF8_STRING", false)) + lispy_type = QUTF8_STRING; + else if (sd_type == gdk_atom_intern ("text/plain;charset=utf-8", false)) + lispy_type = Qtext_plain_charset_utf_8; + else + lispy_type = QSTRING; + Fput_text_property (make_fixnum (0), make_fixnum (sd_len), + Qforeign_selection, lispy_type, str); + + gtk_selection_data_free (seldata); + return str; + } + + gtk_selection_data_free (seldata); + return Qnil; +} + + +void +nxatoms_of_pgtkselect (void) +{ +} + +void +syms_of_pgtkselect (void) +{ + DEFSYM (QCLIPBOARD, "CLIPBOARD"); + DEFSYM (QSECONDARY, "SECONDARY"); + DEFSYM (QTEXT, "TEXT"); + DEFSYM (QFILE_NAME, "FILE_NAME"); + DEFSYM (QMULTIPLE, "MULTIPLE"); + + DEFSYM (Qforeign_selection, "foreign-selection"); + DEFSYM (QUTF8_STRING, "UTF8_STRING"); + DEFSYM (QSTRING, "STRING"); + DEFSYM (QCOMPOUND_TEXT, "COMPOUND_TEXT"); + DEFSYM (Qtext_plain_charset_utf_8, "text/plain;charset=utf-8"); + + defsubr (&Spgtk_disown_selection_internal); + defsubr (&Spgtk_get_selection_internal); + defsubr (&Spgtk_own_selection_internal); + defsubr (&Spgtk_selection_exists_p); + defsubr (&Spgtk_selection_owner_p); + +#if 0 + Vselection_alist = Qnil; + staticpro (&Vselection_alist); +#endif + + DEFVAR_LISP ("pgtk-sent-selection-hooks", Vpgtk_sent_selection_hooks, + "A list of functions to be called when Emacs answers a selection request.\n\ +The functions are called with four arguments:\n\ + - the selection name (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD');\n\ + - the selection-type which Emacs was asked to convert the\n\ + selection into before sending (for example, `STRING' or `LENGTH');\n\ + - a flag indicating success or failure for responding to the request.\n\ +We might have failed (and declined the request) for any number of reasons,\n\ +including being asked for a selection that we no longer own, or being asked\n\ +to convert into a type that we don't know about or that is inappropriate.\n\ +This hook doesn't let you change the behavior of Emacs's selection replies,\n\ +it merely informs you that they have happened."); + Vpgtk_sent_selection_hooks = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("pgtk-enable-selection-on-multi-display", pgtk_enable_selection_on_multi_display, + doc: /* Enable selection on multi display environment. +This may cause crash. */); + pgtk_enable_selection_on_multi_display = false; +} diff --git a/src/pgtkselect.h b/src/pgtkselect.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7ad04c217ac --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkselect.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Definitions and headers for selection of pure Gtk+3. + Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 2005, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#include "dispextern.h" +#include "frame.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + +#include <gtk/gtk.h> + +extern void pgtk_selection_init (void); +extern void pgtk_selection_lost (GtkWidget * widget, + GdkEventSelection * event, + gpointer user_data); + +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ diff --git a/src/pgtkterm.c b/src/pgtkterm.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd61c65edde --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkterm.c @@ -0,0 +1,7115 @@ +/* Pure Gtk+-3 communication module. -*- coding: utf-8 -*- + +Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-1994, 2005-2006, 2008-2020 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This should be the first include, as it may set up #defines affecting + interpretation of even the system includes. */ +#include <config.h> + +#include <cairo.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#include <c-ctype.h> +#include <c-strcase.h> +#include <ftoastr.h> + +#include "lisp.h" +#include "blockinput.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "sysselect.h" +#include "gtkutil.h" +#include "systime.h" +#include "character.h" +#include "xwidget.h" +#include "fontset.h" +#include "composite.h" +#include "ccl.h" +#include "dynlib.h" + +#include "termhooks.h" +#include "termopts.h" +#include "termchar.h" +#include "emacs-icon.h" +#include "menu.h" +#include "window.h" +#include "keyboard.h" +#include "atimer.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "font.h" +#include "xsettings.h" +#include "pgtkselect.h" +#include "emacsgtkfixed.h" + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WAYLAND +#include <gdk/gdkwayland.h> +#endif + +#define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0) + +#define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk->cr_context) +#define FRAME_CR_ACTIVE_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk->cr_active) +#define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) (cairo_get_target (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f))) + +/* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs + start. */ + +static bool any_help_event_p; + +struct pgtk_display_info *x_display_list; /* Chain of existing displays */ +extern Lisp_Object tip_frame; + +static struct event_queue_t +{ + union buffered_input_event *q; + int nr, cap; +} event_q = { + NULL, 0, 0, +}; + +/* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives + before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of + events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */ + +static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout; + +static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file; + +static void pgtk_delete_display (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo); +static void pgtk_clear_frame_area (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int width, + int height); +static void pgtk_fill_rectangle (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, + int y, int width, int height); +static void pgtk_clip_to_row (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, + enum glyph_row_area area, cairo_t * cr); +static struct frame *pgtk_any_window_to_frame (GdkWindow * window); + +/* + * This is not a flip context in the same sense as gpu rendering + * scences, it only occurs when a new context was required due to a + * resize or other fundamental change. This is called when that + * context's surface has completed drawing + */ + +static void +flip_cr_context (struct frame *f) +{ + cairo_t *cr = FRAME_CR_ACTIVE_CONTEXT (f); + + block_input (); + if (cr != FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f)) + { + cairo_destroy (cr); + FRAME_CR_ACTIVE_CONTEXT (f) = cairo_reference (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f)); + + } + unblock_input (); +} + + +static void +evq_enqueue (union buffered_input_event *ev) +{ + struct event_queue_t *evq = &event_q; + if (evq->cap == 0) + { + evq->cap = 4; + evq->q = xmalloc (sizeof *evq->q * evq->cap); + } + + if (evq->nr >= evq->cap) + { + evq->cap += evq->cap / 2; + evq->q = xrealloc (evq->q, sizeof *evq->q * evq->cap); + } + + evq->q[evq->nr++] = *ev; + raise (SIGIO); +} + +static int +evq_flush (struct input_event *hold_quit) +{ + struct event_queue_t *evq = &event_q; + int i, n = evq->nr; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&evq->q[i], hold_quit); + evq->nr = 0; + return n; +} + +void +mark_pgtkterm (void) +{ + struct event_queue_t *evq = &event_q; + int i, n = evq->nr; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + union buffered_input_event *ev = &evq->q[i]; + mark_object (ev->ie.x); + mark_object (ev->ie.y); + mark_object (ev->ie.frame_or_window); + mark_object (ev->ie.arg); + } +} + +char * +get_keysym_name (int keysym) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Called by keyboard.c. Not sure if the return val is important, except + that it be unique. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + static char value[16]; + sprintf (value, "%d", keysym); + return value; +} + +void +frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Programmatically reposition mouse pointer in pixel coordinates + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ +} + +/* Raise frame F. */ + +static void +pgtk_raise_frame (struct frame *f) +{ + /* This works only for non-child frames on X. + It does not work for child frames on X, and it does not work + on Wayland too. */ + block_input (); + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + gdk_window_raise (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_WIDGET (f))); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Lower frame F. */ + +static void +pgtk_lower_frame (struct frame *f) +{ + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + { + block_input (); + gdk_window_lower (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_WIDGET (f))); + unblock_input (); + } +} + +static void +pgtk_frame_raise_lower (struct frame *f, bool raise_flag) +{ + if (raise_flag) + pgtk_raise_frame (f); + else + pgtk_lower_frame (f); +} + +/* Free X resources of frame F. */ + +void +x_free_frame_resources (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + Mouse_HLInfo *hlinfo; + + check_window_system (f); + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + hlinfo = MOUSE_HL_INFO (f); + + block_input (); + + free_frame_faces (f); + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scale_factor_atimer != NULL) + { + cancel_atimer (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scale_factor_atimer); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scale_factor_atimer = NULL; + } + +#define CLEAR_IF_EQ(FIELD) \ + do { if (f == dpyinfo->FIELD) dpyinfo->FIELD = 0; } while (false) + + CLEAR_IF_EQ (x_focus_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (highlight_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (x_focus_event_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (last_mouse_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (last_mouse_motion_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (last_mouse_glyph_frame); + CLEAR_IF_EQ (im.focused_frame); + +#undef CLEAR_IF_EQ + + if (f == hlinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) + reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo); + + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->text_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->nontext_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->modeline_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->hand_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->hourglass_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->horizontal_drag_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->vertical_drag_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->left_edge_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->right_edge_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->top_edge_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->bottom_edge_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->top_left_corner_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->top_right_corner_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->bottom_right_corner_cursor); + g_clear_object (&FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->bottom_left_corner_cursor); + + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider != NULL) + { + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + GtkCssProvider *old = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider; + gtk_style_context_remove_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (old)); + g_object_unref (old); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = NULL; + } + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_foreground_css_provider != NULL) + { + GtkCssProvider *old = + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_foreground_css_provider; + g_object_unref (old); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_foreground_css_provider = NULL; + } + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_background_css_provider != NULL) + { + GtkCssProvider *old = + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_background_css_provider; + g_object_unref (old); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->scrollbar_background_css_provider = NULL; + } + + gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell != NULL) + { + cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell = NULL; + } + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell != NULL) + { + cancel_atimer (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell = NULL; + } + + xfree (f->output_data.pgtk); + f->output_data.pgtk = NULL; + + unblock_input (); +} + +void +x_destroy_window (struct frame *f) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External: Delete the window + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + + check_window_system (f); + if (dpyinfo->gdpy != NULL) + x_free_frame_resources (f); + + dpyinfo->reference_count--; +} + +/* Calculate the absolute position in frame F + from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ + +static void +x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame *f) +{ + int flags = f->size_hint_flags; + struct frame *p = FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f); + + /* We have nothing to do if the current position + is already for the top-left corner. */ + if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative))) + return; + + /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost + position that fits on the screen. */ + if ((flags & XNegative) && (f->left_pos <= 0)) + { + int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); + + /* A frame that has been visible at least once should have outer + edges. */ + if (f->output_data.pgtk->has_been_visible && !p) + { + Lisp_Object frame; + Lisp_Object edges = Qnil; + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + edges = Fpgtk_frame_edges (frame, Qouter_edges); + if (!NILP (edges)) + width = (XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (2), edges)) + - XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (0), edges))); + } + + if (p) + f->left_pos = (FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (p) - width - 2 * f->border_width + + f->left_pos); + else + f->left_pos = (x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)) + - width + f->left_pos); + + } + + if ((flags & YNegative) && (f->top_pos <= 0)) + { + int height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + + if (f->output_data.pgtk->has_been_visible && !p) + { + Lisp_Object frame; + Lisp_Object edges = Qnil; + + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + if (NILP (edges)) + edges = Fpgtk_frame_edges (frame, Qouter_edges); + if (!NILP (edges)) + height = (XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (3), edges)) + - XFIXNUM (Fnth (make_fixnum (1), edges))); + } + + if (p) + f->top_pos = (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (p) - height - 2 * f->border_width + + f->top_pos); + else + f->top_pos = (x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)) + - height + f->top_pos); + } + + /* The left_pos and top_pos + are now relative to the top and left screen edges, + so the flags should correspond. */ + f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); +} + +/* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, + to really change the position, and 0 when calling from + x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current + position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, + which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ + +static void +x_set_offset (struct frame *f, int xoff, int yoff, int change_gravity) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External: Position the window + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + int modified_top, modified_left; + + if (change_gravity > 0) + { + f->top_pos = yoff; + f->left_pos = xoff; + f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); + if (xoff < 0) + f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; + if (yoff < 0) + f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; + f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; + } + + x_calc_absolute_position (f); + + block_input (); + x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, false); + + if (x_gtk_use_window_move) + { + if (change_gravity != 0) + { + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + f->left_pos, f->top_pos); + } + else + { + GtkWidget *fixed = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + GtkWidget *parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (fixed); + gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (parent), fixed, + f->left_pos, f->top_pos); + } + } + unblock_input (); + return; + } + + modified_left = f->left_pos; + modified_top = f->top_pos; + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + modified_left, modified_top); + } + else + { + GtkWidget *fixed = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + GtkWidget *parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (fixed); + gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (parent), fixed, + modified_left, modified_top); + } + + unblock_input (); +} + +static void +pgtk_set_window_size (struct frame *f, bool change_gravity, + int width, int height) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Adjust window pixel size based on given character grid size + Impl is a bit more complex than other terms, need to do some + internal clipping. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + int pixelwidth, pixelheight; + + block_input (); + + gtk_widget_get_size_request (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), &pixelwidth, + &pixelheight); + +#if 0 + if (pixelwise) + { + pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, width); + pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); + } + else + { + pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, width); + pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); + } +#else + pixelwidth = width; + pixelheight = height; +#endif + +#if 0 + frame_size_history_add + (f, Qx_set_window_size_1, width, height, + list5 (Fcons (make_fixnum (pixelwidth), make_fixnum (pixelheight)), + Fcons (make_fixnum (pixelwidth), make_fixnum (pixelheight)), + make_fixnum (f->border_width), + make_fixnum (FRAME_PGTK_TITLEBAR_HEIGHT (f)), + make_fixnum (FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)))); +#endif + + for (GtkWidget * w = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); w != NULL; + w = gtk_widget_get_parent (w)) + { + gint wd, hi; + gtk_widget_get_size_request (w, &wd, &hi); + } + + f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_width = pixelwidth; + f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_height = pixelheight; + x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); + xg_frame_set_char_size (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight); + gtk_widget_queue_resize (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + + unblock_input (); +} + +void +pgtk_iconify_frame (struct frame *f) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External: Iconify window + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->highlight_frame == f) + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->highlight_frame = 0; + + if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) + return; + + block_input (); + +#if 0 + x_set_bitmap_icon (f); +#endif + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + + gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); + SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 0); + SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f, true); + unblock_input (); + return; + } + + /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, + in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) +#if 0 + && !FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f) +#endif + ) + x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0); + +#if 0 + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + { + /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ + XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); + } +#endif + + SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f, true); + SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 0); + + unblock_input (); +} + +static gboolean +pgtk_make_frame_visible_wait_for_map_event_cb (GtkWidget * widget, + GdkEventAny * event, + gpointer user_data) +{ + int *foundptr = user_data; + *foundptr = 1; + return FALSE; +} + +static gboolean +pgtk_make_frame_visible_wait_for_map_event_timeout (gpointer user_data) +{ + int *timedoutptr = user_data; + *timedoutptr = 1; + return FALSE; +} + +static void +pgtk_wait_for_map_event (struct frame *f, bool multiple_times) +{ + if (FLOATP (Vpgtk_wait_for_event_timeout)) + { + guint msec = + (guint) (XFLOAT_DATA (Vpgtk_wait_for_event_timeout) * 1000); + int found = 0; + int timed_out = 0; + gulong id = + g_signal_connect (FRAME_WIDGET (f), "map-event", + G_CALLBACK + (pgtk_make_frame_visible_wait_for_map_event_cb), + &found); + guint src = + g_timeout_add (msec, + pgtk_make_frame_visible_wait_for_map_event_timeout, + &timed_out); + + if (!multiple_times) + { + while (!found && !timed_out) + gtk_main_iteration (); + } + else + { + while (!timed_out) + gtk_main_iteration (); + } + + g_signal_handler_disconnect (FRAME_WIDGET (f), id); + if (!timed_out) + g_source_remove (src); + } +} + +void +pgtk_make_frame_visible (struct frame *f) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External: Show the window (X11 semantics) + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + GtkWidget *win = FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f); + + if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + { + gtk_widget_show (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + if (win) + gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (win)); + + pgtk_wait_for_map_event (f, false); + } +} + + +void +pgtk_make_frame_invisible (struct frame *f) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External: Hide the window (X11 semantics) + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + + /* Map events are emitted many times, and + * map_event() do SET_FRAME_VISIBLE(f, 1). + * I expect visible = 0, so process those map events here and + * SET_FRAME_VISIBLE(f, 0) after that. + */ + pgtk_wait_for_map_event (f, true); + + SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 0); + SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f, false); +} + +static void +pgtk_make_frame_visible_invisible (struct frame *f, bool visible) +{ + if (visible) + pgtk_make_frame_visible (f); + else + pgtk_make_frame_invisible (f); +} + +static Lisp_Object +pgtk_new_font (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object font_object, int fontset) +{ + struct font *font = XFONT_OBJECT (font_object); + int font_ascent, font_descent; + + if (fontset < 0) + fontset = fontset_from_font (font_object); + FRAME_FONTSET (f) = fontset; + + if (FRAME_FONT (f) == font) + { + /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to + do. */ + return font_object; + } + + FRAME_FONT (f) = font; + + FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = font->baseline_offset; + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = font->average_width; + get_font_ascent_descent (font, &font_ascent, &font_descent); + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = font_ascent + font_descent; + + /* We could use a more elaborate calculation here. */ + FRAME_TAB_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = FRAME_TAB_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + + /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ + if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0) + { + int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) + = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid - 1) / wid; + } + else + { + int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; + } + + /* Compute the scroll bar height in character lines. */ + if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) > 0) + { + int height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f) + = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) + height - 1) / height; + } + else + { + int height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f) = (14 + height - 1) / height; + } + + /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ + if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) != NULL) + adjust_frame_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f), + FRAME_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), 3, + false, Qfont); + + return font_object; +} + +int +x_display_pixel_height (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + GdkDisplay *gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + GdkScreen *gscr = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); + return gdk_screen_get_height (gscr); +} + +int +x_display_pixel_width (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + GdkDisplay *gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + GdkScreen *gscr = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); + return gdk_screen_get_width (gscr); +} + +void +x_set_parent_frame (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Set frame F's `parent-frame' parameter. If non-nil, make F a child + frame of the frame specified by that parameter. Technically, this + makes F's window-system window a child window of the parent frame's + window-system window. If nil, make F's window-system window a + top-level window--a child of its display's root window. + + A child frame's `left' and `top' parameters specify positions + relative to the top-left corner of its parent frame's native + rectangle. On macOS moving a parent frame moves all its child + frames too, keeping their position relative to the parent + unaltered. When a parent frame is iconified or made invisible, its + child frames are made invisible. When a parent frame is deleted, + its child frames are deleted too. + + Whether a child frame has a tool bar may be window-system or window + manager dependent. It's advisable to disable it via the frame + parameter settings. + + Some window managers may not honor this parameter. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + struct frame *p = NULL; + + if (!NILP (new_value) + && (!FRAMEP (new_value) + || !FRAME_LIVE_P (p = XFRAME (new_value)) + || !FRAME_PGTK_P (p))) + { + store_frame_param (f, Qparent_frame, old_value); + error ("Invalid specification of `parent-frame'"); + } + + if (p != FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f)) + { + block_input (); + + if (p != NULL) + { + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (p)) + error ("Cross display reparent."); + } + + GtkWidget *fixed = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + + GtkAllocation alloc; + gtk_widget_get_allocation (fixed, &alloc); + g_object_ref (fixed); + + /* Remember the css provider, and restore it later. */ + GtkCssProvider *provider = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = NULL; + { + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + if (provider != NULL) + gtk_style_context_remove_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (provider)); + } + + { + GtkWidget *whbox_of_f = gtk_widget_get_parent (fixed); + /* Here, unhighlight can be called and may change border_color_css_provider. */ + gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (whbox_of_f), fixed); + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->vbox_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->hbox_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->menubar_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->toolbar_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_widget = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_lbl = NULL; + FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA (f)->ttip_window = NULL; + } + } + + if (p == NULL) + { + xg_create_frame_outer_widgets (f); + pgtk_set_event_handler (f); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (f->output_data.pgtk->hbox_widget), fixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); + f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_width = alloc.width; + f->output_data.pgtk->preferred_height = alloc.height; + x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); + xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f, alloc.width), + FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f, alloc.height)); + gtk_widget_queue_resize (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + } + else + { + GtkWidget *fixed_of_p = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (p); + gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (fixed_of_p), fixed, f->left_pos, f->top_pos); + gtk_widget_set_size_request (fixed, alloc.width, alloc.height); + gtk_widget_show_all (fixed); + } + + /* Restore css provider. */ + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); + GtkCssProvider *old = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = provider; + if (provider != NULL) + { + gtk_style_context_add_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (provider), + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER); + } + if (old != NULL) + { + gtk_style_context_remove_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (old)); + g_object_unref(old); + } + + g_object_unref (fixed); + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + if (EQ (x_gtk_resize_child_frames, Qresize_mode)) + gtk_container_set_resize_mode + (GTK_CONTAINER (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + p ? GTK_RESIZE_IMMEDIATE : GTK_RESIZE_QUEUE); + } + + unblock_input (); + + fset_parent_frame (f, new_value); + } +} + + +void +x_set_no_focus_on_map (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +/* Set frame F's `no-focus-on-map' parameter which, if non-nil, means + * that F's window-system window does not want to receive input focus + * when it is mapped. (A frame's window is mapped when the frame is + * displayed for the first time and when the frame changes its state + * from `iconified' or `invisible' to `visible'.) + * + * Some window managers may not honor this parameter. */ +{ + /* doesn't work on wayland. */ + + if (!EQ (new_value, old_value)) + { + xg_set_no_focus_on_map (f, new_value); + FRAME_NO_FOCUS_ON_MAP (f) = !NILP (new_value); + } +} + +void +x_set_no_accept_focus (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value) +/* Set frame F's `no-accept-focus' parameter which, if non-nil, hints + * that F's window-system window does not want to receive input focus + * via mouse clicks or by moving the mouse into it. + * + * If non-nil, this may have the unwanted side-effect that a user cannot + * scroll a non-selected frame with the mouse. + * + * Some window managers may not honor this parameter. */ +{ + /* doesn't work on wayland. */ + + xg_set_no_accept_focus (f, new_value); + FRAME_NO_ACCEPT_FOCUS (f) = !NILP (new_value); +} + +void +x_set_z_group (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, Lisp_Object old_value) +/* Set frame F's `z-group' parameter. If `above', F's window-system + window is displayed above all windows that do not have the `above' + property set. If nil, F's window is shown below all windows that + have the `above' property set and above all windows that have the + `below' property set. If `below', F's window is displayed below + all windows that do. + + Some window managers may not honor this parameter. */ +{ + /* doesn't work on wayland. */ + + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; + + if (NILP (new_value)) + { + gtk_window_set_keep_above (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FALSE); + gtk_window_set_keep_below (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FALSE); + FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) = z_group_none; + } + else if (EQ (new_value, Qabove)) + { + gtk_window_set_keep_above (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + TRUE); + gtk_window_set_keep_below (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FALSE); + FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) = z_group_above; + } + else if (EQ (new_value, Qabove_suspended)) + { + gtk_window_set_keep_above (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FALSE); + FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) = z_group_above_suspended; + } + else if (EQ (new_value, Qbelow)) + { + gtk_window_set_keep_above (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FALSE); + gtk_window_set_keep_below (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + TRUE); + FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) = z_group_below; + } + else + error ("Invalid z-group specification"); +} + +static void +pgtk_initialize_display_info (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Initialize global info and storage for display. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + dpyinfo->resx = 96; + dpyinfo->resy = 96; + dpyinfo->color_p = 1; + dpyinfo->n_planes = 32; + dpyinfo->root_window = 42; /* a placeholder.. */ + dpyinfo->highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = NULL; + dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; + dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1; + dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1; + + reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo->mouse_highlight); +} + +/* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor + face. */ + +static void +x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) + && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) + && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) && !s->cmp) + s->xgcv = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (s->f)->cursor_xgcv; + else + { + /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ + Emacs_GC xgcv; + + xgcv.background = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (s->f)->cursor_color; + xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; + + /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ + if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) + xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) + xgcv.foreground = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (s->f)->cursor_foreground_color; + if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) + xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + + /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ + if (xgcv.background == s->face->background + && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) + { + xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; + xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; + } + + s->xgcv = xgcv; + } +} + + +/* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ + +static void +x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + prepare_face_for_display (s->f, s->face); + + if (s->font == s->face->font) + { + s->xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + s->xgcv.background = s->face->background; + } + else + { + /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE + except for FONT. */ + Emacs_GC xgcv; + + xgcv.background = s->face->background; + xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + + s->xgcv = xgcv; + + } +} + + +/* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. + Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the + matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ + +static void +x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + s->xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + s->xgcv.background = s->face->background; +} + + +/* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set + S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple + pattern. */ + +static void +x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + prepare_face_for_display (s->f, s->face); + + if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) + { + s->xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + s->xgcv.background = s->face->background; + s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; + } + else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) + { + x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); + s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; + } + else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) + { + x_set_cursor_gc (s); + s->stippled_p = false; + } + else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) + { + x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); + s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; + } + else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) + { + s->xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; + s->xgcv.background = s->face->background; + s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; + } + else + emacs_abort (); +} + + +/* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode + line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ + +static void +x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string *s, cairo_t * cr) +{ + XRectangle r[2]; + int n = get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s, r, 2); + + if (n > 0) + { + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + cairo_rectangle (cr, r[i].x, r[i].y, r[i].width, r[i].height); + } + cairo_clip (cr); + } +} + + +/* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called + when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in + the area of SRC. */ + +static void +x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string *src, + struct glyph_string *dst, cairo_t * cr) +{ + dst->clip[0].x = src->x; + dst->clip[0].y = src->y; + dst->clip[0].width = src->width; + dst->clip[0].height = src->height; + dst->num_clips = 1; + + cairo_rectangle (cr, src->x, src->y, src->width, src->height); + cairo_clip (cr); +} + + +/* RIF: + Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */ + +static void +pgtk_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + if (s->cmp == NULL + && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH + || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) + { + struct font_metrics metrics; + + if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) + { + unsigned *code = alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s->nchars); + struct font *font = s->font; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++) + code[i] = s->char2b[i]; + font->driver->text_extents (font, code, s->nchars, &metrics); + } + else + { + Lisp_Object gstring = composition_gstring_from_id (s->cmp_id); + + composition_gstring_width (gstring, s->cmp_from, s->cmp_to, + &metrics); + } + s->right_overhang = (metrics.rbearing > metrics.width + ? metrics.rbearing - metrics.width : 0); + s->left_overhang = metrics.lbearing < 0 ? -metrics.lbearing : 0; + } + else if (s->cmp) + { + s->right_overhang = s->cmp->rbearing - s->cmp->pixel_width; + s->left_overhang = -s->cmp->lbearing; + } +} + + +/* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string *s, int x, int y, int w, int h) +{ + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.background, x, y, w, h); +} + + +static void +fill_background_by_face (struct frame *f, struct face *face, int x, int y, + int width, int height) +{ + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, width, height); + cairo_clip (cr); + + double r = ((face->background >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0; + double g = ((face->background >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0; + double b = ((face->background >> 0) & 0xff) / 255.0; + cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, r, g, b); + cairo_paint (cr); + + if (face->stipple != 0) + { + cairo_pattern_t *mask = + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->bitmaps[face->stipple - 1].pattern; + + double r = ((face->foreground >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0; + double g = ((face->foreground >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0; + double b = ((face->foreground >> 0) & 0xff) / 255.0; + cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, r, g, b); + cairo_mask (cr, mask); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +static void +fill_background (struct glyph_string *s, int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + fill_background_by_face (s->f, s->face, x, y, width, height); +} + +/* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p + is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the + background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used + when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S + contains the first component of a composition. */ + +static void +x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string *s, bool force_p) +{ + /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it + shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ + if (!s->background_filled_p) + { + int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_horizontal_line_width, 0); + + if (s->stippled_p) + { + /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ + + fill_background (s, + s->x, s->y + box_line_width, + s->background_width, + s->height - 2 * box_line_width); + s->background_filled_p = true; + } + else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width + /* When xdisp.c ignores FONT_HEIGHT, we cannot trust + font dimensions, since the actual glyphs might be + much smaller. So in that case we always clear the + rectangle with background color. */ + || FONT_TOO_HIGH (s->font) + || s->font_not_found_p + || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p || force_p) + { + x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, + s->background_width, + s->height - 2 * box_line_width); + s->background_filled_p = true; + } + } +} + + +static void +pgtk_draw_rectangle (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, int y, + int width, int height) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x + 0.5, y + 0.5, width, height); + cairo_set_line_width (cr, 1); + cairo_stroke (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int i, x; + + /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text + of S to the right of that box line. */ + if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) + x = s->x + max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + else + x = s->x; + + /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be + loaded. */ + if (s->font_not_found_p) + { + for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) + { + struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; + pgtk_draw_rectangle (s->f, + s->face->foreground, x, s->y, + g->pixel_width - 1, s->height - 1); + x += g->pixel_width; + } + } + else + { + struct font *font = s->font; + int boff = font->baseline_offset; + int y; + + if (font->vertical_centering) + boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, s->f) - boff; + + y = s->ybase - boff; + if (s->for_overlaps || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) + font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x, y, false); + else + font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x, y, true); + if (s->face->overstrike) + font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x + 1, y, false); + } +} + +/* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int i, j, x; + struct font *font = s->font; + + /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text + of S to the right of that box line. */ + if (s->face && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX + && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) + x = s->x + max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + else + x = s->x; + + /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index + of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. + S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of + this composition. */ + + /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very + first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ + if (s->font_not_found_p) + { + if (s->cmp_from == 0) + pgtk_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->face->foreground, x, s->y, + s->width - 1, s->height - 1); + } + else if (!s->first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic) + { + int y = s->ybase; + + for (i = 0, j = s->cmp_from; i < s->nchars; i++, j++) + /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding + space on the left or right. */ + if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s->cmp, j) != '\t') + { + int xx = x + s->cmp->offsets[j * 2]; + int yy = y - s->cmp->offsets[j * 2 + 1]; + + font->driver->draw (s, j, j + 1, xx, yy, false); + if (s->face->overstrike) + font->driver->draw (s, j, j + 1, xx + 1, yy, false); + } + } + else + { + Lisp_Object gstring = composition_gstring_from_id (s->cmp_id); + Lisp_Object glyph; + int y = s->ybase; + int width = 0; + + for (i = j = s->cmp_from; i < s->cmp_to; i++) + { + glyph = LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring, i); + if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph))) + width += LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph); + else + { + int xoff, yoff, wadjust; + + if (j < i) + { + font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x, y, false); + if (s->face->overstrike) + font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x + 1, y, false); + x += width; + } + xoff = LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph); + yoff = LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph); + wadjust = LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph); + font->driver->draw (s, i, i + 1, x + xoff, y + yoff, false); + if (s->face->overstrike) + font->driver->draw (s, i, i + 1, x + xoff + 1, y + yoff, + false); + x += wadjust; + j = i + 1; + width = 0; + } + } + if (j < i) + { + font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x, y, false); + if (s->face->overstrike) + font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x + 1, y, false); + } + } +} + + +/* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */ + +static void +x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + struct glyph *glyph = s->first_glyph; + unsigned char2b[8]; + int x, i, j; + + /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text + of S to the right of that box line. */ + if (s->face && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX + && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) + x = s->x + max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + else + x = s->x; + + s->char2b = char2b; + + for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, glyph++) + { +#ifdef GCC_LINT + enum + { PACIFY_GCC_BUG_81401 = 1 }; +#else + enum + { PACIFY_GCC_BUG_81401 = 0 }; +#endif + char buf[7 + PACIFY_GCC_BUG_81401]; + char *str = NULL; + int len = glyph->u.glyphless.len; + + if (glyph->u.glyphless.method == GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM) + { + if (len > 0 + && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display) + && + (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display)) + >= 1)) + { + Lisp_Object acronym + = (!glyph->u.glyphless.for_no_font + ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display, + glyph->u.glyphless.ch) + : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display)->extras[0]); + if (STRINGP (acronym)) + str = SSDATA (acronym); + } + } + else if (glyph->u.glyphless.method == GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE) + { + unsigned int ch = glyph->u.glyphless.ch; + eassume (ch <= MAX_CHAR); + sprintf (buf, "%0*X", ch < 0x10000 ? 4 : 6, ch); + str = buf; + } + + if (str) + { + int upper_len = (len + 1) / 2; + + /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */ + for (j = 0; j < len; j++) + char2b[j] = + s->font->driver->encode_char (s->font, str[j]) & 0xFFFF; + s->font->driver->draw (s, 0, upper_len, + x + glyph->slice.glyphless.upper_xoff, + s->ybase + glyph->slice.glyphless.upper_yoff, + false); + s->font->driver->draw (s, upper_len, len, + x + glyph->slice.glyphless.lower_xoff, + s->ybase + glyph->slice.glyphless.lower_yoff, + false); + } + if (glyph->u.glyphless.method != GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE) + pgtk_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->face->foreground, + x, s->ybase - glyph->ascent, + glyph->pixel_width - 1, + glyph->ascent + glyph->descent - 1); + x += glyph->pixel_width; + } +} + +/* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness + boosted. + + Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by + brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this + doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's + brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an + use an additional additive factor. + + The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color + (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ +#define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000 + + +/* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR + or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. + If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB + values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. + DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. + Value is non-zero if successful. */ + +static bool +x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *f, unsigned long *pixel, double factor, + int delta) +{ + Emacs_Color color, new; + long bright; + bool success_p; + + /* Get RGB color values. */ + color.pixel = *pixel; + pgtk_query_color (f, &color); + + /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ + eassert (factor >= 0); + new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red); + new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green); + new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue); + + /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ + bright = (2 * color.red + 3 * color.green + color.blue) / 6; + + /* We only boost colors that are darker than + HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ + if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) + /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so + that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ + { + /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ + double dimness = 1 - (double) bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; + /* The additive adjustment. */ + int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; + + if (factor < 1) + { + new.red = max (0, new.red - min_delta); + new.green = max (0, new.green - min_delta); + new.blue = max (0, new.blue - min_delta); + } + else + { + new.red = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.red); + new.green = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.green); + new.blue = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.blue); + } + } + + /* Try to allocate the color. */ + new.pixel = new.red >> 8 << 16 | new.green >> 8 << 8 | new.blue >> 8; + success_p = true; + if (success_p) + { + if (new.pixel == *pixel) + { + /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding + delta to the RGB values. */ + new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red); + new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green); + new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue); + new.pixel = + new.red >> 8 << 16 | new.green >> 8 << 8 | new.blue >> 8; + success_p = true; + } + else + success_p = true; + *pixel = new.pixel; + } + + return success_p; +} + +static void +x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, + int y, int width, int height, int top_p) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_move_to (cr, top_p ? x : x + height, y); + cairo_line_to (cr, x, y + height); + cairo_line_to (cr, top_p ? x + width - height : x + width, y + height); + cairo_line_to (cr, x + width, y); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +enum corners +{ + CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT, /* 0 -> pi/2 */ + CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT, /* pi/2 -> pi */ + CORNER_TOP_LEFT, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */ + CORNER_TOP_RIGHT, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */ + CORNER_LAST +}; + +static void +x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, + int y, int width, int height, double radius, + double margin, int corners) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + int i; + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + for (i = 0; i < CORNER_LAST; i++) + if (corners & (1 << i)) + { + double xm, ym, xc, yc; + + if (i == CORNER_TOP_LEFT || i == CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT) + xm = x - margin, xc = xm + radius; + else + xm = x + width + margin, xc = xm - radius; + if (i == CORNER_TOP_LEFT || i == CORNER_TOP_RIGHT) + ym = y - margin, yc = ym + radius; + else + ym = y + height + margin, yc = ym - radius; + + cairo_move_to (cr, xm, ym); + cairo_arc (cr, xc, yc, radius, i * M_PI_2, (i + 1) * M_PI_2); + } + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, width, height); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph + string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC + with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or + DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found + in S->f->output_data.pgtk->relief_background. If such a color cannot + be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ + +static void +x_setup_relief_color (struct frame *f, struct relief *relief, double factor, + int delta, unsigned long default_pixel) +{ + Emacs_GC xgcv; + struct pgtk_output *di = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f); + unsigned long pixel; + unsigned long background = di->relief_background; + + /* Allocate new color. */ + xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; + pixel = background; + if (x_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta)) + xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; + + relief->xgcv = xgcv; +} + +/* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + struct pgtk_output *di = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (s->f); + unsigned long color; + + if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) + color = s->face->box_color; + else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH + && s->img->pixmap + && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0)) + color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0); + else + { + /* Get the background color of the face. */ + color = s->xgcv.background; + } + + if (TRUE) + { + di->relief_background = color; + x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, + WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); + x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, + BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); + } +} + + +static void +x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame *f, cairo_t * cr, XRectangle * rectangles, + int n) +{ + if (n > 0) + { + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + cairo_rectangle (cr, + rectangles[i].x, + rectangles[i].y, + rectangles[i].width, rectangles[i].height); + } + cairo_clip (cr); + } +} + +/* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, + TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief + to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised + relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of + the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right + side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use + when drawing. */ + +static void +x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame *f, + int left_x, int top_y, int right_x, int bottom_y, + int hwidth, int vwidth, bool raised_p, bool top_p, + bool bot_p, bool left_p, bool right_p, + XRectangle * clip_rect) +{ + unsigned long top_left_color, bottom_right_color; + int corners = 0; + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + if (raised_p) + { + top_left_color = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->white_relief.xgcv.foreground; + bottom_right_color = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->black_relief.xgcv.foreground; + } + else + { + top_left_color = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->black_relief.xgcv.foreground; + bottom_right_color = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->white_relief.xgcv.foreground; + } + + x_set_clip_rectangles (f, cr, clip_rect, 1); + + if (left_p) + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, top_left_color, left_x, top_y, + vwidth, bottom_y + 1 - top_y); + if (top_p) + corners |= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT; + if (bot_p) + corners |= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT; + } + if (right_p) + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, bottom_right_color, right_x + 1 - vwidth, top_y, + vwidth, bottom_y + 1 - top_y); + if (top_p) + corners |= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT; + if (bot_p) + corners |= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT; + } + if (top_p) + { + if (!right_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, top_left_color, left_x, top_y, + right_x + 1 - left_x, hwidth); + else + x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f, top_left_color, left_x, top_y, + right_x + 1 - left_x, hwidth, 1); + } + if (bot_p) + { + if (!left_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, bottom_right_color, left_x, + bottom_y + 1 - hwidth, right_x + 1 - left_x, + hwidth); + else + x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f, bottom_right_color, + left_x, bottom_y + 1 - hwidth, + right_x + 1 - left_x, hwidth, 0); + } + if (left_p && vwidth > 1) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, bottom_right_color, left_x, top_y, + 1, bottom_y + 1 - top_y); + if (top_p && hwidth > 1) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, bottom_right_color, left_x, top_y, + right_x + 1 - left_x, 1); + if (corners) + { + x_erase_corners_for_relief (f, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), left_x, + top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, + bottom_y - top_y + 1, 6, 1, corners); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, + RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to + draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the + left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line + on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping + rectangle to use when drawing. */ + +static void +x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string *s, + int left_x, int top_y, int right_x, int bottom_y, int hwidth, + int vwidth, bool left_p, bool right_p, + XRectangle * clip_rect) +{ + unsigned long foreground_backup; + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (s->f); + + foreground_backup = s->xgcv.foreground; + s->xgcv.foreground = s->face->box_color; + + x_set_clip_rectangles (s->f, cr, clip_rect, 1); + + /* Top. */ + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, + left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, hwidth); + + /* Left. */ + if (left_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, + left_x, top_y, vwidth, bottom_y - top_y + 1); + + /* Bottom. */ + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, + left_x, bottom_y - hwidth + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, + hwidth); + + /* Right. */ + if (right_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, + right_x - vwidth + 1, top_y, vwidth, + bottom_y - top_y + 1); + + s->xgcv.foreground = foreground_backup; + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (s->f); +} + + +/* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int hwidth, vwidth, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x; + bool raised_p, left_p, right_p; + struct glyph *last_glyph; + XRectangle clip_rect; + + last_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) + ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s->w) : window_box_right (s->w, s->area)); + + /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ + last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img + ? s->first_glyph : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); + + vwidth = eabs (s->face->box_vertical_line_width); + hwidth = eabs (s->face->box_horizontal_line_width); + raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; + left_x = s->x; + right_x = (s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p + ? last_x - 1 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1); + top_y = s->y; + bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; + + left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p + || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE + && (s->prev == NULL || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); + right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p + || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE + && (s->next == NULL || s->next->hl != s->hl))); + + get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); + + if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) + x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, hwidth, + vwidth, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); + else + { + x_setup_relief_colors (s); + x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, hwidth, + vwidth, raised_p, true, true, left_p, right_p, + &clip_rect); + } +} + +static void +x_get_scale_factor (int *scale_x, int *scale_y) +{ + *scale_x = *scale_y = 1; +} + +static void +x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, int y, + int width, int height, int wave_length) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + double dx = wave_length, dy = height - 1; + int xoffset, n; + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, width, height); + cairo_clip (cr); + + if (x >= 0) + { + xoffset = x % (wave_length * 2); + if (xoffset == 0) + xoffset = wave_length * 2; + } + else + xoffset = x % (wave_length * 2) + wave_length * 2; + n = (width + xoffset) / wave_length + 1; + if (xoffset > wave_length) + { + xoffset -= wave_length; + --n; + y += height - 1; + dy = -dy; + } + + cairo_move_to (cr, x - xoffset + 0.5, y + 0.5); + while (--n >= 0) + { + cairo_rel_line_to (cr, dx, dy); + dy = -dy; + } + cairo_set_line_width (cr, 1); + cairo_stroke (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* + Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0. + + x0 wave_length = 2 + -- + y0 * * * * * + |* * * * * * * * * + wave_height = 3 | * * * * + +*/ +static void +x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string *s, unsigned long color) +{ + /* Adjust for scale/HiDPI. */ + int scale_x, scale_y; + + x_get_scale_factor (&scale_x, &scale_y); + + int wave_height = 3 * scale_y, wave_length = 2 * scale_x; + + x_draw_horizontal_wave (s->f, color, s->x, s->ybase - wave_height + 3, + s->width, wave_height, wave_length); +} + +/* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int x1, y1, thick; + bool raised_p, top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p; + int extra_x, extra_y; + XRectangle r; + int x = s->x; + int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); + + /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the + right of that line. */ + if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX + && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p + && s->slice.x == 0) + x += max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + + /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position + by that margin. */ + if (s->slice.x == 0) + x += s->img->hmargin; + if (s->slice.y == 0) + y += s->img->vmargin; + + if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN + || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) + { + if (s->face->id == TAB_BAR_FACE_ID) + thick = (tab_bar_button_relief < 0 + ? DEFAULT_TAB_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF + : min (tab_bar_button_relief, 1000000)); + else + thick = (tool_bar_button_relief < 0 + ? DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF + : min (tool_bar_button_relief, 1000000)); + raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; + } + else + { + thick = eabs (s->img->relief); + raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; + } + + x1 = x + s->slice.width - 1; + y1 = y + s->slice.height - 1; + + extra_x = extra_y = 0; + if (s->face->id == TAB_BAR_FACE_ID) + { + if (CONSP (Vtab_bar_button_margin) + && FIXNUMP (XCAR (Vtab_bar_button_margin)) + && FIXNUMP (XCDR (Vtab_bar_button_margin))) + { + extra_x = XFIXNUM (XCAR (Vtab_bar_button_margin)) - thick; + extra_y = XFIXNUM (XCDR (Vtab_bar_button_margin)) - thick; + } + else if (FIXNUMP (Vtab_bar_button_margin)) + extra_x = extra_y = XFIXNUM (Vtab_bar_button_margin) - thick; + } + + if (s->face->id == TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID) + { + if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) + && FIXNUMP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) + && FIXNUMP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))) + { + extra_x = XFIXNUM (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); + extra_y = XFIXNUM (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); + } + else if (FIXNUMP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) + extra_x = extra_y = XFIXNUM (Vtool_bar_button_margin); + } + + top_p = bot_p = left_p = right_p = false; + + if (s->slice.x == 0) + x -= thick + extra_x, left_p = true; + if (s->slice.y == 0) + y -= thick + extra_y, top_p = true; + if (s->slice.x + s->slice.width == s->img->width) + x1 += thick + extra_x, right_p = true; + if (s->slice.y + s->slice.height == s->img->height) + y1 += thick + extra_y, bot_p = true; + + x_setup_relief_colors (s); + get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); + x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x, y, x1, y1, thick, thick, raised_p, + top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, &r); +} + +/* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H + give the rectangle to draw. */ + +static void +x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string *s, int x, int y, int w, + int h) +{ + if (s->stippled_p) + { + /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ + + fill_background (s, x, y, w, h); + } + else + x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); +} + +static void +x_cr_draw_image (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC *gc, cairo_pattern_t *image, + int src_x, int src_y, int width, int height, + int dest_x, int dest_y, bool overlay_p) +{ + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + if (overlay_p) + cairo_rectangle (cr, dest_x, dest_y, width, height); + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f, gc); + cairo_rectangle (cr, dest_x, dest_y, width, height); + cairo_fill_preserve (cr); + } + + cairo_translate (cr, dest_x - src_x, dest_y - src_y); + + cairo_surface_t *surface; + cairo_pattern_get_surface (image, &surface); + cairo_format_t format = cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface); + if (format != CAIRO_FORMAT_A8 && format != CAIRO_FORMAT_A1) + { + cairo_set_source (cr, image); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f, gc); + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_mask (cr, image); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int x = s->x; + int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); + + /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the + right of that line. */ + if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX + && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p + && s->slice.x == 0) + x += max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + + /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position + by that margin. */ + if (s->slice.x == 0) + x += s->img->hmargin; + if (s->slice.y == 0) + y += s->img->vmargin; + + if (s->img->cr_data) + { + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (s->f); + x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s, cr); + x_cr_draw_image (s->f, &s->xgcv, s->img->cr_data, + s->slice.x, s->slice.y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, + x, y, true); + if (!s->img->mask) + { + /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at + least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will + be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make + a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around + the image. I believe it's looking better if we do + nothing here for mouse-face. */ + if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) + { + int relief = eabs (s->img->relief); + pgtk_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, x - relief, y - relief, + s->slice.width + relief*2 - 1, + s->slice.height + relief*2 - 1); + } + } + pgtk_end_cr_clip (s->f); + } + else + /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ + pgtk_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, x, y, + s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1); +} + +/* Draw image glyph string S. + + s->y + s->x +------------------------- + | s->face->box + | + | +------------------------- + | | s->img->margin + | | + | | +------------------- + | | | the image + + */ + +static void +x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + int box_line_hwidth = max (s->face->box_vertical_line_width, 0); + int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_horizontal_line_width, 0); + int height; + + height = s->height; + if (s->slice.y == 0) + height -= box_line_vwidth; + if (s->slice.y + s->slice.height >= s->img->height) + height -= box_line_vwidth; + + /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is + taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce + flickering. */ + s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; + if (height > s->slice.height + || s->img->hmargin + || s->img->vmargin + || s->img->mask + || s->img->pixmap == 0 + || s->width != s->background_width) + { + { + int x = s->x; + int y = s->y; + int width = s->background_width; + + if (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p + && s->slice.x == 0) + { + x += box_line_hwidth; + width -= box_line_hwidth; + } + + if (s->slice.y == 0) + y += box_line_vwidth; + + x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, width, height); + } + + s->background_filled_p = true; + } + + /* Draw the foreground. */ + x_draw_image_foreground (s); + + /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ + if (s->img->relief + || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED + || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) + x_draw_image_relief (s); +} + +/* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ + +static void +x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + eassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); + + if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR && !x_stretch_cursor_p) + { + /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as + wide as the stretch glyph. */ + int width, background_width = s->background_width; + int x = s->x; + + if (!s->row->reversed_p) + { + int left_x = window_box_left_offset (s->w, TEXT_AREA); + + if (x < left_x) + { + background_width -= left_x - x; + x = left_x; + } + } + else + { + /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the + stretch glyph. */ + int right_x = window_box_right (s->w, TEXT_AREA); + + if (x + background_width > right_x) + background_width -= x - right_x; + x += background_width; + } + width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), background_width); + if (s->row->reversed_p) + x -= width; + + /* Draw cursor. */ + x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, s->y, width, s->height); + + /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ + if (width < background_width) + { + int y = s->y; + int w = background_width - width, h = s->height; + XRectangle r; + unsigned long color; + + if (!s->row->reversed_p) + x += width; + else + x = s->x; + if (s->row->mouse_face_p && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) + { + x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); + color = s->xgcv.foreground; + } + else + color = s->face->background; + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (s->f); + + get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); + x_set_clip_rectangles (s->f, cr, &r, 1); + + if (s->face->stipple) + { + /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ + fill_background (s, x, y, w, h); + } + else + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, color, x, y, w, h); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (s->f); + } + } + else if (!s->background_filled_p) + { + int background_width = s->background_width; + int x = s->x, text_left_x = window_box_left_offset (s->w, TEXT_AREA); + + /* Don't draw into left fringe or scrollbar area except for + header line and mode line. */ + if (x < text_left_x && !s->row->mode_line_p) + { + int left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s->w); + int right_x = text_left_x; + + if (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s->w)) + left_x += WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->w); + else + right_x -= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->w); + + /* Adjust X and BACKGROUND_WIDTH to fit inside the space + between LEFT_X and RIGHT_X. */ + if (x < left_x) + { + background_width -= left_x - x; + x = left_x; + } + if (x + background_width > right_x) + background_width = right_x - x; + } + if (background_width > 0) + x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, s->y, background_width, s->height); + } + + s->background_filled_p = true; +} + +static void +pgtk_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string *s) +{ + bool relief_drawn_p = false; + + /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the + background of the successors first so that S can draw into it. + This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ + if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps) + { + int width; + struct glyph_string *next; + + for (width = 0, next = s->next; + next && width < s->right_overhang; + width += next->width, next = next->next) + if (next->first_glyph->type != IMAGE_GLYPH) + { + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (next->f); + x_set_glyph_string_gc (next); + x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next, cr); + if (next->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH) + x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next); + else + x_draw_glyph_string_background (next, true); + next->num_clips = 0; + pgtk_end_cr_clip (next->f); + } + } + + /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ + x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (s->f); + + /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the + glyph string can be drawn over it. */ + if (!s->for_overlaps + && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX + && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH + || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) + + { + x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s, cr); + x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, true); + x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); + x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s, cr); + relief_drawn_p = true; + } + else if (!s->clip_head /* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */ + && !s->clip_tail + && ((s->prev && s->prev->hl != s->hl && s->left_overhang) + || (s->next && s->next->hl != s->hl && s->right_overhang))) + /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already + drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be + drawn later when s->next is drawn. */ + x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, s, cr); + else + x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s, cr); + + switch (s->first_glyph->type) + { + case IMAGE_GLYPH: + x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); + break; + + case XWIDGET_GLYPH: + x_draw_xwidget_glyph_string (s); + break; + + case STRETCH_GLYPH: + x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); + break; + + case CHAR_GLYPH: + if (s->for_overlaps) + s->background_filled_p = true; + else + x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, false); + x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); + break; + + case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: + if (s->for_overlaps || (s->cmp_from > 0 + && !s->first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic)) + s->background_filled_p = true; + else + x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, true); + x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); + break; + + case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH: + if (s->for_overlaps) + s->background_filled_p = true; + else + x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, true); + x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s); + break; + + default: + emacs_abort (); + } + + if (!s->for_overlaps) + { + /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */ + if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) + x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); + + /* Draw underline. */ + if (s->face->underline) + { + if (s->face->underline == FACE_UNDER_WAVE) + { + if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) + x_draw_underwave (s, s->xgcv.foreground); + else + { + x_draw_underwave (s, s->face->underline_color); + } + } + else if (s->face->underline == FACE_UNDER_LINE) + { + unsigned long thickness, position; + int y; + + if (s->prev && s->prev->face->underline + && s->prev->face->underline == FACE_UNDER_LINE) + { + /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */ + thickness = s->prev->underline_thickness; + position = s->prev->underline_position; + } + else + { + struct font *font = font_for_underline_metrics (s); + + /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */ + if (font && font->underline_thickness > 0) + thickness = font->underline_thickness; + else + thickness = 1; + if (x_underline_at_descent_line) + position = (s->height - thickness) - (s->ybase - s->y); + else + { + /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended + vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of + the underline. This is a signed value according to the + specs, and its default is + + ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with + ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */ + + if (x_use_underline_position_properties + && font && font->underline_position >= 0) + position = font->underline_position; + else if (font) + position = (font->descent + 1) / 2; + else + position = underline_minimum_offset; + } + position = max (position, underline_minimum_offset); + } + /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should + avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */ + if (s->y + s->height <= s->ybase + position) + position = (s->height - 1) - (s->ybase - s->y); + if (s->y + s->height < s->ybase + position + thickness) + thickness = (s->y + s->height) - (s->ybase + position); + s->underline_thickness = thickness; + s->underline_position = position; + y = s->ybase + position; + if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, + s->x, y, s->width, thickness); + else + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->face->underline_color, + s->x, y, s->width, thickness); + } + } + } + /* Draw overline. */ + if (s->face->overline_p) + { + unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; + + if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, s->x, s->y + dy, + s->width, h); + else + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->face->overline_color, s->x, + s->y + dy, s->width, h); + } + } + + /* Draw strike-through. */ + if (s->face->strike_through_p) + { + /* Y-coordinate and height of the glyph string's first + glyph. We cannot use s->y and s->height because those + could be larger if there are taller display elements + (e.g., characters displayed with a larger font) in the + same glyph row. */ + int glyph_y = s->ybase - s->first_glyph->ascent; + int glyph_height = s->first_glyph->ascent + s->first_glyph->descent; + /* Strike-through width and offset from the glyph string's + top edge. */ + unsigned long h = 1; + unsigned long dy = (glyph_height - h) / 2; + + if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->xgcv.foreground, s->x, glyph_y + dy, + s->width, h); + else + { + pgtk_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->face->strike_through_color, s->x, + glyph_y + dy, s->width, h); + } + } + + if (s->prev) + { + struct glyph_string *prev; + + for (prev = s->prev; prev; prev = prev->prev) + if (prev->hl != s->hl + && prev->x + prev->width + prev->right_overhang > s->x) + { + /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we + must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */ + enum draw_glyphs_face save = prev->hl; + + prev->hl = s->hl; + x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev); + cairo_save (cr); + x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, prev, cr); + if (prev->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) + x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev); + else + x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev); + prev->hl = save; + prev->num_clips = 0; + cairo_restore (cr); + } + } + + if (s->next) + { + struct glyph_string *next; + + for (next = s->next; next; next = next->next) + if (next->hl != s->hl + && next->x - next->left_overhang < s->x + s->width) + { + /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area, + we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */ + enum draw_glyphs_face save = next->hl; + + next->hl = s->hl; + x_set_glyph_string_gc (next); + cairo_save (cr); + x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, next, cr); + if (next->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) + x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next); + else + x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next); + cairo_restore (cr); + next->hl = save; + next->num_clips = 0; + next->clip_head = s->next; + } + } + } + + /* Reset clipping. */ + pgtk_end_cr_clip (s->f); + s->num_clips = 0; +} + +/* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */ + +static void +pgtk_define_frame_cursor (struct frame *f, Emacs_Cursor cursor) +{ + if (!f->pointer_invisible && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->current_cursor != cursor) + gdk_window_set_cursor (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), + cursor); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->current_cursor = cursor; +} + +static void +pgtk_after_update_window_line (struct window *w, + struct glyph_row *desired_row) +{ + struct frame *f; + int width, height; + + /* begin copy from other terms */ + eassert (w); + + if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) + desired_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; + + /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of + full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */ + if (windows_or_buffers_changed + && desired_row->full_width_p + && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), + width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), + width != 0) && (height = desired_row->visible_height, height > 0)) + { + int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); + + block_input (); + pgtk_clear_frame_area (f, 0, y, width, height); + pgtk_clear_frame_area (f, + FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width, y, width, height); + unblock_input (); + } +} + +static void +pgtk_clear_frame_area (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + pgtk_clear_area (f, x, y, width, height); +} + +/* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ + +static void +x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + int x, y, wd, h; + struct glyph *cursor_glyph; + + /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because + the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ + cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); + if (cursor_glyph == NULL) + return; + + /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */ + get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &x, &y, &h); + wd = w->phys_cursor_width - 1; + + /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal + background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color); + + /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the + glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider + (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */ + if ((cursor_glyph->resolved_level & 1) != 0 + && cursor_glyph->pixel_width > wd) + { + x += cursor_glyph->pixel_width - wd; + if (wd > 0) + wd -= 1; + } + /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ + pgtk_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, cr); + pgtk_draw_rectangle (f, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color, x, y, wd, h - 1); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. + + Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an + angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. + Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. + --gerd. */ + +static void +x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, int width, + enum text_cursor_kinds kind) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + struct glyph *cursor_glyph; + + /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen + in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs + and mini-buffer. */ + cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); + if (cursor_glyph == NULL) + return; + + /* Experimental avoidance of cursor on xwidget. */ + if (cursor_glyph->type == XWIDGET_GLYPH) + return; + + /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better + visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that + the bar might not be in the window. */ + if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) + { + struct glyph_row *r; + r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); + draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, r, DRAW_CURSOR); + } + else + { + struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id); + unsigned long color; + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw + the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is + invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this + case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so + that the glyph is legible. */ + if (face->background == FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color) + color = face->foreground; + else + color = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color; + + pgtk_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, cr); + + if (kind == BAR_CURSOR) + { + int x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); + + if (width < 0) + width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f); + width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width); + + w->phys_cursor_width = width; + + /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor + on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */ + if ((cursor_glyph->resolved_level & 1) != 0) + x += cursor_glyph->pixel_width - width; + + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, color, x, + WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), + width, row->height); + } + else /* HBAR_CURSOR */ + { + int dummy_x, dummy_y, dummy_h; + int x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); + + if (width < 0) + width = row->height; + + width = min (row->height, width); + + get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &dummy_x, + &dummy_y, &dummy_h); + + if ((cursor_glyph->resolved_level & 1) != 0 + && cursor_glyph->pixel_width > w->phys_cursor_width - 1) + x += cursor_glyph->pixel_width - w->phys_cursor_width + 1; + pgtk_fill_rectangle (f, color, x, + WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y + + row->height - width), + w->phys_cursor_width - 1, width); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); + } +} + +/* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */ + +static void +pgtk_draw_window_cursor (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *glyph_row, int x, + int y, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type, + int cursor_width, bool on_p, bool active_p) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + if (on_p) + { + w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type; + w->phys_cursor_on_p = true; + + if (glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p + && (glyph_row->reversed_p + ? (w->phys_cursor.hpos < 0) + : (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]))) + { + glyph_row->cursor_in_fringe_p = true; + draw_fringe_bitmap (w, glyph_row, glyph_row->reversed_p); + } + else + { + switch (cursor_type) + { + case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: + x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); + break; + + case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: + draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); + break; + + case BAR_CURSOR: + x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR); + break; + + case HBAR_CURSOR: + x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR); + break; + + case NO_CURSOR: + w->phys_cursor_width = 0; + break; + + default: + emacs_abort (); + } + } + + if (w == XWINDOW (f->selected_window)) + { + int frame_x = + WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, x) + WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w); + int frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, y); + pgtk_im_set_cursor_location (f, frame_x, frame_y, + w->phys_cursor_width, + w->phys_cursor_height); + } + } + +} + +static void +pgtk_copy_bits (struct frame *f, cairo_rectangle_t * src_rect, + cairo_rectangle_t * dst_rect) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + cairo_surface_t *surface; /* temporary surface */ + + surface = + cairo_surface_create_similar (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f), + CAIRO_CONTENT_COLOR_ALPHA, + (int) src_rect->width, + (int) src_rect->height); + + cr = cairo_create (surface); + cairo_set_source_surface (cr, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f), -src_rect->x, + -src_rect->y); + cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, src_rect->width, src_rect->height); + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_paint (cr); + cairo_destroy (cr); + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + cairo_set_source_surface (cr, surface, dst_rect->x, dst_rect->y); + cairo_rectangle (cr, dst_rect->x, dst_rect->y, dst_rect->width, + dst_rect->height); + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_paint (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); + + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); +} + +/* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ + +static void +pgtk_scroll_run (struct window *w, struct run *run) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; + + /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, + without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right + fringe of W. */ + window_box (w, ANY_AREA, &x, &y, &width, &height); + + from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); + to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); + bottom_y = y + height; + + if (to_y < from_y) + { + /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode + line at the bottom. */ + if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) + height = bottom_y - from_y; + else + height = run->height; + } + else + { + /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. + at the bottom. */ + if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) + height = bottom_y - to_y; + else + height = run->height; + } + + block_input (); + + /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ + gui_clear_cursor (w); + + { + cairo_rectangle_t src_rect = { x, from_y, width, height }; + cairo_rectangle_t dst_rect = { x, to_y, width, height }; + pgtk_copy_bits (f, &src_rect, &dst_rect); + } + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Icons. */ + +/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ + +static bool +pgtk_bitmap_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object file) +{ + ptrdiff_t bitmap_id; + + if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) == 0) + return true; + + /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */ + if (f->output_data.pgtk->icon_bitmap > 0) + image_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.pgtk->icon_bitmap); + f->output_data.pgtk->icon_bitmap = 0; + + if (STRINGP (file)) + { + /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available, + It's not restricted to bitmaps */ + if (xg_set_icon (f, file)) + return false; + bitmap_id = image_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file); + } + else + { + /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */ + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0) + { + ptrdiff_t rc = -1; + + if (xg_set_icon (f, xg_default_icon_file) + || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f, gnu_xpm_bits)) + { + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id = -2; + return false; + } + + /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */ + if (rc == -1) + { + rc = image_create_bitmap_from_data (f, + (char *) gnu_xbm_bits, + gnu_xbm_width, + gnu_xbm_height); + if (rc == -1) + return true; + + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id = rc; + } + } + + /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask, + this increments the ref-count one extra time. + As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed. + That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ + image_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); + + bitmap_id = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id; + } + + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->bitmaps[bitmap_id - 1].img != NULL) + { + gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->bitmaps[bitmap_id - 1].img); + } + f->output_data.pgtk->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id; + + return false; +} + + +/* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. + Use ICON_NAME as the text. */ + +bool +pgtk_text_icon (struct frame *f, const char *icon_name) +{ + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), NULL); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), icon_name); + } + + return false; +} + +/*********************************************************************** + Starting and ending an update + ***********************************************************************/ + +/* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook + for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. + This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for + each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here + because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */ + +static void +pgtk_update_begin (struct frame *f) +{ + pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (f); +} + +/* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */ + +static void +pgtk_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window *w, int x, int y0, int y1) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + struct face *face; + cairo_t *cr; + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + face = FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); + if (face) + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, face->foreground); + + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y0, 1, y1 - y0); + cairo_fill (cr); + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */ + +static void +pgtk_draw_window_divider (struct window *w, int x0, int x1, int y0, int y1) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID); + struct face *face_first + = FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID); + struct face *face_last + = FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID); + unsigned long color = face ? face->foreground : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f); + unsigned long color_first = (face_first + ? face_first->foreground + : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f)); + unsigned long color_last = (face_last + ? face_last->foreground + : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f)); + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + if (y1 - y0 > x1 - x0 && x1 - x0 > 2) + /* Vertical. */ + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color_first); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0, y0, 1, y1 - y0); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0 + 1, y0, x1 - x0 - 2, y1 - y0); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color_last); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x1 - 1, y0, 1, y1 - y0); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + else if (x1 - x0 > y1 - y0 && y1 - y0 > 3) + /* Horizontal. */ + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color_first); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0, y0, x1 - x0, 1); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0, y0 + 1, x1 - x0, y1 - y0 - 2); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color_last); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0, y1 - 1, x1 - x0, 1); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x0, y0, x1 - x0, y1 - y0); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +/* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in + update_end. */ + +static void +pgtk_update_end (struct frame *f) +{ + /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ + MOUSE_HL_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = false; +} + +static void +pgtk_frame_up_to_date (struct frame *f) +{ + block_input (); + FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f); + if (!buffer_flipping_blocked_p ()) + { + flip_cr_context (f); + gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + } + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Return the current position of the mouse. + *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. + + If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW, + and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse + is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's + position on the scroll bar. + + If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the + mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell + the mouse is over. + + Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse + was at this position. + + Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. + + This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse + movement. */ + +static void +pgtk_mouse_position (struct frame **fp, int insist, Lisp_Object * bar_window, + enum scroll_bar_part *part, Lisp_Object * x, + Lisp_Object * y, Time * timestamp) +{ + struct frame *f1; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp); + int win_x, win_y; + GdkSeat *seat; + GdkDevice *device; + GdkModifierType mask; + GdkWindow *win; + + block_input (); + + Lisp_Object frame, tail; + + /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ + FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (XFRAME (frame)) + && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)) + XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = false; + + dpyinfo->last_mouse_scroll_bar = NULL; + + if (gui_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo)) + { + /* 1.1. use last_mouse_frame as frame where the pointer is on. */ + f1 = dpyinfo->last_mouse_frame; + } + else + { + f1 = *fp; + /* 1.2. get frame where the pointer is on. */ + win = gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (*fp)); + seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (dpyinfo->gdpy); + device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat); + win = + gdk_window_get_device_position (win, device, &win_x, &win_y, &mask); + if (win != NULL) + f1 = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (win); + else + { + /* crossing display server? */ + f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); + } + } + + /* f1 can be a terminal frame. Bug#50322 */ + if (f1 == NULL || !FRAME_PGTK_P (f1)) + { + unblock_input (); + return; + } + + /* 2. get the display and the device. */ + win = gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f1)); + GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_window_get_display (win); + seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (gdpy); + device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat); + + /* 3. get x, y relative to edit window of the frame. */ + win = gdk_window_get_device_position (win, device, &win_x, &win_y, &mask); + + if (f1 != NULL) + { + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1); + remember_mouse_glyph (f1, win_x, win_y, &dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph); + dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph_frame = f1; + + *bar_window = Qnil; + *part = 0; + *fp = f1; + XSETINT (*x, win_x); + XSETINT (*y, win_y); + *timestamp = dpyinfo->last_mouse_movement_time; + } + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Fringe bitmaps. */ + +static int max_fringe_bmp = 0; +static cairo_pattern_t **fringe_bmp = 0; + +static void +pgtk_define_fringe_bitmap (int which, unsigned short *bits, int h, int wd) +{ + int i, stride; + cairo_surface_t *surface; + unsigned char *data; + cairo_pattern_t *pattern; + + if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) + { + i = max_fringe_bmp; + max_fringe_bmp = which + 20; + fringe_bmp = + (cairo_pattern_t **) xrealloc (fringe_bmp, + max_fringe_bmp * + sizeof (cairo_pattern_t *)); + while (i < max_fringe_bmp) + fringe_bmp[i++] = 0; + } + + block_input (); + + surface = cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1, wd, h); + stride = cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface); + data = cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface); + + for (i = 0; i < h; i++) + { + *((unsigned short *) data) = bits[i]; + data += stride; + } + + cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface); + pattern = cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface); + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + + unblock_input (); + + fringe_bmp[which] = pattern; +} + +static void +pgtk_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which) +{ + if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) + return; + + if (fringe_bmp[which]) + { + block_input (); + cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp[which]); + unblock_input (); + } + fringe_bmp[which] = 0; +} + +static void +pgtk_clip_to_row (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, + enum glyph_row_area area, cairo_t * cr) +{ + int window_x, window_y, window_width; + cairo_rectangle_int_t rect; + + window_box (w, area, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, 0); + + rect.x = window_x; + rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, row->y)); + rect.y = max (rect.y, window_y); + rect.width = window_width; + rect.height = row->visible_height; + + cairo_rectangle (cr, rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + cairo_clip (cr); +} + +static void +pgtk_cr_draw_image (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC * gc, cairo_pattern_t * image, + int src_x, int src_y, int width, int height, + int dest_x, int dest_y, bool overlay_p) +{ + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + if (overlay_p) + cairo_rectangle (cr, dest_x, dest_y, width, height); + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f, gc); + cairo_rectangle (cr, dest_x, dest_y, width, height); + cairo_fill_preserve (cr); + } + cairo_translate (cr, dest_x - src_x, dest_y - src_y); + + cairo_surface_t *surface; + cairo_pattern_get_surface (image, &surface); + cairo_format_t format = cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface); + if (format != CAIRO_FORMAT_A8 && format != CAIRO_FORMAT_A1) + { + cairo_set_source (cr, image); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f, gc); + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_mask (cr, image); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +static void +pgtk_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, + struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + struct face *face = p->face; + + cairo_t *cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + + /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ + pgtk_clip_to_row (w, row, ANY_AREA, cr); + + if (p->bx >= 0 && !p->overlay_p) + { + /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and + for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on + mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to + FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ + if (face->stipple) + { + fill_background_by_face (f, face, p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny); + } + else + { + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, face->background); + cairo_rectangle (cr, p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + } + + if (p->which && p->which < max_fringe_bmp) + { + Emacs_GC gcv; + + gcv.foreground = (p->cursor_p + ? (p->overlay_p ? face->background + : FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color) + : face->foreground); + gcv.background = face->background; + pgtk_cr_draw_image (f, &gcv, fringe_bmp[p->which], 0, p->dh, + p->wd, p->h, p->x, p->y, p->overlay_p); + } + + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +static struct atimer *hourglass_atimer = NULL; +static int hourglass_enter_count = 0; + +static void +hourglass_cb (struct atimer *timer) +{ + /*NOP*/} + +static void +pgtk_show_hourglass (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_output *x = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f); + if (x->hourglass_widget != NULL) + gtk_widget_destroy (x->hourglass_widget); + x->hourglass_widget = gtk_event_box_new (); /* gtk_event_box is GDK_INPUT_ONLY. */ + gtk_widget_set_has_window (x->hourglass_widget, true); + gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), x->hourglass_widget, 0, 0); + gtk_widget_show (x->hourglass_widget); + gtk_widget_set_size_request (x->hourglass_widget, 30000, 30000); + gdk_window_raise (gtk_widget_get_window (x->hourglass_widget)); + gdk_window_set_cursor (gtk_widget_get_window (x->hourglass_widget), + x->hourglass_cursor); + + /* For cursor animation, we receive signals, set pending_signals, and dispatch. */ + if (hourglass_enter_count++ == 0) + { + struct timespec ts = make_timespec (0, 50 * 1000 * 1000); + if (hourglass_atimer != NULL) + cancel_atimer (hourglass_atimer); + hourglass_atimer = + start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, ts, hourglass_cb, NULL); + } + + /* Cursor frequently stops animation. gtk's bug? */ +} + +static void +pgtk_hide_hourglass (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_output *x = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f); + if (--hourglass_enter_count == 0) + { + if (hourglass_atimer != NULL) + { + cancel_atimer (hourglass_atimer); + hourglass_atimer = NULL; + } + } + if (x->hourglass_widget != NULL) + { + gtk_widget_destroy (x->hourglass_widget); + x->hourglass_widget = NULL; + } +} + +/* Flushes changes to display. */ +static void +pgtk_flush_display (struct frame *f) +{ +} + +extern frame_parm_handler pgtk_frame_parm_handlers[]; + +static struct redisplay_interface pgtk_redisplay_interface = { + pgtk_frame_parm_handlers, + gui_produce_glyphs, + gui_write_glyphs, + gui_insert_glyphs, + gui_clear_end_of_line, + pgtk_scroll_run, + pgtk_after_update_window_line, + NULL, /* gui_update_window_begin, */ + NULL, /* gui_update_window_end, */ + pgtk_flush_display, + gui_clear_window_mouse_face, + gui_get_glyph_overhangs, + gui_fix_overlapping_area, + pgtk_draw_fringe_bitmap, + pgtk_define_fringe_bitmap, + pgtk_destroy_fringe_bitmap, + pgtk_compute_glyph_string_overhangs, + pgtk_draw_glyph_string, + pgtk_define_frame_cursor, + pgtk_clear_frame_area, + pgtk_clear_under_internal_border, + pgtk_draw_window_cursor, + pgtk_draw_vertical_window_border, + pgtk_draw_window_divider, + NULL, /* pgtk_shift_glyphs_for_insert, */ + pgtk_show_hourglass, + pgtk_hide_hourglass, + pgtk_default_font_parameter, +}; + +static void +pgtk_redraw_scroll_bars (struct frame *f) +{ +} + +void +pgtk_clear_frame (struct frame *f) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + External (hook): Erase the entire frame + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + /* comes on initial frame because we have + after-make-frame-functions = select-frame */ + if (!FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f)) + return; + + /* mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); */ + + block_input (); + + pgtk_clear_area (f, 0, 0, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); + + /* as of 2006/11 or so this is now needed */ + pgtk_redraw_scroll_bars (f); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ + +static void +recover_from_visible_bell (struct atimer *timer) +{ + struct frame *f = timer->client_data; + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell != NULL) + { + cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell = NULL; + } + + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell != NULL) + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell = NULL; +} + +static void +pgtk_flash (struct frame *f) +{ + block_input (); + + { + cairo_surface_t *surface_orig = FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f); + + int width = FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH (f); + int height = FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT (f); + cairo_surface_t *surface = + cairo_surface_create_similar (surface_orig, CAIRO_CONTENT_COLOR_ALPHA, + width, height); + + cairo_t *cr = cairo_create (surface); + cairo_set_source_surface (cr, surface_orig, 0, 0); + cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, width, height); + cairo_clip (cr); + cairo_paint (cr); + + cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 1, 1, 1); + cairo_set_operator (cr, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE); + + { + /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */ + int height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + /* Height of each line to flash. */ + int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); + /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */ + int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); + int flash_right = + FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); + int width = flash_right - flash_left; + + /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ + if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) + { + cairo_rectangle (cr, + flash_left, + (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) + + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f)), + width, flash_height); + cairo_fill (cr); + + cairo_rectangle (cr, + flash_left, + (height - flash_height + - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), + width, flash_height); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + else + { + /* If it is short, flash it all. */ + cairo_rectangle (cr, + flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), + width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); + cairo_fill (cr); + } + + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell = surface; + { + struct timespec delay = make_timespec (0, 50 * 1000 * 1000); + if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell != NULL) + { + cancel_atimer (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell = NULL; + } + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->atimer_visible_bell = + start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE, delay, recover_from_visible_bell, f); + } + + } + + cairo_destroy (cr); + } + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Make audible bell. */ + +static void +pgtk_ring_bell (struct frame *f) +{ + if (visible_bell) + { + pgtk_flash (f); + } + else + { + block_input (); + gtk_widget_error_bell (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + unblock_input (); + } +} + +/* Read events coming from the X server. + Return as soon as there are no more events to be read. + + Return the number of characters stored into the buffer, + thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store + in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily + C chars). */ + +static int +pgtk_read_socket (struct terminal *terminal, struct input_event *hold_quit) +{ + GMainContext *context; + bool context_acquired = false; + int count; + + count = evq_flush (hold_quit); + if (count > 0) + { + return count; + } + + context = g_main_context_default (); + context_acquired = g_main_context_acquire (context); + + block_input (); + + if (context_acquired) + { + while (g_main_context_pending (context)) + { + g_main_context_dispatch (context); + } + } + + unblock_input (); + + if (context_acquired) + g_main_context_release (context); + + count = evq_flush (hold_quit); + if (count > 0) + { + return count; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with + a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */ + +static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled; + +static void +pgtk_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window, enum scroll_bar_part part, + int portion, int whole, bool horizontal) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + + inev.ie.kind = + horizontal ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; + inev.ie.frame_or_window = window; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + inev.ie.timestamp = 0; + inev.ie.code = 0; + inev.ie.part = part; + inev.ie.x = make_fixnum (portion); + inev.ie.y = make_fixnum (whole); + inev.ie.modifiers = 0; + + evq_enqueue (&inev); +} + + +/* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll + bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */ + +static gboolean +xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange * range, + GtkScrollType scroll, gdouble value, gpointer user_data) +{ + int whole = 0, portion = 0; + struct scroll_bar *bar = user_data; + enum scroll_bar_part part = scroll_bar_nowhere; + GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range)); + + if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar) + return false; + + switch (scroll) + { + case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP: +#if 0 + /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */ + if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed != 0 + && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed < (1 << 4)) +#endif + { + if (bar->horizontal) + { + part = scroll_bar_horizontal_handle; + whole = (int) (gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj) - + gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj)); + portion = min ((int) value, whole); + bar->dragging = portion; + } + else + { + part = scroll_bar_handle; + whole = gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj) - + gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj); + portion = min ((int) value, whole); + bar->dragging = portion; + } + } + break; + case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD: + part = (bar->horizontal ? scroll_bar_left_arrow : scroll_bar_up_arrow); + bar->dragging = -1; + break; + case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD: + part = (bar->horizontal + ? scroll_bar_right_arrow : scroll_bar_down_arrow); + bar->dragging = -1; + break; + case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD: + part = (bar->horizontal + ? scroll_bar_before_handle : scroll_bar_above_handle); + bar->dragging = -1; + break; + case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD: + part = (bar->horizontal + ? scroll_bar_after_handle : scroll_bar_below_handle); + bar->dragging = -1; + break; + default: + break; + } + + if (part != scroll_bar_nowhere) + { + window_being_scrolled = bar->window; + pgtk_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole, + bar->horizontal); + } + + return false; +} + +/* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */ + +static gboolean +xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget * widget, + GdkEventButton * event, gpointer user_data) +{ + struct scroll_bar *bar = user_data; + bar->dragging = -1; + if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled)) + { + pgtk_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled, + scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0, + bar->horizontal); + window_being_scrolled = Qnil; + } + + return false; +} + +#define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar" +#define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar" + +/* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget + and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */ + +static void +x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar *bar) +{ + const char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_NAME; + + block_input (); + xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback), + G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback), scroll_bar_name); + unblock_input (); +} + +static void +x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame *f, + struct scroll_bar *bar) +{ + const char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME; + + block_input (); + xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f, bar, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback), + G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback), + scroll_bar_name); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently + displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ + +static void +x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, int portion, + int position, int whole) +{ + xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); +} + +static void +x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, + int portion, int position, + int whole) +{ + xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); +} + + + +/* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is + the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, + WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the + scroll bar. */ + +static struct scroll_bar * +x_scroll_bar_create (struct window *w, int top, int left, + int width, int height, bool horizontal) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + struct scroll_bar *bar + = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar, prev, PVEC_OTHER); + Lisp_Object barobj; + + block_input (); + + if (horizontal) + x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar); + else + x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar); + + XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); + bar->top = top; + bar->left = left; + bar->width = width; + bar->height = height; + bar->start = 0; + bar->end = 0; + bar->dragging = -1; + bar->horizontal = horizontal; + + /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ + bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); + bar->prev = Qnil; + XSETVECTOR (barobj, bar); + fset_scroll_bars (f, barobj); + if (!NILP (bar->next)) + XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); + + /* Map the window/widget. */ + { + if (horizontal) + xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f, bar->x_window, top, + left, width, max (height, 1)); + else + xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, bar->x_window, top, + left, width, max (height, 1)); + } + + unblock_input (); + return bar; +} + +/* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to + nil. */ + +static void +x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar *bar) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); + block_input (); + + xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, bar->x_window); + + /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */ + if (bar->horizontal) + wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar->window), Qnil); + else + wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar->window), Qnil); + + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate + that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE + characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, + create one. */ + +static void +pgtk_set_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window *w, int portion, int whole, + int position) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + Lisp_Object barobj; + struct scroll_bar *bar; + int top, height, left, width; + int window_y, window_height; + + /* Get window dimensions. */ + window_box (w, ANY_AREA, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height); + top = window_y; + height = window_height; + left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w); + width = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w); + + /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ + if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) + { + if (width > 0 && height > 0) + { + block_input (); + pgtk_clear_area (f, left, top, width, height); + unblock_input (); + } + + bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, max (height, 1), false); + } + else + { + /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ + unsigned int mask = 0; + + bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); + + block_input (); + + if (left != bar->left) + mask |= 1; + if (top != bar->top) + mask |= 1; + if (width != bar->width) + mask |= 1; + if (height != bar->height) + mask |= 1; + + /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */ + if (mask) + { + /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved + for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ + if (width > 0 && height > 0) + pgtk_clear_area (f, left, top, width, height); + xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, bar->x_window, top, + left, width, max (height, 1)); + } + + /* Remember new settings. */ + bar->left = left; + bar->top = top; + bar->width = width; + bar->height = height; + + unblock_input (); + } + + x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); + + XSETVECTOR (barobj, bar); + wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, barobj); +} + + +static void +pgtk_set_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window *w, int portion, int whole, + int position) +{ + struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); + Lisp_Object barobj; + struct scroll_bar *bar; + int top, height, left, width; + int window_x, window_width; + int pixel_width = WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); + + /* Get window dimensions. */ + window_box (w, ANY_AREA, &window_x, 0, &window_width, 0); + left = window_x; + width = window_width; + top = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w); + height = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w); + + /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ + if (NILP (w->horizontal_scroll_bar)) + { + if (width > 0 && height > 0) + { + block_input (); + + /* Clear also part between window_width and + WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */ + pgtk_clear_area (f, left, top, pixel_width, height); + unblock_input (); + } + + bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height, true); + } + else + { + /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ + unsigned int mask = 0; + + bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->horizontal_scroll_bar); + + block_input (); + + if (left != bar->left) + mask |= 1; + if (top != bar->top) + mask |= 1; + if (width != bar->width) + mask |= 1; + if (height != bar->height) + mask |= 1; + + /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */ + if (mask) + { + /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved + for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ + if (width > 0 && height > 0) + pgtk_clear_area (f, + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w), top, + pixel_width - WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w), + height); + xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f, bar->x_window, top, left, + width, height); + } + + /* Remember new settings. */ + bar->left = left; + bar->top = top; + bar->width = width; + bar->height = height; + + unblock_input (); + } + + x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); + + XSETVECTOR (barobj, bar); + wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w, barobj); +} + +/* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough + redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars + are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go + away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys + and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay + that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar + from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ + +/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call + to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if + `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ + +static void +pgtk_condemn_scroll_bars (struct frame *frame) +{ + if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) + { + if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) + { + /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */ + Lisp_Object last = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); + + while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last)->next)) + last = XSCROLL_BAR (last)->next; + + XSCROLL_BAR (last)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); + XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = last; + } + + fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)); + fset_scroll_bars (frame, Qnil); + } +} + + +/* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. + Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ + +static void +pgtk_redeem_scroll_bar (struct window *w) +{ + struct scroll_bar *bar; + Lisp_Object barobj; + struct frame *f; + + /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ + if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar) && NILP (w->horizontal_scroll_bar)) + emacs_abort (); + + if (!NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w)) + { + bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); + /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ + f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + if (NILP (bar->prev)) + { + /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of + the lists. */ + if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), w->vertical_scroll_bar)) + /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ + goto horizontal; + else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), + w->vertical_scroll_bar)) + fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f, bar->next); + else + /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of + one or the other! */ + emacs_abort (); + } + else + XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; + + if (!NILP (bar->next)) + XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; + + bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); + bar->prev = Qnil; + XSETVECTOR (barobj, bar); + fset_scroll_bars (f, barobj); + if (!NILP (bar->next)) + XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); + } + +horizontal: + if (!NILP (w->horizontal_scroll_bar) + && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w)) + { + bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->horizontal_scroll_bar); + /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ + f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); + if (NILP (bar->prev)) + { + /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of + the lists. */ + if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), w->horizontal_scroll_bar)) + /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ + return; + else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), + w->horizontal_scroll_bar)) + fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f, bar->next); + else + /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of + one or the other! */ + emacs_abort (); + } + else + XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; + + if (!NILP (bar->next)) + XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; + + bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); + bar->prev = Qnil; + XSETVECTOR (barobj, bar); + fset_scroll_bars (f, barobj); + if (!NILP (bar->next)) + XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); + } +} + +/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the + last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ + +static void +pgtk_judge_scroll_bars (struct frame *f) +{ + Lisp_Object bar, next; + + bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); + + /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any + more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ + fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f, Qnil); + + for (; !NILP (bar); bar = next) + { + struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); + + x_scroll_bar_remove (b); + + next = b->next; + b->next = b->prev = Qnil; + } + + /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, + and they should get garbage-collected. */ +} + +static void +set_fullscreen_state (struct frame *f) +{ + if (!FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + return; + + GtkWindow *widget = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); + switch (f->want_fullscreen) + { + case FULLSCREEN_NONE: + gtk_window_unfullscreen (widget); + gtk_window_unmaximize (widget); + store_frame_param (f, Qfullscreen, Qnil); + break; + + case FULLSCREEN_BOTH: + gtk_window_unmaximize (widget); + gtk_window_fullscreen (widget); + store_frame_param (f, Qfullscreen, Qfullboth); + break; + + case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED: + gtk_window_unfullscreen (widget); + gtk_window_maximize (widget); + store_frame_param (f, Qfullscreen, Qmaximized); + break; + + case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH: + case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT: + /* Not supported by gtk. Ignore them. */ + break; + } + + f->want_fullscreen = FULLSCREEN_NONE; +} + +static void +pgtk_fullscreen_hook (struct frame *f) +{ + if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) + { + block_input (); + set_fullscreen_state (f); + unblock_input (); + } +} + +/* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */ +void +pgtk_delete_terminal (struct terminal *terminal) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = terminal->display_info.pgtk; + + /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in + delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */ + if (!terminal->name) + return; + + block_input (); + + pgtk_im_finish (dpyinfo); + + /* Normally, the display is available... */ + if (dpyinfo->gdpy) + { + image_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo); + + g_clear_object (&dpyinfo->xg_cursor); + g_clear_object (&dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor); + g_clear_object (&dpyinfo->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor); + g_clear_object (&dpyinfo->invisible_cursor); + if (dpyinfo->last_click_event != NULL) { + gdk_event_free (dpyinfo->last_click_event); + dpyinfo->last_click_event = NULL; + } + + xg_display_close (dpyinfo->gdpy); + + /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed + by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */ + dpyinfo->gdpy = NULL; + } + + if (dpyinfo->connection >= 0) + emacs_close (dpyinfo->connection); + + dpyinfo->connection = -1; + + delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (0); + + pgtk_delete_display (dpyinfo); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* Store F's background color into *BGCOLOR. */ +static void +pgtk_query_frame_background_color (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color * bgcolor) +{ + bgcolor->pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f); + pgtk_query_color (f, bgcolor); +} + +static void +pgtk_free_pixmap (struct frame *_f, Emacs_Pixmap pixmap) +{ + if (pixmap) + { + xfree (pixmap->data); + xfree (pixmap); + } +} + +void +pgtk_focus_frame (struct frame *f, bool noactivate) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + + GtkWidget *wid = FRAME_WIDGET (f); + + if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame != f && wid != NULL) + { + block_input (); + gtk_widget_grab_focus (wid); + unblock_input (); + } +} + + +static void +set_opacity_recursively (GtkWidget * w, gpointer data) +{ + gtk_widget_set_opacity (w, *(double *) data); + if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (w)) + gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (w), set_opacity_recursively, data); +} + +static void +x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame *f) +{ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + double alpha = 1.0; + double alpha_min = 1.0; + + if (dpyinfo->highlight_frame == f) + alpha = f->alpha[0]; + else + alpha = f->alpha[1]; + + if (alpha < 0.0) + return; + + if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) + alpha_min = XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit); + else if (FIXNUMP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) + alpha_min = (XFIXNUM (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) / 100.0; + + if (alpha > 1.0) + alpha = 1.0; + else if (alpha < alpha_min && alpha_min <= 1.0) + alpha = alpha_min; + +#if 0 + /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there + also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that. + Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when + alpha has not changed on the frame. */ + + if (!FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f)) + { + Window parent = x_find_topmost_parent (f); + if (parent != None) + XChangeProperty (dpy, parent, dpyinfo->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity, + XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace, + (unsigned char *) &opac, 1); + } +#endif + + set_opacity_recursively (FRAME_WIDGET (f), &alpha); + /* without this, blending mode is strange on wayland. */ + gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (FRAME_WIDGET (f)); +} + +static void +frame_highlight (struct frame *f) +{ + /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but + the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap + and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the + client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ + block_input (); + /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on + the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been + using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just + because of this (bug#9310). */ + + GtkWidget *w = FRAME_WIDGET (f); + + char *css = + g_strdup_printf ("decoration { border: solid %dpx #%06x; }", + f->border_width, + (unsigned int) FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_pixel & 0x00ffffff); + + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (w); + GtkCssProvider *css_provider = gtk_css_provider_new (); + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, css, -1, NULL); + gtk_style_context_add_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (css_provider), + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER); + g_free (css); + + GtkCssProvider *old = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = css_provider; + if (old != NULL) + { + gtk_style_context_remove_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (old)); + g_object_unref (old); + } + + unblock_input (); + gui_update_cursor (f, true); + x_set_frame_alpha (f); +} + +static void +frame_unhighlight (struct frame *f) +{ + /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but + the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap + and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the + client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ + block_input (); + /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */ + + GtkWidget *w = FRAME_WIDGET (f); + + char *css = + g_strdup_printf ("decoration { border: dotted %dpx #ffffff; }", + f->border_width); + + GtkStyleContext *ctxt = gtk_widget_get_style_context (w); + GtkCssProvider *css_provider = gtk_css_provider_new (); + gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (css_provider, css, -1, NULL); + gtk_style_context_add_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (css_provider), + GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER); + g_free (css); + + GtkCssProvider *old = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider; + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->border_color_css_provider = css_provider; + if (old != NULL) + { + gtk_style_context_remove_provider (ctxt, GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (old)); + g_object_unref (old); + } + + unblock_input (); + gui_update_cursor (f, true); + x_set_frame_alpha (f); +} + + +void +pgtk_frame_rehighlight (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->highlight_frame; + + if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) + { + dpyinfo->highlight_frame + = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) + ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) + : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); + if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->highlight_frame)) + { + fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame, Qnil); + dpyinfo->highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; + } + } + else + dpyinfo->highlight_frame = 0; + + if (old_highlight) + frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); + if (dpyinfo->highlight_frame) + frame_highlight (dpyinfo->highlight_frame); +} + +/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to + another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate + mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. + + The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which + frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find + the appropriate X display info. */ + +static void +XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame *frame) +{ + pgtk_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); +} + + +/* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */ + +static void +x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame *f, bool invisible) +{ + Emacs_Cursor cursor; + if (invisible) + cursor = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->invisible_cursor; + else + cursor = f->output_data.pgtk->current_cursor; + gdk_window_set_cursor (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), + cursor); + f->pointer_invisible = invisible; +} + +static void +x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + dpyinfo->toggle_visible_pointer = x_toggle_visible_pointer; + dpyinfo->invisible_cursor = + gdk_cursor_new_for_display (dpyinfo->gdpy, GDK_BLANK_CURSOR); +} + +static void +XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame *f, bool invisible) +{ + block_input (); + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->toggle_visible_pointer (f, invisible); + unblock_input (); +} + +/* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect + the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame + here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. + Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the + Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ + +static void +x_new_focus_frame (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, struct frame *frame) +{ + struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; + /* doesn't work on wayland */ + + if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) + { + /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see + the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ + dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; + + if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (old_focus)) + gdk_window_lower (gtk_widget_get_window + (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (old_focus))); + + if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) + gdk_window_raise (gtk_widget_get_window + (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))); + } + + pgtk_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); +} + +static void +pgtk_buffer_flipping_unblocked_hook (struct frame *f) +{ + block_input (); + flip_cr_context (f); + gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + unblock_input (); +} + +static struct terminal * +pgtk_create_terminal (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Set up use of Gtk before we make the first connection. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + struct terminal *terminal; + + terminal = create_terminal (output_pgtk, &pgtk_redisplay_interface); + + terminal->display_info.pgtk = dpyinfo; + dpyinfo->terminal = terminal; + + terminal->clear_frame_hook = pgtk_clear_frame; + terminal->ring_bell_hook = pgtk_ring_bell; + terminal->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook = XTtoggle_invisible_pointer; + terminal->update_begin_hook = pgtk_update_begin; + terminal->update_end_hook = pgtk_update_end; + terminal->read_socket_hook = pgtk_read_socket; + terminal->frame_up_to_date_hook = pgtk_frame_up_to_date; + terminal->mouse_position_hook = pgtk_mouse_position; + terminal->frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; + terminal->buffer_flipping_unblocked_hook = pgtk_buffer_flipping_unblocked_hook; + terminal->frame_raise_lower_hook = pgtk_frame_raise_lower; + terminal->frame_visible_invisible_hook = pgtk_make_frame_visible_invisible; + terminal->fullscreen_hook = pgtk_fullscreen_hook; + terminal->menu_show_hook = pgtk_menu_show; + terminal->activate_menubar_hook = pgtk_activate_menubar; + terminal->popup_dialog_hook = pgtk_popup_dialog; + terminal->change_tab_bar_height_hook = x_change_tab_bar_height; + terminal->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = pgtk_set_vertical_scroll_bar; + terminal->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook = pgtk_set_horizontal_scroll_bar; + terminal->condemn_scroll_bars_hook = pgtk_condemn_scroll_bars; + terminal->redeem_scroll_bar_hook = pgtk_redeem_scroll_bar; + terminal->judge_scroll_bars_hook = pgtk_judge_scroll_bars; + terminal->get_string_resource_hook = pgtk_get_string_resource; + terminal->delete_frame_hook = x_destroy_window; + terminal->delete_terminal_hook = pgtk_delete_terminal; + terminal->query_frame_background_color = pgtk_query_frame_background_color; + terminal->defined_color_hook = pgtk_defined_color; + terminal->set_new_font_hook = pgtk_new_font; + terminal->set_bitmap_icon_hook = pgtk_bitmap_icon; + terminal->implicit_set_name_hook = pgtk_implicitly_set_name; + terminal->iconify_frame_hook = pgtk_iconify_frame; + terminal->set_scroll_bar_default_width_hook = + pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_width; + terminal->set_scroll_bar_default_height_hook = + pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_height; + terminal->set_window_size_hook = pgtk_set_window_size; + terminal->query_colors = pgtk_query_colors; + terminal->get_focus_frame = x_get_focus_frame; + terminal->focus_frame_hook = pgtk_focus_frame; + terminal->set_frame_offset_hook = x_set_offset; + terminal->free_pixmap = pgtk_free_pixmap; + + /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */ + + return terminal; +} + +struct pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive_t +{ + GdkWindow *window; + bool result; + GtkWidget *emacs_gtk_fixed; /* stop on emacsgtkfixed other than this. */ +}; + +static void +pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +{ + struct pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive_t *datap = data; + + if (datap->result) + return; + + if (EMACS_IS_FIXED (widget) && widget != datap->emacs_gtk_fixed) + return; + + if (gtk_widget_get_window (widget) == datap->window) + { + datap->result = true; + return; + } + + if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) { + gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), + pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive, datap); + } +} + +static bool +pgtk_window_is_of_frame (struct frame *f, GdkWindow * window) +{ + struct pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive_t data; + data.window = window; + data.result = false; + data.emacs_gtk_fixed = FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f); + pgtk_window_is_of_frame_recursive (FRAME_WIDGET (f), &data); + return data.result; +} + +/* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's + windows. */ +static struct frame * +pgtk_any_window_to_frame (GdkWindow * window) +{ + Lisp_Object tail, frame; + struct frame *f, *found = NULL; + + if (window == NULL) + return NULL; + + FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) + { + if (found) + break; + f = XFRAME (frame); + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)) + { + if (pgtk_window_is_of_frame (f, window)) + found = f; + } + } + + return found; +} + +static gboolean +pgtk_handle_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * data) +{ + return FALSE; +} + +static void +pgtk_fill_rectangle (struct frame *f, unsigned long color, int x, int y, + int width, int height) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, width, height); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + +void +pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame *f) +{ + if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) > 0) + { + int border = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); + int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); + int height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + int margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f); + int face_id = + (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f) + ? (!NILP (Vface_remapping_alist) + ? lookup_basic_face (NULL, f, CHILD_FRAME_BORDER_FACE_ID) + : CHILD_FRAME_BORDER_FACE_ID) + : (!NILP (Vface_remapping_alist) + ? lookup_basic_face (NULL, f, INTERNAL_BORDER_FACE_ID) + : INTERNAL_BORDER_FACE_ID)); + struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, face_id); + + block_input (); + + if (face) + { +#define x_fill_rectangle(f, gc, x, y, w, h) \ + fill_background_by_face (f, face, x, y, w, h) + x_fill_rectangle (f, gc, 0, margin, width, border); + x_fill_rectangle (f, gc, 0, 0, border, height); + x_fill_rectangle (f, gc, width - border, 0, border, height); + x_fill_rectangle (f, gc, 0, height - border, width, border); +#undef x_fill_rectangle + } + else + { +#define x_clear_area(f, x, y, w, h) pgtk_clear_area (f, x, y, w, h) + x_clear_area (f, 0, 0, border, height); + x_clear_area (f, 0, margin, width, border); + x_clear_area (f, width - border, 0, border, height); + x_clear_area (f, 0, height - border, width, border); +#undef x_clear_area + } + + unblock_input (); + } +} + +static gboolean +pgtk_handle_draw (GtkWidget * widget, cairo_t * cr, gpointer * data) +{ + struct frame *f; + + GdkWindow *win = gtk_widget_get_window (widget); + + if (win != NULL) + { + cairo_surface_t *src = NULL; + f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (win); + if (f != NULL) + { + src = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cr_surface_visible_bell; + if (src == NULL && FRAME_CR_ACTIVE_CONTEXT (f) != NULL) + src = cairo_get_target (FRAME_CR_ACTIVE_CONTEXT (f)); + } + if (src != NULL) + { + cairo_set_source_surface (cr, src, 0, 0); + cairo_paint (cr); + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +static void +size_allocate (GtkWidget * widget, GtkAllocation * alloc, + gpointer user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + + /* Between a frame is created and not shown, size is allocated and + * this handler is called. When that, since the widget's window is + * NULL, we can't get f, pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size is not + * called, and its size is 0x0. That causes empty frame. + * + * Fortunately since we know f in pgtk_set_event_handler, we can get + * it through user_data; + */ + if (!f) + f = user_data; + + if (f) + { + xg_frame_resized (f, alloc->width, alloc->height); + pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size (f, alloc->width, alloc->height, false); + } +} + +static void +x_find_modifier_meanings (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + GdkDisplay *gdpy = dpyinfo->gdpy; + GdkKeymap *keymap = gdk_keymap_get_for_display (gdpy); + GdkModifierType state = GDK_META_MASK; + gboolean r = gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers (keymap, &state); + if (r) + { + /* Meta key exists. */ + if (state == GDK_META_MASK) + { + dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = GDK_MOD1_MASK; /* maybe this is meta. */ + dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; + } + else + { + dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = state & ~GDK_META_MASK; + if (dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask == GDK_MOD1_MASK) + dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; + else + dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = GDK_MOD1_MASK; + } + } + else + { + dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = GDK_MOD1_MASK; + dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; + } + + state = GDK_SUPER_MASK; + r = gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers (keymap, &state); + if (r) + { + /* Super key exists. */ + if (state == GDK_SUPER_MASK) + { + dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = GDK_MOD4_MASK; /* maybe this is super. */ + } + else + { + dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = state & ~GDK_SUPER_MASK; + } + } + else + { + dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = GDK_MOD4_MASK; + } + + state = GDK_HYPER_MASK; + r = gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers (keymap, &state); + if (r) + { + /* Hyper key exists. */ + if (state == GDK_HYPER_MASK) + { + dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = GDK_MOD3_MASK; /* maybe this is hyper. */ + } + else + { + dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = state & ~GDK_HYPER_MASK; + } + } + else + { + dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = GDK_MOD3_MASK; + } + + /* If xmodmap says: + * $ xmodmap | grep mod4 + * mod4 Super_L (0x85), Super_R (0x86), Super_L (0xce), Hyper_L (0xcf) + * then, when mod4 is pressed, both of super and hyper are recognized ON. + * Maybe many people have such configuration, and they don't like such behavior, + * so I disable hyper if such configuration is detected. + */ + if (dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask == dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) + dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; +} + +static void +get_modifier_values (int *mod_ctrl, + int *mod_meta, + int *mod_alt, int *mod_hyper, int *mod_super) +{ + Lisp_Object tem; + + *mod_ctrl = ctrl_modifier; + *mod_meta = meta_modifier; + *mod_alt = alt_modifier; + *mod_hyper = hyper_modifier; + *mod_super = super_modifier; + + tem = Fget (Vx_ctrl_keysym, Qmodifier_value); + if (INTEGERP (tem)) + *mod_ctrl = XFIXNUM (tem) & INT_MAX; + tem = Fget (Vx_alt_keysym, Qmodifier_value); + if (INTEGERP (tem)) + *mod_alt = XFIXNUM (tem) & INT_MAX; + tem = Fget (Vx_meta_keysym, Qmodifier_value); + if (INTEGERP (tem)) + *mod_meta = XFIXNUM (tem) & INT_MAX; + tem = Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym, Qmodifier_value); + if (INTEGERP (tem)) + *mod_hyper = XFIXNUM (tem) & INT_MAX; + tem = Fget (Vx_super_keysym, Qmodifier_value); + if (INTEGERP (tem)) + *mod_super = XFIXNUM (tem) & INT_MAX; +} + +int +pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, int state) +{ + int mod_ctrl; + int mod_meta; + int mod_alt; + int mod_hyper; + int mod_super; + int mod; + + get_modifier_values (&mod_ctrl, &mod_meta, &mod_alt, &mod_hyper, + &mod_super); + + mod = 0; + if (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) + mod |= shift_modifier; + if (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) + mod |= mod_ctrl; + if (state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) + mod |= mod_meta; + if (state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) + mod |= mod_alt; + if (state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) + mod |= mod_super; + if (state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) + mod |= mod_hyper; + return mod; +} + +static int +pgtk_emacs_to_gtk_modifiers (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, int state) +{ + int mod_ctrl; + int mod_meta; + int mod_alt; + int mod_hyper; + int mod_super; + int mask; + + get_modifier_values (&mod_ctrl, &mod_meta, &mod_alt, &mod_hyper, + &mod_super); + + mask = 0; + if (state & mod_alt) + mask |= dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; + if (state & mod_super) + mask |= dpyinfo->super_mod_mask; + if (state & mod_hyper) + mask |= dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask; + if (state & shift_modifier) + mask |= GDK_SHIFT_MASK; + if (state & mod_ctrl) + mask |= GDK_CONTROL_MASK; + if (state & mod_meta) + mask |= dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; + return mask; +} + +#define IsCursorKey(keysym) (0xff50 <= (keysym) && (keysym) < 0xff60) +#define IsMiscFunctionKey(keysym) (0xff60 <= (keysym) && (keysym) < 0xff6c) +#define IsKeypadKey(keysym) (0xff80 <= (keysym) && (keysym) < 0xffbe) +#define IsFunctionKey(keysym) (0xffbe <= (keysym) && (keysym) < 0xffe1) +#define IsModifierKey(keysym) \ + ((((keysym) >= GDK_KEY_Shift_L) && ((keysym) <= GDK_KEY_Hyper_R)) \ + || (((keysym) >= GDK_KEY_ISO_Lock) && ((keysym) <= GDK_KEY_ISO_Level5_Lock)) \ + || ((keysym) == GDK_KEY_Mode_switch) \ + || ((keysym) == GDK_KEY_Num_Lock)) + + +void +pgtk_enqueue_string (struct frame *f, gchar * str) +{ + gunichar *ustr; + + ustr = g_utf8_to_ucs4 (str, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); + if (ustr == NULL) + return; + for (; *ustr != 0; ustr++) + { + union buffered_input_event inev; + Lisp_Object c = make_fixnum (*ustr); + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFIXNAT (c)) + ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT + : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT); + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + inev.ie.code = XFIXNAT (c); + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + inev.ie.modifiers = 0; + inev.ie.timestamp = 0; + evq_enqueue (&inev); + } + +} + +void +pgtk_enqueue_preedit (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object preedit) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = PGTK_PREEDIT_TEXT_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = preedit; + inev.ie.code = 0; + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + inev.ie.modifiers = 0; + inev.ie.timestamp = 0; + evq_enqueue (&inev); +} + +static gboolean +key_press_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * user_data) +{ + struct coding_system coding; + union buffered_input_event inev; + ptrdiff_t nbytes = 0; + Mouse_HLInfo *hlinfo; + + USE_SAFE_ALLOCA; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + hlinfo = MOUSE_HL_INFO (f); + + /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out + mouse highlighting. */ + if (!hlinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight)) + { + clear_mouse_face (hlinfo); + hlinfo->mouse_face_hidden = true; + } + + if (f != 0) + { + /* While super is pressed, gtk_im_context_filter_keypress() always process the + * key events ignoring super. + * As a work around, don't call it while super or hyper are pressed... + */ + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f); + if (!(event->key.state & (dpyinfo->super_mod_mask | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask))) + { + if (pgtk_im_filter_keypress (f, &event->key)) + return TRUE; + } + } + + if (f != 0) + { + guint keysym, orig_keysym; + /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 + instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made + his Emacs hang. + + It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has + a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in + status_return even if the input is too long to + fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient + bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for + two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good + approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */ + unsigned char copy_buffer[513]; + unsigned char *copy_bufptr = copy_buffer; + int copy_bufsiz = sizeof (copy_buffer); + int modifiers; + Lisp_Object coding_system = Qlatin_1; + Lisp_Object c; + guint state = event->key.state; + + state |= + pgtk_emacs_to_gtk_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), + extra_keyboard_modifiers); + modifiers = state; + + /* This will have to go some day... */ + + /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. + Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ + state &= ~GDK_CONTROL_MASK; + state &= ~(GDK_META_MASK + | GDK_SUPER_MASK | GDK_HYPER_MASK | GDK_MOD1_MASK); + + nbytes = event->key.length; + if (nbytes > copy_bufsiz) + nbytes = copy_bufsiz; + memcpy (copy_bufptr, event->key.string, nbytes); + + keysym = event->key.keyval; + orig_keysym = keysym; + + /* Common for all keysym input events. */ + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + inev.ie.modifiers = + pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), modifiers); + inev.ie.timestamp = event->key.time; + + /* First deal with keysyms which have defined + translations to characters. */ + if (keysym >= 32 && keysym < 128) + /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */ + { + inev.ie.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; + inev.ie.code = keysym; + goto done; + } + + /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */ + if (keysym >= 0x01000000 && keysym <= 0x0110FFFF) + { + if (keysym < 0x01000080) + inev.ie.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; + else + inev.ie.kind = MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; + inev.ie.code = keysym & 0xFFFFFF; + goto done; + } + + /* Now non-ASCII. */ + if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vpgtk_keysym_table) + && (c = Fgethash (make_fixnum (keysym), + Vpgtk_keysym_table, Qnil), FIXNATP (c))) + { + inev.ie.kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFIXNAT (c)) + ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT + : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT); + inev.ie.code = XFIXNAT (c); + goto done; + } + + /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */ + if (((keysym >= GDK_KEY_BackSpace && keysym <= GDK_KEY_Escape) + || keysym == GDK_KEY_Delete +#ifdef GDK_KEY_ISO_Left_Tab + || (keysym >= GDK_KEY_ISO_Left_Tab && keysym <= GDK_KEY_ISO_Enter) +#endif + || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ + || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ +#ifdef HPUX + /* This recognizes the "extended function + keys". It seems there's no cleaner way. + Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling + mode_switch incorrectly. */ + || (GDK_KEY_Select <= keysym && keysym < GDK_KEY_KP_Space) +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_circumflex + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_circumflex +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_grave + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_grave +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_tilde + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_tilde +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_diaeresis + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_diaeresis +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_macron + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_macron +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_degree + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_degree +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_acute + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_acute +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_cedilla + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_cedilla +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_breve + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_breve +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_ogonek + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_ogonek +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_caron + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_caron +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_doubleacute + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_doubleacute +#endif +#ifdef GDK_KEY_dead_abovedot + || orig_keysym == GDK_KEY_dead_abovedot +#endif + || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ + || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ + /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ + || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28)) + || (keysym != GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol && nbytes == 0)) + && !(event->key.is_modifier + /* Gtk's modifier keys are different from Xlib's ones. + * I need to exclude them. + */ + || IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) + /* The symbols from GDK_KEY_ISO_Lock + to GDK_KEY_ISO_Last_Group_Lock + don't have real modifiers but + should be treated similarly to + Mode_switch by Emacs. */ +#if defined GDK_KEY_ISO_Lock && defined GDK_KEY_ISO_Last_Group_Lock + || (GDK_KEY_ISO_Lock <= orig_keysym + && orig_keysym <= GDK_KEY_ISO_Last_Group_Lock) +#endif + )) + { + STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym); + /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic + key. */ + inev.ie.kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; + inev.ie.code = keysym; + goto done; + } + + { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */ + ptrdiff_t i; + int nchars, len; + + for (i = 0, nchars = 0; i < nbytes; i++) + { + if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr[i])) + nchars++; + STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr[i]); + } + + if (nchars < nbytes) + { + /* Decode the input data. */ + + /* The input should be decoded with locale `coding_system'. */ + if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system)) + coding_system = Vlocale_coding_system; + setup_coding_system (coding_system, &coding); + coding.src_multibyte = false; + coding.dst_multibyte = true; + /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't + handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that + gives us composition information. */ + coding.common_flags &= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK; + + SAFE_NALLOCA (coding.destination, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH, nbytes); + coding.dst_bytes = MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH * nbytes; + coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; + decode_coding_c_string (&coding, copy_bufptr, nbytes, Qnil); + nbytes = coding.produced; + nchars = coding.produced_char; + copy_bufptr = coding.destination; + } + + /* Convert the input data to a sequence of + character events. */ + for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += len) + { + int ch; + if (nchars == nbytes) + ch = copy_bufptr[i], len = 1; + else + ch = string_char_and_length (copy_bufptr + i, &len); + inev.ie.kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch) + ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT + : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT); + inev.ie.code = ch; + evq_enqueue (&inev); + } + + /* count += nchars; */ + + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; /* Already stored above. */ + + if (keysym == GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol) + goto done; + } + } + +done: + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + { + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + evq_enqueue (&inev); + /* count++; */ + } + + SAFE_FREE (); + + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget, + GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +configure_event (GtkWidget *widget, + GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (event->configure.window); + if (f && widget == FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + if (any_help_event_p) + { + Lisp_Object frame; + if (f) + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + else + frame = Qnil; + help_echo_string = Qnil; + gen_help_event (Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +static gboolean +map_event (GtkWidget *widget, + GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (event->any.window); + union buffered_input_event inev; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (f) + { + bool iconified = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f); + + /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the + first time, i.e. from the command line. */ + if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->has_been_visible) + { + set_fullscreen_state (f); + } + + if (!iconified) + { + /* The `z-group' is reset every time a frame becomes + invisible. Handle this here. */ + if (FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) == z_group_above) + x_set_z_group (f, Qabove, Qnil); + else if (FRAME_Z_GROUP (f) == z_group_below) + x_set_z_group (f, Qbelow, Qnil); + } + + SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1); + SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f, false); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->has_been_visible = true; + + if (iconified) + { + inev.ie.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + } + } + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return FALSE; +} + +static gboolean +window_state_event (GtkWidget *widget, + GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (event->window_state.window); + union buffered_input_event inev; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (f) + { + if (event->window_state.new_window_state & GDK_WINDOW_STATE_FOCUSED) + { + if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) + { + /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. + It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't + hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */ + SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1); + SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f, false); + FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->has_been_visible = true; + inev.ie.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + } + } + } + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return FALSE; +} + +static gboolean +delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, + GdkEvent *event, gpointer *user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (event->any.window); + union buffered_input_event inev; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (f) + { + inev.ie.kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT; + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + } + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; +} + +/* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change, + by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events. + + Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */ + +/* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME. + If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts + a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */ + +static void +x_focus_changed (gboolean is_enter, int state, + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, struct frame *frame, + union buffered_input_event *bufp) +{ + if (is_enter) + { + if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame != frame) + { + x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame); + dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = frame; + + /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message + for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ + /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */ + bufp->ie.arg = (((NILP (Vterminal_frame) + || !FRAME_PGTK_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame)) + || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt)) + && CONSP (Vframe_list) + && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) ? Qt : Qnil); + bufp->ie.kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; + XSETFRAME (bufp->ie.frame_or_window, frame); + } + + frame->output_data.pgtk->focus_state |= state; + + } + else + { + frame->output_data.pgtk->focus_state &= ~state; + + if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame == frame) + { + dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; + x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); + + bufp->ie.kind = FOCUS_OUT_EVENT; + XSETFRAME (bufp->ie.frame_or_window, frame); + } + + if (frame->pointer_invisible) + XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame, false); + } +} + +static gboolean +enter_notify_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *frame = + pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + if (frame == NULL) + return FALSE; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + struct frame *focus_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; + int focus_state + = focus_frame ? focus_frame->output_data.pgtk->focus_state : 0; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (event->crossing.detail != GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR + && event->crossing.focus && !(focus_state & FOCUS_EXPLICIT)) + x_focus_changed (TRUE, FOCUS_IMPLICIT, dpyinfo, frame, &inev); + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +leave_notify_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, + gpointer *user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *frame = + pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + if (frame == NULL) + return FALSE; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + struct frame *focus_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; + int focus_state + = focus_frame ? focus_frame->output_data.pgtk->focus_state : 0; + Mouse_HLInfo *hlinfo = MOUSE_HL_INFO (frame); + + if (frame == hlinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) + { + /* If we move outside the frame, then we're + certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ + clear_mouse_face (hlinfo); + hlinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; + } + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (event->crossing.detail != GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR + && event->crossing.focus && !(focus_state & FOCUS_EXPLICIT)) + x_focus_changed (FALSE, FOCUS_IMPLICIT, dpyinfo, frame, &inev); + + if (frame) + { + if (any_help_event_p) + { + Lisp_Object frame_obj; + XSETFRAME (frame_obj, frame); + help_echo_string = Qnil; + gen_help_event (Qnil, frame_obj, Qnil, Qnil, 0); + } + } + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +focus_in_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *frame = + pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + + if (frame == NULL) + return TRUE; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + x_focus_changed (TRUE, FOCUS_EXPLICIT, + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame), frame, &inev); + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + + pgtk_im_focus_in (frame); + + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +focus_out_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *frame = + pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + + if (frame == NULL) + return TRUE; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + x_focus_changed (FALSE, FOCUS_EXPLICIT, + FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame), frame, &inev); + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + + pgtk_im_focus_out (frame); + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. + The input handler calls this. + + We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. + If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell + the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for + another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ + +static bool +note_mouse_movement (struct frame *frame, const GdkEventMotion * event) +{ + XRectangle *r; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + + if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame)) + return false; + + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + dpyinfo->last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; + dpyinfo->last_mouse_motion_frame = frame; + dpyinfo->last_mouse_motion_x = event->x; + dpyinfo->last_mouse_motion_y = event->y; + + if (event->window != gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (frame))) + { + frame->mouse_moved = true; + dpyinfo->last_mouse_scroll_bar = NULL; + note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); + dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph_frame = NULL; + return true; + } + + + /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ + r = &dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph; + if (frame != dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph_frame + || event->x < r->x || event->x >= r->x + r->width + || event->y < r->y || event->y >= r->y + r->height) + { + frame->mouse_moved = true; + dpyinfo->last_mouse_scroll_bar = NULL; + note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); + /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */ + remember_mouse_glyph (frame, event->x, event->y, r); + dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph_frame = frame; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +static gboolean +motion_notify_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, + gpointer * user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *f, *frame; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + Mouse_HLInfo *hlinfo; + + /* This is needed to make pointer visible when motion_notify event */ + pending_signals = true; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string; + help_echo_string = Qnil; + + frame = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + f = (gui_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo) ? dpyinfo->last_mouse_frame + : pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget))); + hlinfo = MOUSE_HL_INFO (f); + + if (hlinfo->mouse_face_hidden) + { + hlinfo->mouse_face_hidden = false; + clear_mouse_face (hlinfo); + } + + if (f && xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f, event)) + f = 0; + if (f) + { + /* Maybe generate a SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT for + `mouse-autoselect-window' but don't let popup menus + interfere with this (Bug#1261). */ + if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window) + /* Don't switch if we're currently in the minibuffer. + This tries to work around problems where the + minibuffer gets unselected unexpectedly, and where + you then have to move your mouse all the way down to + the minibuffer to select it. */ + && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window)) + /* With `focus-follows-mouse' non-nil create an event + also when the target window is on another frame. */ + && (f == XFRAME (selected_frame) || !NILP (focus_follows_mouse))) + { + static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window; + Lisp_Object window = window_from_coordinates + (f, event->motion.x, event->motion.y, 0, false, false); + + /* A window will be autoselected only when it is not + selected now and the last mouse movement event was + not in it. The remainder of the code is a bit vague + wrt what a "window" is. For immediate autoselection, + the window is usually the entire window but for GTK + where the scroll bars don't count. For delayed + autoselection the window is usually the window's text + area including the margins. */ + if (WINDOWP (window) + && !EQ (window, last_mouse_window) + && !EQ (window, selected_window)) + { + inev.ie.kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT; + inev.ie.frame_or_window = window; + } + + /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */ + last_mouse_window = window; + } + + if (!note_mouse_movement (f, &event->motion)) + help_echo_string = previous_help_echo_string; + } + else + { + /* If we move outside the frame, then we're + certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ + clear_mouse_face (hlinfo); + } + + /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string + has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ + int do_help = 0; + if (!NILP (help_echo_string) || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string)) + do_help = 1; + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + + if (do_help > 0) + { + Lisp_Object frame; + + if (f) + XSETFRAME (frame, f); + else + frame = Qnil; + + any_help_event_p = true; + gen_help_event (help_echo_string, frame, help_echo_window, + help_echo_object, help_echo_pos); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. + + Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask) + so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify + event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking + slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. + + Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. + + In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most + of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask + the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only + one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by + other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for + example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we + get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This + is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse + tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking + is off. */ + +/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. + + If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed + the mouse. */ + +static Lisp_Object +construct_mouse_click (struct input_event *result, + const GdkEventButton * event, struct frame *f) +{ + /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide + otherwise. */ + result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; + result->code = event->button - 1; + result->timestamp = event->time; + result->modifiers = + (pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), event->state) | + (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE ? up_modifier : down_modifier)); + + XSETINT (result->x, event->x); + XSETINT (result->y, event->y); + XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); + result->arg = Qnil; + return Qnil; +} + +static gboolean +button_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *f, *frame; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + + /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen + by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ + bool tab_bar_p = false; + bool tool_bar_p = false; + Lisp_Object tab_bar_arg = Qnil; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + /* ignore double click and triple click. */ + if (event->type != GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && event->type != GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) + return TRUE; + + frame = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + + dpyinfo->last_mouse_glyph_frame = NULL; +#if 0 + x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo, event->button.time); +#endif + + if (gui_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo)) + f = dpyinfo->last_mouse_frame; + else + { + f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + + if (f && event->button.type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS + && !FRAME_NO_ACCEPT_FOCUS (f)) + { + /* When clicking into a child frame or when clicking + into a parent frame with the child frame selected and + `no-accept-focus' is not set, select the clicked + frame. */ + struct frame *hf = dpyinfo->highlight_frame; + + if (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f) || (hf && frame_ancestor_p (f, hf))) + { + block_input (); + gtk_widget_grab_focus (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); + unblock_input (); + } + } + } + + /* xg_event_is_for_scrollbar() doesn't work correctly on sway, and + * we shouldn't need it. + */ +#if 0 + if (f && xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f, event)) + f = 0; +#endif + + if (f) + { + /* Is this in the tab-bar? */ + if (WINDOWP (f->tab_bar_window) + && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f->tab_bar_window))) + { + Lisp_Object window; + int x = event->button.x; + int y = event->button.y; + + window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, true, true); + tab_bar_p = EQ (window, f->tab_bar_window); + + if (tab_bar_p) + tab_bar_arg = handle_tab_bar_click + (f, x, y, event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS, + pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, event->button.state)); + } + } + + if (f) + { + if (!(tab_bar_p && NILP (tab_bar_arg)) && !tool_bar_p) + { + if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout) + { + if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS + && event->button.time > ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout) + { + ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0; + construct_mouse_click (&inev.ie, &event->button, f); + } + if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) + ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0; + } + else + construct_mouse_click (&inev.ie, &event->button, f); + + if (!NILP (tab_bar_arg)) + inev.ie.arg = tab_bar_arg; + } +#if 0 + if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) + xembed_send_message (f, event->button.time, + XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + } + + if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) + { + dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event->button.button); + dpyinfo->last_mouse_frame = f; + + if (dpyinfo->last_click_event != NULL) + gdk_event_free (dpyinfo->last_click_event); + dpyinfo->last_click_event = gdk_event_copy (event); + } + else + dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event->button.button); + + /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event; + any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect + only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */ + if (f != 0) + f->mouse_moved = false; + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; +} + +static gboolean +scroll_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer * user_data) +{ + union buffered_input_event inev; + struct frame *f, *frame; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + GdkScrollDirection dir; + double delta_x, delta_y; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + frame = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame); + + if (gui_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo)) + f = dpyinfo->last_mouse_frame; + else + f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.timestamp = event->scroll.time; + inev.ie.modifiers = + pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), event->scroll.state); + XSETINT (inev.ie.x, event->scroll.x); + XSETINT (inev.ie.y, event->scroll.y); + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + if (gdk_event_is_scroll_stop_event (event)) + { + inev.ie.kind = TOUCH_END_EVENT; + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; + } + + if (gdk_event_get_scroll_direction (event, &dir)) + { + switch (dir) + { + case GDK_SCROLL_UP: + inev.ie.kind = WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= up_modifier; + break; + case GDK_SCROLL_DOWN: + inev.ie.kind = WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= down_modifier; + break; + case GDK_SCROLL_LEFT: + inev.ie.kind = HORIZ_WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= up_modifier; + break; + case GDK_SCROLL_RIGHT: + inev.ie.kind = HORIZ_WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= down_modifier; + break; + case GDK_SCROLL_SMOOTH: /* shut up warning */ + break; + } + } + else if (gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (event, &delta_x, &delta_y)) + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x += delta_x; + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y += delta_y; + if (dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y >= dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line + || !mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + { + int nlines = dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y / dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line; + inev.ie.kind = WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= down_modifier; + inev.ie.arg = list3 (make_fixnum (nlines), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x * 100), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y * 100)); + if (!mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y = 0; + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x = 0; + } + else + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y -= dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line * nlines; + } + } + else if (dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y <= -dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line + || !mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + { + int nlines = -dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y / dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line; + inev.ie.kind = WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= up_modifier; + inev.ie.arg = list3 (make_fixnum (nlines), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x * 100), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y * 100)); + + if (!mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y = 0; + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x = 0; + } + else + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y -= -dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line * nlines; + } + else if (dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x >= dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char + || !mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + { + int nchars = dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x / dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char; + inev.ie.kind = HORIZ_WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= up_modifier; + inev.ie.arg = list3 (make_fixnum (nchars), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x * 100), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y * 100)); + + if (mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x -= dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char * nchars; + else + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x = 0; + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y = 0; + } + } + else if (dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x <= -dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char) + { + int nchars = -dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x / dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char; + inev.ie.kind = HORIZ_WHEEL_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers |= down_modifier; + inev.ie.arg = list3 (make_fixnum (nchars), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x * 100), + make_float (-dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y * 100)); + + if (mwheel_coalesce_scroll_events) + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x -= -dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char * nchars; + else + { + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_x = 0; + dpyinfo->scroll.acc_y = 0; + } + } + } + + if (inev.ie.kind != NO_EVENT) + evq_enqueue (&inev); + return TRUE; +} + +static void +drag_data_received (GtkWidget * widget, GdkDragContext * context, + gint x, gint y, + GtkSelectionData * data, + guint info, guint time, gpointer user_data) +{ + struct frame *f = pgtk_any_window_to_frame (gtk_widget_get_window (widget)); + gchar **uris = gtk_selection_data_get_uris (data); + + if (uris != NULL) + { + for (int i = 0; uris[i] != NULL; i++) + { + union buffered_input_event inev; + Lisp_Object arg = Qnil; + + EVENT_INIT (inev.ie); + inev.ie.kind = NO_EVENT; + inev.ie.arg = Qnil; + + arg = list2 (Qurl, build_string (uris[i])); + + inev.ie.kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT; + inev.ie.modifiers = 0; + XSETINT (inev.ie.x, x); + XSETINT (inev.ie.y, y); + XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); + inev.ie.arg = arg; + inev.ie.timestamp = 0; + + evq_enqueue (&inev); + } + } + + gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, FALSE, time); +} + +void +pgtk_set_event_handler (struct frame *f) +{ + if (f->tooltip) + { + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "draw", + G_CALLBACK (pgtk_handle_draw), NULL); + return; + } + + gtk_drag_dest_set (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL, NULL, 0, + GDK_ACTION_COPY); + gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); + + if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) + { + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), + "window-state-event", G_CALLBACK (window_state_event), + NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), "delete-event", + G_CALLBACK (delete_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), "event", + G_CALLBACK (pgtk_handle_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), "configure-event", + G_CALLBACK (configure_event), NULL); + } + + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "map-event", + G_CALLBACK (map_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "size-allocate", + G_CALLBACK (size_allocate), f); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "key-press-event", + G_CALLBACK (key_press_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "key-release-event", + G_CALLBACK (key_release_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "focus-in-event", + G_CALLBACK (focus_in_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "focus-out-event", + G_CALLBACK (focus_out_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "enter-notify-event", + G_CALLBACK (enter_notify_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "leave-notify-event", + G_CALLBACK (leave_notify_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "motion-notify-event", + G_CALLBACK (motion_notify_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "button-press-event", + G_CALLBACK (button_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "button-release-event", + G_CALLBACK (button_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "scroll-event", + G_CALLBACK (scroll_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "selection-clear-event", + G_CALLBACK (pgtk_selection_lost), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "configure-event", + G_CALLBACK (configure_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "drag-data-received", + G_CALLBACK (drag_data_received), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "draw", + G_CALLBACK (pgtk_handle_draw), NULL); + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), "event", + G_CALLBACK (pgtk_handle_event), NULL); +} + +static void +my_log_handler (const gchar * log_domain, GLogLevelFlags log_level, + const gchar * msg, gpointer user_data) +{ + if (!strstr (msg, "g_set_prgname")) + fprintf (stderr, "%s-WARNING **: %s", log_domain, msg); +} + +/* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates + the screen number from the server number. */ +static bool +same_x_server (const char *name1, const char *name2) +{ + bool seen_colon = false; + Lisp_Object sysname = Fsystem_name (); + const char *system_name = SSDATA (sysname); + ptrdiff_t system_name_length = SBYTES (sysname); + ptrdiff_t length_until_period = 0; + + while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 + && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') + length_until_period++; + + /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ + if (!strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) + name1 += 4; + if (!strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) + name2 += 4; + /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ + if (!strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) + && name1[system_name_length] == ':') + name1 += system_name_length; + if (!strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) + && name2[system_name_length] == ':') + name2 += system_name_length; + /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ + if (!strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) + && name1[length_until_period] == ':') + name1 += length_until_period; + if (!strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) + && name2[length_until_period] == ':') + name2 += length_until_period; + + for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) + { + if (*name1 == ':') + seen_colon = true; + if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') + return true; + } + return (seen_colon + && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') + && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); +} + +#define GNOME_INTERFACE_SCHEMA "org.gnome.desktop.interface" + +static gdouble pgtk_text_scaling_factor (void) +{ + GSettingsSchemaSource *schema_source = g_settings_schema_source_get_default (); + if (schema_source != NULL) + { + GSettingsSchema *schema = g_settings_schema_source_lookup (schema_source, + GNOME_INTERFACE_SCHEMA, true); + if (schema != NULL) + { + g_settings_schema_unref (schema); + GSettings *set = g_settings_new (GNOME_INTERFACE_SCHEMA); + return g_settings_get_double (set, "text-scaling-factor"); + } + } + return 1; +} + + +/* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return + the structure that describes the open display. + If we cannot contact the display, return null. */ + +struct pgtk_display_info * +pgtk_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name, char *resource_name) +{ + GdkDisplay *dpy; + struct terminal *terminal; + struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo; + static int x_initialized = 0; + static unsigned x_display_id = 0; + static char *initial_display = NULL; + static dynlib_handle_ptr *handle = NULL; + char *dpy_name; + Lisp_Object lisp_dpy_name = Qnil; + + block_input (); + + if (!x_initialized) + { + any_help_event_p = false; + + Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt); + baud_rate = 19200; + +#ifdef USE_CAIRO + gui_init_fringe (&pgtk_redisplay_interface); +#endif + + ++x_initialized; + } + + dpy_name = SSDATA (display_name); + if (strlen (dpy_name) == 0 && initial_display != NULL) + dpy_name = initial_display; + lisp_dpy_name = build_string (dpy_name); + + { +#define NUM_ARGV 10 + int argc; + char *argv[NUM_ARGV]; + char **argv2 = argv; + guint id; + + if (x_initialized++ > 1) + { + xg_display_open (dpy_name, &dpy); + } + else + { + static char display_opt[] = "--display"; + static char name_opt[] = "--name"; + + for (argc = 0; argc < NUM_ARGV; ++argc) + argv[argc] = 0; + + argc = 0; + argv[argc++] = initial_argv[0]; + + if (strlen (dpy_name) != 0) + { + argv[argc++] = display_opt; + argv[argc++] = dpy_name; + } + + argv[argc++] = name_opt; + argv[argc++] = resource_name; + + /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See + https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */ + id = g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL + | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); + + /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */ + fixup_locale (); + unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */ + gtk_init (&argc, &argv2); + request_sigio (); + fixup_locale (); + + + g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id); + + xg_initialize (); + + dpy = DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY (); + + initial_display = g_strdup (gdk_display_get_name (dpy)); + dpy_name = initial_display; + lisp_dpy_name = build_string (dpy_name); + } + } + + /* Detect failure. */ + if (dpy == 0) + { + unblock_input (); + return 0; + } + + + dpyinfo = xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo); + pgtk_initialize_display_info (dpyinfo); + terminal = pgtk_create_terminal (dpyinfo); + + { + struct pgtk_display_info *share; + + for (share = x_display_list; share; share = share->next) + if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share->name_list_element)), dpy_name)) + break; + if (share) + terminal->kboard = share->terminal->kboard; + else + { + terminal->kboard = allocate_kboard (Qpgtk); + + /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. + That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to + prompt in the mini-buffer. */ + if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) + current_kboard = terminal->kboard; + } + terminal->kboard->reference_count++; + } + + /* Put this display on the chain. */ + dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; + x_display_list = dpyinfo; + + dpyinfo->name_list_element = Fcons (lisp_dpy_name, Qnil); + dpyinfo->gdpy = dpy; + + /* https://lists.gnu.org/r/emacs-devel/2015-11/msg00194.html */ + dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1; + dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1; + + /* Set the name of the terminal. */ + terminal->name = xlispstrdup (lisp_dpy_name); + + Lisp_Object system_name = Fsystem_name (); + ptrdiff_t nbytes; + if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name), SBYTES (system_name) + 2, + &nbytes)) + memory_full (SIZE_MAX); + dpyinfo->x_id = ++x_display_id; + dpyinfo->x_id_name = xmalloc (nbytes); + char *nametail = lispstpcpy (dpyinfo->x_id_name, Vinvocation_name); + *nametail++ = '@'; + lispstpcpy (nametail, system_name); + + /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ + x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); + + /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ + /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */ + dpyinfo->xg_cursor = xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo->gdpy); + + dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor + = gdk_cursor_new_for_display (dpyinfo->gdpy, GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW); + + dpyinfo->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor + = gdk_cursor_new_for_display (dpyinfo->gdpy, GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW); + + dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; + + reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo->mouse_highlight); + + { + GdkScreen *gscr = gdk_display_get_default_screen (dpyinfo->gdpy); + + gdouble dpi = gdk_screen_get_resolution (gscr); + if (dpi < 0) + dpi = 96.0; + + dpi *= pgtk_text_scaling_factor (); + dpyinfo->resx = dpi; + dpyinfo->resy = dpi; + } + + /* smooth scroll setting */ + dpyinfo->scroll.x_per_char = 2; + dpyinfo->scroll.y_per_line = 2; + + dpyinfo->connection = -1; + + if (!handle) + handle = dynlib_open (NULL); + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + if (!strcmp (G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (dpy), "GdkX11Display") && handle) + { + void *(*gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay) (GdkDisplay *) + = dynlib_sym (handle, "gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay"); + int (*x_connection_number) (void *) + = dynlib_sym (handle, "XConnectionNumber"); + + if (x_connection_number + && gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay) + dpyinfo->connection + = x_connection_number (gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay (dpy)); + } +#endif + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WAYLAND + if (GDK_IS_WAYLAND_DISPLAY (dpy) && handle) + { + struct wl_display *wl_dpy = gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_display (dpy); + int (*display_get_fd) (struct wl_display *) + = dynlib_sym (handle, "wl_display_get_fd"); + + if (display_get_fd) + dpyinfo->connection = display_get_fd (wl_dpy); + } +#endif + + if (dpyinfo->connection >= 0) + { + add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection); +#ifdef F_SETOWN + fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); +#endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ + + if (interrupt_input) + init_sigio (dpyinfo->connection); + } + + x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo); + + xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo); + + pgtk_selection_init (); + + pgtk_im_init (dpyinfo); + + unblock_input (); + + return dpyinfo; +} + +/* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it, + and without sending any more commands to the X server. */ + +static void +pgtk_delete_display (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo) +{ + struct terminal *t; + + /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this + X display. */ + for (t = terminal_list; t; t = t->next_terminal) + if (t->type == output_pgtk && t->display_info.pgtk == dpyinfo) + { + delete_terminal (t); + break; + } + + if (x_display_list == dpyinfo) + x_display_list = dpyinfo->next; + else + { + struct pgtk_display_info *tail; + + for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next) + if (tail->next == dpyinfo) + tail->next = tail->next->next; + } + + xfree (dpyinfo); +} + +char * +pgtk_xlfd_to_fontname (const char *xlfd) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Convert an X font name (XLFD) to an Gtk font name. + Only family is used. + The string returned is temporarily allocated. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + char *name = xmalloc (180); + + if (!strncmp (xlfd, "--", 2)) + { + if (sscanf (xlfd, "--%179[^-]-", name) != 1) + name[0] = '\0'; + } + else + { + if (sscanf (xlfd, "-%*[^-]-%179[^-]-", name) != 1) + name[0] = '\0'; + } + + /* stopgap for malformed XLFD input */ + if (strlen (name) == 0) + strcpy (name, "Monospace"); + + return name; +} + +bool +pgtk_defined_color (struct frame *f, + const char *name, + Emacs_Color * color_def, bool alloc, bool makeIndex) +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Return true if named color found, and set color_def rgb accordingly. + If makeIndex and alloc are nonzero put the color in the color_table, + and set color_def pixel to the resulting index. + If makeIndex is zero, set color_def pixel to ARGB. + Return false if not found + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +{ + int r; + + block_input (); + r = xg_check_special_colors (f, name, color_def); + if (!r) + r = pgtk_parse_color (f, name, color_def); + unblock_input (); + return r; +} + +/* On frame F, translate the color name to RGB values. Use cached + information, if possible. + + Note that there is currently no way to clean old entries out of the + cache. However, it is limited to names in the server's database, + and names we've actually looked up; list-colors-display is probably + the most color-intensive case we're likely to hit. */ + +int +pgtk_parse_color (struct frame *f, const char *color_name, + Emacs_Color * color) +{ + GdkRGBA rgba; + if (gdk_rgba_parse (&rgba, color_name)) + { + color->red = rgba.red * 65535; + color->green = rgba.green * 65535; + color->blue = rgba.blue * 65535; + color->pixel = + (color->red >> 8) << 16 | + (color->green >> 8) << 8 | + (color->blue >> 8) << 0; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS + colors in COLORS. On W32, we no longer try to map colors to + a palette. */ +void +pgtk_query_colors (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color * colors, int ncolors) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i++) + { + unsigned long pixel = colors[i].pixel; + /* Convert to a 16 bit value in range 0 - 0xffff. */ +#define GetRValue(p) (((p) >> 16) & 0xff) +#define GetGValue(p) (((p) >> 8) & 0xff) +#define GetBValue(p) (((p) >> 0) & 0xff) + colors[i].red = GetRValue (pixel) * 257; + colors[i].green = GetGValue (pixel) * 257; + colors[i].blue = GetBValue (pixel) * 257; + } +} + +void +pgtk_query_color (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color * color) +{ + pgtk_query_colors (f, color, 1); +} + +void +pgtk_clear_area (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + cairo_t *cr; + + eassert (width > 0 && height > 0); + + cr = pgtk_begin_cr_clip (f); + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->background_color); + cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, width, height); + cairo_fill (cr); + pgtk_end_cr_clip (f); +} + + +void +syms_of_pgtkterm (void) +{ + /* from 23+ we need to tell emacs what modifiers there are.. */ + DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value, "modifier-value"); + DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt"); + DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper"); + DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta"); + DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super"); + DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control"); + DEFSYM (QUTF8_STRING, "UTF8_STRING"); + + DEFSYM (Qfile, "file"); + DEFSYM (Qurl, "url"); + + DEFSYM (Qlatin_1, "latin-1"); + + xg_default_icon_file = + build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg"); + staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file); + + DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock, "x-gtk-map-stock"); + + + Fput (Qalt, Qmodifier_value, make_fixnum (alt_modifier)); + Fput (Qhyper, Qmodifier_value, make_fixnum (hyper_modifier)); + Fput (Qmeta, Qmodifier_value, make_fixnum (meta_modifier)); + Fput (Qsuper, Qmodifier_value, make_fixnum (super_modifier)); + Fput (Qcontrol, Qmodifier_value, make_fixnum (ctrl_modifier)); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-ctrl-keysym", Vx_ctrl_keysym, + doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the ctrl modifier. +This should be one of the symbols `ctrl', `alt', `hyper', `meta', +`super'. For example, `ctrl' means use the Ctrl_L and Ctrl_R keysyms. +The default is nil, which is the same as `ctrl'. */ ); + Vx_ctrl_keysym = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym, + doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier. +This should be one of the symbols `ctrl', `alt', `hyper', `meta', +`super'. For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. +The default is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */ ); + Vx_alt_keysym = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym, + doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier. +This should be one of the symbols `ctrl', `alt', `hyper', `meta', +`super'. For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R +keysyms. The default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */ ); + Vx_hyper_keysym = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym, + doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier. +This should be one of the symbols `ctrl', `alt', `hyper', `meta', +`super'. For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. +The default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */ ); + Vx_meta_keysym = Qnil; + + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym, + doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier. +This should be one of the symbols `ctrl', `alt', `hyper', `meta', +`super'. For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R +keysyms. The default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */ ); + Vx_super_keysym = Qnil; + + /* TODO: move to common code */ + DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, + doc: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any. +A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars. +With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the +X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d. +With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */ ); + /* Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt; */ + Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern_c_string ("gtk"); + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", x_use_underline_position_properties, + doc: /*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. +A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus +UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior +to 4.1, set this to nil. */); + x_use_underline_position_properties = 0; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line", x_underline_at_descent_line, + doc: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. +A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the +variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the +baseline level. The default value is nil. */); + x_underline_at_descent_line = 0; + + DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-gtk-use-window-move", x_gtk_use_window_move, + doc: /* Non-nil means rely on gtk_window_move to set frame positions. +If this variable is t (the default), the GTK build uses the function +gtk_window_move to set or store frame positions and disables some time +consuming frame position adjustments. In newer versions of GTK, Emacs +always uses gtk_window_move and ignores the value of this variable. */); + x_gtk_use_window_move = true; + + + DEFVAR_LISP ("pgtk-wait-for-event-timeout", Vpgtk_wait_for_event_timeout, + doc: /* How long to wait for X events. + +Emacs will wait up to this many seconds to receive X events after +making changes which affect the state of the graphical interface. +Under some window managers this can take an indefinite amount of time, +so it is important to limit the wait. + +If set to a non-float value, there will be no wait at all. */); + Vpgtk_wait_for_event_timeout = make_float (0.1); + + DEFVAR_LISP ("pgtk-keysym-table", Vpgtk_keysym_table, + doc: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */); + Vpgtk_keysym_table = + make_hash_table (hashtest_eql, 900, DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE, + DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD, Qnil, false); + + window_being_scrolled = Qnil; + staticpro (&window_being_scrolled); + + /* Tell Emacs about this window system. */ + Fprovide (Qpgtk, Qnil); +} + +/* Cairo does not allow resizing a surface/context after it is + * created, so we need to trash the old context, create a new context + * on the next cr_clip_begin with the new dimensions and request a + * re-draw. + * + * This Will leave the active context available to present on screen + * until a redrawn frame is completed. + */ +void +pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size (struct frame *f, int width, int height, bool force) +{ + if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH (f) != width + || FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT (f) != height + || force) + { + pgtk_cr_destroy_frame_context (f); + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH (f) = width; + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT (f) = height; + SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); + } +} + + +cairo_t * +pgtk_begin_cr_clip (struct frame *f) +{ + cairo_t *cr = FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f); + + if (!cr) + { + cairo_surface_t *surface = + gdk_window_create_similar_surface (gtk_widget_get_window + (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), + CAIRO_CONTENT_COLOR_ALPHA, + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH (f), + FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT + (f)); + + cr = FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f) = cairo_create (surface); + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + } + + cairo_save (cr); + + return cr; +} + +void +pgtk_end_cr_clip (struct frame *f) +{ + cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f)); +} + +void +pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC * gc) +{ + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, gc->foreground); +} + +void +pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC * gc) +{ + pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (f, gc->background); +} + +void +pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (struct frame *f, unsigned long color) +{ + Emacs_Color col; + col.pixel = color; + pgtk_query_color (f, &col); + cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f), col.red / 65535.0, + col.green / 65535.0, col.blue / 65535.0); +} + +void +pgtk_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t * cr, struct frame *f) +{ + cairo_set_source_surface (cr, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f), 0, 0); + cairo_paint (cr); +} + +static cairo_status_t +pgtk_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure, const unsigned char *data, + unsigned int length) +{ + Lisp_Object *acc = (Lisp_Object *) closure; + + *acc = Fcons (make_unibyte_string ((char const *) data, length), *acc); + + return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +void +pgtk_cr_destroy_frame_context (struct frame *f) +{ + if (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f) != NULL) + { + cairo_destroy (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f)); + FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f) = NULL; + } +} + +static void +pgtk_cr_destroy (void *cr) +{ + block_input (); + cairo_destroy (cr); + unblock_input (); +} + + + +Lisp_Object +pgtk_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type) +{ + struct frame *f; + cairo_surface_t *surface; + cairo_t *cr; + int width, height; + void (*surface_set_size_func) (cairo_surface_t *, double, double) = NULL; + Lisp_Object acc = Qnil; + ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); + + specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); + redisplay_preserve_echo_area (31); + + f = XFRAME (XCAR (frames)); + frames = XCDR (frames); + width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); + height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + + block_input (); +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE + if (surface_type == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF) + { + surface = cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (pgtk_cr_accumulate_data, &acc, + width, height); + surface_set_size_func = cairo_pdf_surface_set_size; + } + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS + if (surface_type == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE) + surface = cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24, width, height); + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE + if (surface_type == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS) + { + surface = cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (pgtk_cr_accumulate_data, &acc, + width, height); + surface_set_size_func = cairo_ps_surface_set_size; + } + else +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE + if (surface_type == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG) + surface = cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (pgtk_cr_accumulate_data, &acc, + width, height); + else +#endif + abort (); + + cr = cairo_create (surface); + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + record_unwind_protect_ptr (pgtk_cr_destroy, cr); + + while (1) + { + cairo_t *saved_cr = FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f); + FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f) = cr; + pgtk_clear_area (f, 0, 0, width, height); + expose_frame (f, 0, 0, width, height); + FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f) = saved_cr; + + if (NILP (frames)) + break; + + cairo_surface_show_page (surface); + f = XFRAME (XCAR (frames)); + frames = XCDR (frames); + width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); + height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); + if (surface_set_size_func) + (*surface_set_size_func) (surface, width, height); + + unblock_input (); + maybe_quit (); + block_input (); + } + +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS + if (surface_type == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE) + { + cairo_surface_flush (surface); + cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface, pgtk_cr_accumulate_data, &acc); + } +#endif + unblock_input (); + + unbind_to (count, Qnil); + + return CALLN (Fapply, intern ("concat"), Fnreverse (acc)); +} + + +void +init_pgtkterm (void) +{ +} diff --git a/src/pgtkterm.h b/src/pgtkterm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e76411cf021 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/pgtkterm.h @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +/* Definitions and headers for communication with pure Gtk+3. + Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 2005, 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. + +GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#include "dispextern.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "character.h" +#include "font.h" +#include "sysselect.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + +#include <gtk/gtk.h> + +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE +#include <cairo-pdf.h> +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE +#include <cairo-ps.h> +#endif +#ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE +#include <cairo-svg.h> +#endif + +/* could use list to store these, but rest of emacs has a big infrastructure + for managing a table of bitmap "records" */ +struct pgtk_bitmap_record +{ + void *img; + char *file; + int refcount; + int height, width, depth; + cairo_pattern_t *pattern; +}; + +#define RGB_TO_ULONG(r, g, b) (((r) << 16) | ((g) << 8) | (b)) +#define ARGB_TO_ULONG(a, r, g, b) (((a) << 24) | ((r) << 16) | ((g) << 8) | (b)) + +#define ALPHA_FROM_ULONG(color) ((color) >> 24) +#define RED_FROM_ULONG(color) (((color) >> 16) & 0xff) +#define GREEN_FROM_ULONG(color) (((color) >> 8) & 0xff) +#define BLUE_FROM_ULONG(color) ((color) & 0xff) + +struct scroll_bar +{ + /* These fields are shared by all vectors. */ + union vectorlike_header header; + + /* The window we're a scroll bar for. */ + Lisp_Object window; + + /* The next and previous in the chain of scroll bars in this frame. */ + Lisp_Object next, prev; + + /* Fields from `x_window' down will not be traced by the GC. */ + + /* The X window representing this scroll bar. */ + Window x_window; + + /* The position and size of the scroll bar in pixels, relative to the + frame. */ + int top, left, width, height; + + /* The starting and ending positions of the handle, relative to the + handle area (i.e. zero is the top position, not + SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER). If they're equal, that means the handle + hasn't been drawn yet. + + These are not actually the locations where the beginning and end + are drawn; in order to keep handles from becoming invisible when + editing large files, we establish a minimum height by always + drawing handle bottoms VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels below + where they would be normally; the bottom and top are in a + different co-ordinate system. */ + int start, end; + + /* If the scroll bar handle is currently being dragged by the user, + this is the number of pixels from the top of the handle to the + place where the user grabbed it. If the handle isn't currently + being dragged, this is -1. */ + int dragging; + +#if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID) + /* Last scroll bar part seen in xaw_jump_callback and xaw_scroll_callback. */ + enum scroll_bar_part last_seen_part; +#endif + +#if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && !defined (USE_GTK) + /* Last value of whole for horizontal scrollbars. */ + int whole; +#endif + + /* True if the scroll bar is horizontal. */ + bool horizontal; +}; + + +/* init'd in pgtk_initialize_display_info () */ +struct pgtk_display_info +{ + /* Chain of all pgtk_display_info structures. */ + struct pgtk_display_info *next; + + /* The generic display parameters corresponding to this PGTK display. */ + struct terminal *terminal; + + /* This says how to access this display in Gdk. */ + GdkDisplay *gdpy; + + /* This is a cons cell of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE). */ + Lisp_Object name_list_element; + + /* Number of frames that are on this display. */ + int reference_count; + + /* Logical identifier of this display. */ + unsigned x_id; + + /* Default name for all frames on this display. */ + char *x_id_name; + + /* The number of fonts loaded. */ + int n_fonts; + + /* Minimum width over all characters in all fonts in font_table. */ + int smallest_char_width; + + /* Minimum font height over all fonts in font_table. */ + int smallest_font_height; + + struct pgtk_bitmap_record *bitmaps; + ptrdiff_t bitmaps_size; + ptrdiff_t bitmaps_last; + + /* DPI resolution of this screen */ + double resx, resy; + + /* Mask of things that cause the mouse to be grabbed */ + int grabbed; + + int n_planes; + + int color_p; + + /* Emacs bitmap-id of the default icon bitmap for this frame. + Or -1 if none has been allocated yet. */ + ptrdiff_t icon_bitmap_id; + + Window root_window; + + /* Xism */ + XrmDatabase rdb; + + /* The cursor to use for vertical scroll bars. */ + Emacs_Cursor vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; + + /* The cursor to use for horizontal scroll bars. */ + Emacs_Cursor horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor; + + /* Information about the range of text currently shown in + mouse-face. */ + Mouse_HLInfo mouse_highlight; + + struct frame *highlight_frame; + struct frame *x_focus_frame; + + /* The last frame mentioned in a FocusIn or FocusOut event. This is + separate from x_focus_frame, because whether or not LeaveNotify + events cause us to lose focus depends on whether or not we have + received a FocusIn event for it. */ + struct frame *x_focus_event_frame; + + /* The frame where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ + struct frame *last_mouse_frame; + + /* The frame where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse motion. */ + struct frame *last_mouse_motion_frame; + + /* Position where the mouse was last time we reported a motion. + This is a position on last_mouse_motion_frame. */ + int last_mouse_motion_x; + int last_mouse_motion_y; + + /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse position. */ + XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; + + /* Time of last mouse movement. */ + Time last_mouse_movement_time; + + /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred. */ + void *last_mouse_scroll_bar; + + /* The invisible cursor used for pointer blanking. + Unused if this display supports Xfixes extension. */ + Emacs_Cursor invisible_cursor; + + /* Function used to toggle pointer visibility on this display. */ + void (*toggle_visible_pointer) (struct frame *, bool); + + /* The GDK cursor for scroll bars and popup menus. */ + GdkCursor *xg_cursor; + + + /* The frame where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse position. */ + struct frame *last_mouse_glyph_frame; + + /* Modifier masks in gdk */ + int meta_mod_mask, alt_mod_mask, super_mod_mask, hyper_mod_mask; + + /* The last click event. */ + GdkEvent *last_click_event; + + /* input method */ + struct + { + GtkIMContext *context; + struct frame *focused_frame; + } im; + + struct + { + double acc_x, acc_y; + double x_per_char, y_per_line; + } scroll; + + int connection; +}; + +/* This is a chain of structures for all the PGTK displays currently in use. */ +extern struct pgtk_display_info *x_display_list; + +struct pgtk_output +{ +#if 0 + void *view; + void *miniimage; +#endif + unsigned long foreground_color; + unsigned long background_color; + void *toolbar; + + /* Cursors */ + Emacs_Cursor current_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor text_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor nontext_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor modeline_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor hand_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor hourglass_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor horizontal_drag_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor vertical_drag_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor left_edge_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor top_left_corner_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor top_edge_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor top_right_corner_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor right_edge_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor bottom_right_corner_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor bottom_edge_cursor; + Emacs_Cursor bottom_left_corner_cursor; + + /* PGTK-specific */ + Emacs_Cursor current_pointer; + + /* border color */ + unsigned long border_pixel; + GtkCssProvider *border_color_css_provider; + + /* scrollbar color */ + GtkCssProvider *scrollbar_foreground_css_provider; + GtkCssProvider *scrollbar_background_css_provider; + + /* Widget whose cursor is hourglass_cursor. This widget is temporarily + mapped to display an hourglass cursor. */ + GtkWidget *hourglass_widget; + + Emacs_GC cursor_xgcv; + + /* lord knows why Emacs needs to know about our Window ids.. */ + Window window_desc, parent_desc; + char explicit_parent; + + /* If >=0, a bitmap index. The indicated bitmap is used for the + icon. */ + ptrdiff_t icon_bitmap; + + struct font *font; + int baseline_offset; + + /* If a fontset is specified for this frame instead of font, this + value contains an ID of the fontset, else -1. */ + int fontset; /* only used with font_backend */ + + unsigned long mouse_color; + unsigned long cursor_color; + unsigned long cursor_foreground_color; + + int icon_top; + int icon_left; + + /* The size of the extra width currently allotted for vertical + scroll bars, in pixels. */ + int vertical_scroll_bar_extra; + + /* The height of the titlebar decoration (included in PGTKWindow's frame). */ + int titlebar_height; + + /* The height of the toolbar if displayed, else 0. */ + int toolbar_height; + + /* This is the Emacs structure for the PGTK display this frame is on. */ + struct pgtk_display_info *display_info; + + /* Non-zero if we are zooming (maximizing) the frame. */ + int zooming; + + /* Non-zero if we are doing an animation, e.g. toggling the tool bar. */ + int in_animation; + + /* The last size hints set. */ + GdkGeometry size_hints; + long hint_flags; + int preferred_width, preferred_height; + + /* The widget of this screen. This is the window of a top widget. */ + GtkWidget *widget; + /* The widget of the edit portion of this screen; the window in + "window_desc" is inside of this. */ + GtkWidget *edit_widget; + /* The widget used for laying out widgets vertically. */ + GtkWidget *vbox_widget; + /* The widget used for laying out widgets horizontally. */ + GtkWidget *hbox_widget; + /* The menubar in this frame. */ + GtkWidget *menubar_widget; + /* The tool bar in this frame */ + GtkWidget *toolbar_widget; + /* True if tool bar is packed into the hbox widget (i.e. vertical). */ + bool_bf toolbar_in_hbox:1; + bool_bf toolbar_is_packed:1; + + GtkTooltip *ttip_widget; + GtkWidget *ttip_lbl; + GtkWindow *ttip_window; + + /* Height of menu bar widget, in pixels. This value + is not meaningful if the menubar is turned off. */ + int menubar_height; + + /* Height of tool bar widget, in pixels. top_height is used if tool bar + at top, bottom_height if tool bar is at the bottom. + Zero if not using an external tool bar or if tool bar is vertical. */ + int toolbar_top_height, toolbar_bottom_height; + + /* Width of tool bar widget, in pixels. left_width is used if tool bar + at left, right_width if tool bar is at the right. + Zero if not using an external tool bar or if tool bar is horizontal. */ + int toolbar_left_width, toolbar_right_width; + +#ifdef USE_CAIRO + /* Cairo drawing contexts. */ + cairo_t *cr_context, *cr_active; + int cr_surface_desired_width, cr_surface_desired_height; + /* Cairo surface for double buffering */ + cairo_surface_t *cr_surface_visible_bell; +#endif + struct atimer *atimer_visible_bell; + + int has_been_visible; + + /* Relief GCs, colors etc. */ + struct relief + { + Emacs_GC xgcv; + unsigned long pixel; + } + black_relief, white_relief; + + /* The background for which the above relief GCs were set up. + They are changed only when a different background is involved. */ + unsigned long relief_background; + + /* Keep track of focus. May be EXPLICIT if we received a FocusIn for this + frame, or IMPLICIT if we received an EnterNotify. + FocusOut and LeaveNotify clears EXPLICIT/IMPLICIT. */ + int focus_state; + + /* Keep track of scale factor. If monitor's scale factor is changed, or + monitor is switched and scale factor is changed, then recreate cairo_t + and cairo_surface_t. I need GTK's such signal, but there isn't, so + I watch it periodically with atimer. */ + double watched_scale_factor; + struct atimer *scale_factor_atimer; +}; + +/* this dummy decl needed to support TTYs */ +struct x_output +{ + int unused; +}; + +enum +{ + /* Values for focus_state, used as bit mask. + EXPLICIT means we received a FocusIn for the frame and know it has + the focus. IMPLICIT means we received an EnterNotify and the frame + may have the focus if no window manager is running. + FocusOut and LeaveNotify clears EXPLICIT/IMPLICIT. */ + FOCUS_NONE = 0, + FOCUS_IMPLICIT = 1, + FOCUS_EXPLICIT = 2 +}; + +/* This gives the pgtk_display_info structure for the display F is on. */ +#define FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk) +#define FRAME_OUTPUT_DATA(f) FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f) + +#define FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->display_info) +#define FRAME_FOREGROUND_COLOR(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->foreground_color) +#define FRAME_BACKGROUND_COLOR(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->background_color) +#define FRAME_CURSOR_COLOR(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->cursor_color) +#define FRAME_POINTER_TYPE(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->current_pointer) +#define FRAME_FONT(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->font) +#define FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->widget) +#define FRAME_GTK_WIDGET(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->edit_widget) +#define FRAME_WIDGET(f) (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) ? \ + FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) : \ + FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) + +/* aliases */ +#define FRAME_PGTK_VIEW(f) FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) +#define FRAME_X_WINDOW(f) FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) +#define FRAME_NATIVE_WINDOW(f) GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) + +#define FRAME_X_DISPLAY(f) (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->gdpy) + +#define DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY() gdk_display_get_default () + +/* Turning a lisp vector value into a pointer to a struct scroll_bar. */ +#define XSCROLL_BAR(vec) ((struct scroll_bar *) XVECTOR (vec)) + +#define PGTK_FACE_FOREGROUND(f) ((f)->foreground) +#define PGTK_FACE_BACKGROUND(f) ((f)->background) +#define FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE(f) FACE_FROM_ID_OR_NULL (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID) + +/* Compute pixel height of the frame's titlebar. */ +#define FRAME_PGTK_TITLEBAR_HEIGHT(f) 0 + +/* Compute pixel size for vertical scroll bars */ +#define PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH(f) \ + (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) \ + ? rint (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0 \ + ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) \ + : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f))) \ + : 0) + +/* Compute pixel size for horizontal scroll bars */ +#define PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT(f) \ + (FRAME_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) \ + ? rint (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) > 0 \ + ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) \ + : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))) \ + : 0) + +/* Difference btwn char-column-calculated and actual SB widths. + This is only a concern for rendering when SB on left. */ +#define PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_ADJUST(w, f) \ + (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w) ? \ + (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) \ + - PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f)) : 0) + +/* Difference btwn char-line-calculated and actual SB heights. + This is only a concern for rendering when SB on top. */ +#define PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_ADJUST_HORIZONTALLY(w, f) \ + (WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BARS (w) ? \ + (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) \ + - PGTK_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f)) : 0) + +#define FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_height) + +/* Calculate system coordinates of the left and top of the parent + window or, if there is no parent window, the screen. */ +#define PGTK_PARENT_WINDOW_LEFT_POS(f) \ + (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f) != NULL \ + ? [[FRAME_PGTK_VIEW (f) window] parentWindow].frame.origin.x : 0) +#define PGTK_PARENT_WINDOW_TOP_POS(f) \ + (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f) != NULL \ + ? ([[FRAME_PGTK_VIEW (f) window] parentWindow].frame.origin.y \ + + [[FRAME_PGTK_VIEW (f) window] parentWindow].frame.size.height \ + - FRAME_PGTK_TITLEBAR_HEIGHT (FRAME_PARENT_FRAME (f))) \ + : [[[PGTKScreen screepgtk] objectAtIndex: 0] frame].size.height) + +#define FRAME_PGTK_FONT_TABLE(f) (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table) + +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk->toolbar_top_height) +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT(f) \ + ((f)->output_data.pgtk->toolbar_bottom_height) +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT(f) \ + (FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f)) +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk->toolbar_left_width) +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH(f) ((f)->output_data.pgtk->toolbar_right_width) +#define FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH(f) \ + (FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f)) + +#define FRAME_FONTSET(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->fontset) + +#define FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET(f) (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->baseline_offset) +#define BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT(f) 0x000000 +#define WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT(f) 0xFFFFFF + +/* First position where characters can be shown (instead of scrollbar, if + it is on left. */ +#define FIRST_CHAR_POSITION(f) \ + (! (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) ? 0 \ + : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)) + +#define FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_WIDTH(f) \ + ((f)->output_data.pgtk->cr_surface_desired_width) +#define FRAME_CR_SURFACE_DESIRED_HEIGHT(f) \ + ((f)->output_data.pgtk->cr_surface_desired_height) + +/* Display init/shutdown functions implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern struct pgtk_display_info *pgtk_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name, + char *resource_name); +extern void pgtk_term_shutdown (int sig); + +/* Implemented in pgtkterm, published in or needed from pgtkfns. */ +extern void pgtk_clear_frame (struct frame *f); +extern char *pgtk_xlfd_to_fontname (const char *xlfd); + +/* Implemented in pgtkfns. */ +extern void pgtk_set_doc_edited (void); +extern const char *pgtk_get_defaults_value (const char *key); +extern const char *pgtk_get_string_resource (XrmDatabase rdb, + const char *name, + const char *class); +extern void pgtk_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, + Lisp_Object oldval); + +/* Color management implemented in pgtkterm. */ +extern bool pgtk_defined_color (struct frame *f, + const char *name, + Emacs_Color * color_def, bool alloc, + bool makeIndex); +extern void pgtk_query_color (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color * color); +extern void pgtk_query_colors (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color * colors, + int ncolors); +extern int pgtk_parse_color (struct frame *f, const char *color_name, + Emacs_Color * color); + +/* Implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern void pgtk_clear_area (struct frame *f, int x, int y, int width, + int height); +extern int pgtk_gtk_to_emacs_modifiers (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo, + int state); +extern void pgtk_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_set_event_handler (struct frame *f); + +/* Implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern int x_display_pixel_height (struct pgtk_display_info *); +extern int x_display_pixel_width (struct pgtk_display_info *); + +/* Implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern void x_destroy_window (struct frame *f); +extern void x_set_parent_frame (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value); +extern void x_set_no_focus_on_map (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value); +extern void x_set_no_accept_focus (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value); +extern void x_set_z_group (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object new_value, + Lisp_Object old_value); + +/* Cairo related functions implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern void pgtk_cr_update_surface_desired_size (struct frame *, int, int, bool); +extern cairo_t *pgtk_begin_cr_clip (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_end_cr_clip (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame *f, + Emacs_GC * gc); +extern void pgtk_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame *f, + Emacs_GC * gc); +extern void pgtk_set_cr_source_with_color (struct frame *f, + unsigned long color); +extern void pgtk_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t * cr, struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_cr_destroy_frame_context (struct frame *f); +extern Lisp_Object pgtk_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type); + +/* Defined in pgtkmenu.c */ +extern Lisp_Object pgtk_popup_dialog (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object header, + Lisp_Object contents); +extern Lisp_Object pgtk_dialog_show (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object title, + Lisp_Object header, + const char **error_name); +extern void initialize_frame_menubar (struct frame *); + + +/* Symbol initializations implemented in each pgtk sources. */ +extern void syms_of_pgtkterm (void); +extern void syms_of_pgtkfns (void); +extern void syms_of_pgtkmenu (void); +extern void syms_of_pgtkselect (void); +extern void syms_of_pgtkim (void); + +/* Implemented in pgtkselect. */ +extern void nxatoms_of_pgtkselect (void); + +/* Initialization and marking implemented in pgtkterm.c */ +extern void init_pgtkterm (void); +extern void mark_pgtkterm (void); +extern void pgtk_delete_terminal (struct terminal *terminal); + +extern void pgtk_make_frame_visible (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_make_frame_invisible (struct frame *f); +extern void x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame *, long, bool); +extern void x_free_frame_resources (struct frame *); +extern void pgtk_iconify_frame (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_focus_frame (struct frame *f, bool noactivate); +extern void pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_set_scroll_bar_default_height (struct frame *f); +extern Lisp_Object x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame); + +extern void pgtk_frame_rehighlight (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo); + +extern void x_change_tab_bar_height (struct frame *, int); + +extern struct pgtk_display_info *check_pgtk_display_info (Lisp_Object object); + +extern void pgtk_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms); + +extern void pgtk_menu_set_in_use (bool in_use); + + +extern void pgtk_enqueue_string (struct frame *f, gchar * str); +extern void pgtk_enqueue_preedit (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object image_data); +extern void pgtk_im_focus_in (struct frame *f); +extern void pgtk_im_focus_out (struct frame *f); +extern bool pgtk_im_filter_keypress (struct frame *f, GdkEventKey * ev); +extern void pgtk_im_set_cursor_location (struct frame *f, int x, int y, + int width, int height); +extern void pgtk_im_init (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo); +extern void pgtk_im_finish (struct pgtk_display_info *dpyinfo); + +extern bool xg_set_icon (struct frame *, Lisp_Object); +extern bool xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (struct frame *f, const char **data); + +extern bool pgtk_text_icon (struct frame *f, const char *icon_name); + +extern double pgtk_frame_scale_factor (struct frame *); + +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ diff --git a/src/termhooks.h b/src/termhooks.h index 587d1eef91a..9f22187b841 100644 --- a/src/termhooks.h +++ b/src/termhooks.h @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ enum output_method output_msdos_raw, output_w32, output_ns, + output_pgtk, output_haiku }; @@ -268,6 +269,11 @@ enum event_kind , FILE_NOTIFY_EVENT #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK + /* Pre-edit text was changed. */ + , PGTK_PREEDIT_TEXT_EVENT +#endif + /* Either the mouse wheel has been released without it being clicked, or the user has lifted his finger from a touchpad. @@ -467,6 +473,7 @@ struct terminal struct x_display_info *x; /* xterm.h */ struct w32_display_info *w32; /* w32term.h */ struct ns_display_info *ns; /* nsterm.h */ + struct pgtk_display_info *pgtk; /* pgtkterm.h */ struct haiku_display_info *haiku; /* haikuterm.h */ } display_info; @@ -541,7 +548,7 @@ struct terminal BGCOLOR. */ void (*query_frame_background_color) (struct frame *f, Emacs_Color *bgcolor); -#if defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) +#if defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (HAVE_PGTK) /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */ @@ -856,6 +863,9 @@ extern struct terminal *terminal_list; #elif defined (HAVE_NS) #define TERMINAL_FONT_CACHE(t) \ (t->type == output_ns ? t->display_info.ns->name_list_element : Qnil) +#elif defined (HAVE_PGTK) +#define TERMINAL_FONT_CACHE(t) \ + (t->type == output_pgtk ? t->display_info.pgtk->name_list_element : Qnil) #elif defined (HAVE_HAIKU) #define TERMINAL_FONT_CACHE(t) \ (t->type == output_haiku ? t->display_info.haiku->name_list_element : Qnil) diff --git a/src/terminal.c b/src/terminal.c index b5f244ee318..a9ecb63d85d 100644 --- a/src/terminal.c +++ b/src/terminal.c @@ -445,6 +445,8 @@ possible return values. */) return Qpc; case output_ns: return Qns; + case output_pgtk: + return Qpgtk; case output_haiku: return Qhaiku; default: diff --git a/src/window.h b/src/window.h index 2400c422c15..8e9a2eb3177 100644 --- a/src/window.h +++ b/src/window.h @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ wset_next_buffers (struct window *w, Lisp_Object val) #endif /* True if W is a tab bar window. */ -#if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM) +#if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM) && !defined (HAVE_PGTK) # define WINDOW_TAB_BAR_P(W) \ (WINDOWP (WINDOW_XFRAME (W)->tab_bar_window) \ && (W) == XWINDOW (WINDOW_XFRAME (W)->tab_bar_window)) diff --git a/src/xdisp.c b/src/xdisp.c index 6dcfe3573a9..3a1bc1613f7 100644 --- a/src/xdisp.c +++ b/src/xdisp.c @@ -15935,7 +15935,7 @@ redisplay_internal (void) if (!fr->glyphs_initialized_p) return; -#if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS) +#if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || (defined (USE_GTK) && !defined (HAVE_PGTK)) || defined (HAVE_NS) if (popup_activated ()) { return; @@ -25528,6 +25528,11 @@ display_menu_bar (struct window *w) if (FRAME_W32_P (f)) return; #endif +#if defined (HAVE_PGTK) + if (FRAME_PGTK_P (f)) + return; +#endif + #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) if (FRAME_X_P (f)) return; @@ -34011,7 +34016,7 @@ note_mouse_highlight (struct frame *f, int x, int y) struct buffer *b; /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */ -#if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (MSDOS) +#if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || (defined (USE_GTK) && !defined (HAVE_PGTK)) || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (MSDOS) if (popup_activated ()) return; #endif diff --git a/src/xfaces.c b/src/xfaces.c index 813d89e5a3e..6f52637e916 100644 --- a/src/xfaces.c +++ b/src/xfaces.c @@ -247,6 +247,10 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #define GCGraphicsExposures 0 #endif /* HAVE_NS */ +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +#define GCGraphicsExposures 0 +#endif /* HAVE_PGTK */ + #ifdef HAVE_HAIKU #define GCGraphicsExposures 0 #endif /* HAVE_HAIKU */ @@ -579,6 +583,26 @@ x_free_gc (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC *gc) } #endif /* HAVE_NS */ +#ifdef HAVE_PGTK +/* PGTK emulation of GCs */ + +static Emacs_GC * +x_create_gc (struct frame *f, + unsigned long mask, + Emacs_GC *xgcv) +{ + Emacs_GC *gc = xmalloc (sizeof *gc); + *gc = *xgcv; + return gc; +} + +static void +x_free_gc (struct frame *f, Emacs_GC *gc) +{ + xfree (gc); +} +#endif /* HAVE_NS */ + /*********************************************************************** Frames and faces ***********************************************************************/ diff --git a/src/xsettings.c b/src/xsettings.c index 58dfd43ad18..d6a715e1dfc 100644 --- a/src/xsettings.c +++ b/src/xsettings.c @@ -26,7 +26,11 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include <byteswap.h> #include "lisp.h" +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #include "xterm.h" +#else +#include "gtkutil.h" +#endif #include "xsettings.h" #include "frame.h" #include "keyboard.h" @@ -34,7 +38,12 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "termhooks.h" #include "pdumper.h" +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #include <X11/Xproto.h> +#else +typedef unsigned short CARD16; +typedef unsigned int CARD32; +#endif #ifdef HAVE_GSETTINGS #include <glib-object.h> @@ -55,7 +64,7 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ static char *current_mono_font; static char *current_font; -static struct x_display_info *first_dpyinfo; +static Display_Info *first_dpyinfo; static Lisp_Object current_tool_bar_style; /* Store a config changed event in to the event queue. */ @@ -73,14 +82,18 @@ store_config_changed_event (Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object display_name) /* Return true if DPYINFO is still valid. */ static bool -dpyinfo_valid (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) +dpyinfo_valid (Display_Info *dpyinfo) { bool found = false; if (dpyinfo != NULL) { - struct x_display_info *d; + Display_Info *d; for (d = x_display_list; !found && d; d = d->next) +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK found = d == dpyinfo && d->display == dpyinfo->display; +#else + found = d == dpyinfo && d->gdpy == dpyinfo->gdpy; +#endif } return found; } @@ -149,7 +162,7 @@ map_tool_bar_style (const char *tool_bar_style) static void store_tool_bar_style_changed (const char *newstyle, - struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) + Display_Info *dpyinfo) { Lisp_Object style = map_tool_bar_style (newstyle); if (EQ (current_tool_bar_style, style)) @@ -161,10 +174,12 @@ store_tool_bar_style_changed (const char *newstyle, XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #if defined USE_CAIRO || defined HAVE_XFT #define XSETTINGS_FONT_NAME "Gtk/FontName" #endif #define XSETTINGS_TOOL_BAR_STYLE "Gtk/ToolbarStyle" +#endif enum { SEEN_AA = 0x01, @@ -321,10 +336,11 @@ something_changed_gconfCB (GConfClient *client, #endif /* USE_CAIRO || HAVE_XFT */ +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Find the window that contains the XSETTINGS property values. */ static void -get_prop_window (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) +get_prop_window (Display_Info *dpyinfo) { Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; @@ -339,6 +355,9 @@ get_prop_window (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) XUngrabServer (dpy); } +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #define PAD(nr) (((nr) + 3) & ~3) @@ -566,13 +585,15 @@ parse_settings (unsigned char *prop, return settings_seen; } +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Read settings from the XSettings property window on display for DPYINFO. Store settings read in SETTINGS. Return true iff successful. */ static bool -read_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, struct xsettings *settings) +read_settings (Display_Info *dpyinfo, struct xsettings *settings) { Atom act_type; int act_form; @@ -600,12 +621,14 @@ read_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, struct xsettings *settings) return got_settings; } +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Apply Xft settings in SETTINGS to the Xft library. Store a Lisp event that Xft settings changed. */ static void -apply_xft_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, +apply_xft_settings (Display_Info *dpyinfo, struct xsettings *settings) { #ifdef HAVE_XFT @@ -731,12 +754,14 @@ apply_xft_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, FcPatternDestroy (pat); #endif /* HAVE_XFT */ } +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Read XSettings from the display for DPYINFO. If SEND_EVENT_P store a Lisp event settings that changed. */ static void -read_and_apply_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, bool send_event_p) +read_and_apply_settings (Display_Info *dpyinfo, bool send_event_p) { struct xsettings settings; @@ -763,11 +788,13 @@ read_and_apply_settings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, bool send_event_p) } #endif } +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Check if EVENT for the display in DPYINFO is XSettings related. */ void -xft_settings_event (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, const XEvent *event) +xft_settings_event (Display_Info *dpyinfo, const XEvent *event) { bool check_window_p = false, apply_settings_p = false; @@ -805,6 +832,7 @@ xft_settings_event (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo, const XEvent *event) if (apply_settings_p) read_and_apply_settings (dpyinfo, true); } +#endif /* Initialize GSettings and read startup values. */ @@ -940,10 +968,11 @@ init_gconf (void) #endif /* HAVE_GCONF */ } +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK /* Init Xsettings and read startup values. */ static void -init_xsettings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) +init_xsettings (Display_Info *dpyinfo) { Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; @@ -959,13 +988,16 @@ init_xsettings (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) unblock_input (); } +#endif void -xsettings_initialize (struct x_display_info *dpyinfo) +xsettings_initialize (Display_Info *dpyinfo) { if (first_dpyinfo == NULL) first_dpyinfo = dpyinfo; init_gconf (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK init_xsettings (dpyinfo); +#endif init_gsettings (); } diff --git a/src/xsettings.h b/src/xsettings.h index 26717fc08cb..dae41e8a3b8 100644 --- a/src/xsettings.h +++ b/src/xsettings.h @@ -20,12 +20,23 @@ along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #ifndef XSETTINGS_H #define XSETTINGS_H +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK #include <X11/Xlib.h> +#endif struct x_display_info; +struct pgtk_display_info; + +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK +typedef struct x_display_info Display_Info; +#else +typedef struct pgtk_display_info Display_Info; +#endif -extern void xsettings_initialize (struct x_display_info *); -extern void xft_settings_event (struct x_display_info *, const XEvent *); +extern void xsettings_initialize (Display_Info *); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK +extern void xft_settings_event (Display_Info *, const XEvent *); +#endif extern const char *xsettings_get_system_font (void); #ifdef USE_LUCID extern const char *xsettings_get_system_normal_font (void); diff --git a/src/xwidget.c b/src/xwidget.c index 77c1b8de39a..63ac0555dbb 100644 --- a/src/xwidget.c +++ b/src/xwidget.c @@ -185,8 +185,12 @@ fails. */) # endif xw->widgetwindow_osr = gtk_offscreen_window_new (); +#ifndef HAVE_PGTK gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (xw->widgetwindow_osr), xw->width, xw->height); +#else + gtk_container_check_resize (GTK_CONTAINER (xw->widgetwindow_osr)); +#endif if (EQ (xw->type, Qwebkit)) { |